Testergebnisse der PostScript Extraktionstools
Die folgende Seite gibt einen Überblick über die Ergebnisse der
Extraktionstools im Bereich mathematischer Preprints (im PostScrip-Format).
Dazu wurden zunächst 240 (zufällig ausgewählte) Dokumente mit dem Programm prescript in HTML
Dokumente konvertiert. Danach wurden mit den entwickelten Extraktionstools die Metadaten
Abstracts, Keywords, MSC Klassifikation und Referenzen extrahiert.
Aus Copyright gründen sind hier jeweils die konvertierten HTML Dokumente
referenziert (nicht die orginal PostScript Dokumente).
30 der 240 Dokumente wurden vollständig analysiert. Die folgende Tabelle
zeigt die Anzahl des Vorkommens der einzelnen Metadaten, die Anzahl der davon korrekt
erkannten Metadaten, die Anzahl der falsch bzw. unvollständig erkannten
Metadaten und die Anzahl der nicht erkannten Metadaten.
| Vorhanden | Richtig erkannt |
Unvollst. erkannt |
Nicht erkannt |
| Abstracts | 30 | 27 |
2 |
1 |
| Keywords | 21 | 20 |
1 |
0 |
| MSC | 22 | 22 |
0 |
0 |
| Referenzen | 30 | 26 |
2 |
2 |
Damit wurden 90% der vohandenen Abstracts, 95% der vorhandenen Keywords,
100% der vorhandenen MSC Klassifikationen und 86% der vorhandenen Referenzen
korrekt erkannt!
Die Testresultate im Einzelnen:
File: file0.html
Abstract:Generalizing Lyons and Zheng ([13]) we study Dirichlet processes
admitting a decomposition into the sum of a forward and a backward
local martingale plus a bounded variation process. We develop a framework
of stochastic calculus for these processes and deal with existence and
uniqueness for stochastic differential equations driven by such processes. In
particular, Bessel processes turn out to be an interesting example of LyonsZheng
processes.
Key words: Dirichlet processes, time reversal, Bessel processes
Keywords: Dirichlet processes, time reversal, Bessel processes
MSC:
References:
- [1] Bertoin, J., Les processus de Dirichlet en tant qu'espace de Banach.
Stochastics 18, 155-168 (1986).
- [2] Bouleau, N., Yor, M., Sur la variation quadratique des temps locaux de
certaines semimartingales. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Série I 292, 491-494
(1981).
- [3] ?Cinlar, E., Jacod, J., Protter, P., Sharpe, M.J., Semimartingales and
Markov processes, Z. Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie verw. Gebiete 54, 161-
219 (1980).
- [4] Doss, H., Liens entre équations différentielles stochastiques et ordinaires.
Ann. IHP 13, 99-125 (1977).
- [5] Dunford, N., Schwartz, J.T., Linear Operators, Part I, General Theory.
New York: Wiley, 1967.
- [6] Engelbert, H.J., Wolf, J.: Strong Markov local Dirichlet processes and
stochastic differential equations. Teorija Veroyatnost. i ee Primenen. 43,
331-348 (1998).
- [7] Föllmer, H., Calcul d'Itô sans probabilités. Sém. Prob. XV, Lect. Notes
Math. 850, 143-150 (1981).
- [8] Föllmer, H., Protter, P., Shiryaev, A.N., Quadratic covariation and an
extension of Itô's formula. Bernoulli 1, 149-169 (1995).
- [9] Fukushima, M., Dirichlet Forms and Markov processes. North Holland
(1990).
- [10] Gihman, I.I., Skorohod, A.V., The Theory of Stochastic Processes III.
Berlin, New-York: Springer-Verlag (1979).
- [11] Ikeda, N., Watanabe, S., Stochastic diffferential equations and diffusion
processes. North Holland (1989).
- [12] Lyons, T.J., Zhang, T.S., Decomposition of Dirichlet processes and its
applications. Ann. Probab. 22, 494-524 (1994).
- [13] Lyons, T.J., Zheng, W., A crossing estimate for the canonical process
on a Dirichlet space and tightness result. Colloque Paul Lévy sur les
processus stochastiques. Astérisque 157-158, 249-271 (1988).
- [14] Millet, A., Nualart, D., Sanz, M., Integration by parts and time reversal
of diffusion processes. Ann. Probab. 17, 208-238 (1989).
- [15] Nakao, S., Stochastic calculus for continuous additive functionals of zero
energy. Z. Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie verw. Gebiete 68, 557-578 (1985).
- [16] Nualart, D., The Malliavin calculus and related topics. Berlin, New
York: Springer-Verlag (1995).
- [17] Nualart, D., Pardoux, E., Stochastic calculus with anticipating integrands.
Probab. Theory Rel. Fields 78, 535-581 (1988).
- [18] Ogawa, S., Une remarque sur l'approximation de l'intégrale stochastique
du type non-causal par une suite d' intégrales de Stieltjes. Tohoku Math.
Journal 36, 41-48 (1984).
- [19] Pardoux, E., Grossissement d'une filtration et retournement d'une diffusion.
Sém. Prob. XX, Lect. Notes Math. 1204, (1986).
- [20] Protter, P., Stochastic Integration and Differential Equations. Berlin,
New York: Springer-Verlag (1992).
- [21] Revuz, D., Yor, M., Continuous Martingales and Brownian Motion.
Berlin, New York: Springer-Verlag (1994).
- [22] Russo, F., Vallois, P., Forward, backward and symmetric stochastic
integration. Probab. Theory Relat. Fields 97, 403-421 (1993).
- [23] Russo, F., Vallois, P., The generalized covariation process and Itô formula.
Stochastic Processes and their Applications 59, 81-104 (1995).
- [24] Russo, F., Vallois, P., Itô formula for C1-functions of semimartingales.
Probab. Theory Relat. Fields 104, 27-41 (1996).
- [25] Russo, F., Vallois, P., Stochastic calculus with respect to a finite variation
process. Preprint BiBoS (1998).
- [26] Sussman, H.J., An interpretation of stochastic differential equations as
ordinary differential equations which depend on a sample point. Bull.
Amer. Math. Soc. 83, 296-298 (1977).
- [27] Wolf, J., Transformations of semimartingales and local Dirichlet processes.
Stochastics and Stochastics Reports 62, 95-101 (1997).
- [28] Wolf, J., An Itô formula for continuous local Dirichlet processes.
Stochastics and Stochastics Reports, 62, 103-115 (1997).
- [29] Wolf, J., A representation theorem for continuous additive functionals
of zero quadratic variation. Prob. Math. Stat. 18, 367-379 (1998)
- [30] Yor, M., Some aspects of Brownian Motion, Part II: Some new martingal
problems. Basel, Boston: Birkhäuser-Verlag (1997).
- [31] Zakai, M., Stochastic integration, trace and skeleton of Wiener functionals.
Stochastics 33, 93-108 (1990).
File: file1.html
Abstract:Let T be a measure-preserving and ergodic automorphism
of a probability space (X; S; µ). By modifying an argument in [3] we obtain
a suÖcient condition for recurrence of the d-dimensional stationary
random walk deøned by a Borel map f : X 7?! Rd, d >= 1, in terms of the
asumptotic distributions of the maps (f +fT +? ? ?+fTn?1)=n1=d; n >= 1.
If d = 2, and if f : X 7?! R2 satisøes the central limit theorem with respect
to T (i.e. if the sequence (f + fT + ? ? ? + fT n?1)=pn converges in
distribution to a Gaussian law on R2), then our condition implies that
the two-dimensional random walk deøned by f is recurrent.
Keywords: Stationary random walk, recurrence, central limit theorem.
MSC:
References:
- [1] R.M. Burton and M. Denker, 1987. On the central limit theorem for dynamical
systems, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 302, p. 715>=726.
- [2] F.M. Dekking, 1982. On transience and recurrence of generalized random walks,
Z. Wahrsch. Verw. Gebiete 61, p. 459>=465.
- [3] K. Schmidt, 1984. On recurrence, Z. Wahrsch. Verw. Gebiete 68, p. 75>=95.
File: file10.html
Abstract:I consider the problem of composing Berezin-Toeplitz operators on the
Hilbert space of Gaussian square-integrable entire functions on complex nspace,
Cn. For several interesting algebras of functions on Cn, we have
T'T = T'? for all '; in the algebra, where T' is the Berezin-Toeplitz
operator associated with ' and ' ? is a \twisted" associative product on
the algebra of functions. On the other hand, there is a C1 function ' for
which T' is bounded but T'T' 6= T for any .
MSC:
References:
- [B] V. Bargmann, On a Hilbert space of analytic functions and an associated
integral transform, Comm. Pure and Appl. Math. 14 (1961),
187-214.
- [Be] F. A. Berezin, Covariant and contravariant symbols of operators,
Math. USSR Izv. 6 (1972), 117-1151.
- [BC1] C. A. Berger and L. A. Coburn, Toeplitz operators on the SegalBargmann
space, Trans. AMS 301 (1987), 813-829.
- [BC2] , Heat flow and Berezin-Toeplitz estimates, Amer.
J. Math. 116 (1994), 563-590.
- [C] L. A. Coburn, The measure algebra of the Heisenberg group, J. Funct.
Analysis 161 (1999), 509-525.
- [F] G. B. Folland, Harmonic analysis in phase space, Annals of Math.
Studies, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1989.
- [G] M. Gerstenhaber, On the deformation of rings and algebras, III, Annals
of Math. (2) 88 (1968), 1-34.
- [Gu] V. Guillemin, Toeplitz operators in n-dimensions, Integral Equations
and Operator Theory 7 (1984), 145-205.
File: file100.html
Abstract:In this paper we outline a rigorous proof of the existence of solutions to one{dimensional
initial{boundary value problems for the general and complete version of the Frémond thermo{
mechanical model applying to shape memory alloys.
Keywords: Shape memory alloys, Frémond model, nonlinear hyperbolic { parabolic systems,
variational inequalities.
MSC:
References:
- 1 Colli, P.: An evolution problem related to shape memory alloys. In Rodrigues, J. F. (ed.):
Mathematical models for phase change problems. Internat. Ser. Numer. Math. 88, Birkhäuser
Verlag, Basel 1989, pp. 75{88.
- 2 Colli, P.: Mathematical study of an evolution problem describing the thermo{mechanical process
in shape memory alloys. Atti Accad. Naz. Lincei Cl. Sci. Fis. Mat. Natur. Rend. (9) Mat.
Appl. 2 (1991), 55{64.
- 3 Colli, P.: Global existence for a second{order thermo{mechanical model of shape memory
alloys. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 168 (1992), 580{595.
- 4 Colli, P.: An existence result for a thermo{mechanical model of shape memory alloys. Adv.
Math. Sci. Appl. 1 (1992), 83{97.
- 5 Colli, P.: Global existence for the three{dimensional Frémond model of shape memory alloys.
Nonlinear Anal. 24 (1995), 1565{1579.
- 6 Colli, P.; Frémond, M.; Visintin, A.: Thermo{mechanical evolution of shape memory alloys.
Quart. Appl. Math. 48 (1990), 31{47.
- 7 Colli, P.; Sprekels, J.: Global existence for a three{dimensional model for the thermo{
mechanical evolution of shape memory alloys. Nonlinear Anal. 18 (1992), 873{888.
- 8 Colli, P.; Sprekels, J.: Positivity of temperature in the general Frémond model for shape
memory alloys. Contin. Mech. Thermodyn. 5 (1993), 255{264.
- 9 Colli, P.; Sprekels, J.: Global solution to the full one{dimensional Frémond model for shape
memory alloys. Math. Methods Appl. Sci. 18 (1995), 371{385.
- 10 Frémond, M.: Matériaux a mémoire de forme. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. II Méc. Phys.
Chim. Sci. Univers Sci. Terre 304 (1987), 239{244.
- 11 Frémond, M.: Shape memory alloys. A thermomechanical model. In Hoffmann, K. H.;
Sprekels, J. (eds.): Free boundary problems: theory and applications I. Pitman Res. Notes
Math. Ser. 185, Longman Sci. Tech., Harlow 1990, pp. 295{306.
- 12 Hoffmann, K. H.; Niezgódka, M.; Zheng, S.: Existence and uniqueness to an extended
model of the dynamical developments in shape memory alloys. Nonlinear Anal. 15 (1990),
977{990.
- 13 Horn, W.: Stationary solutions for the one{dimensional Frémond model of shape memory
effects. Contin. Mech. Thermodyn. 3 (1991), 277{292.
- 14 Shemetov, N.: Existence result for the full one{dimensional Frémond model of shape memory
alloys. Submitted.
- 15 Sprekels, J.; Zheng, S.: Global solutions of a Ginzburg{Landau theory for structural phase
transitions in shape memory alloys. Phys. D 39 (1989), 59{76.
File: file101.html
Abstract:Polynomial bounds for fi-mixing and for the rate of convergence
to the invariant measure are established for discrete time Markov pro-
cesses and solutions of SDEs under weak stability assumptions.
Keywords: Mixing, recurrence, Markov process, SDE, polynomial convergence.
MSC:
References:
File: file103.html
Abstract:For a von Neumann algebra with a cyclic and separating vector it will be shown that the
von Neumann subalgebras with the same cyclic vector can uniquely be characterized by one{
parametric operator{valued functions obeying a set of conditions. Since the properties contain
no reference to the subalgebra these operator{valued functions will be called characteristic
functions. On the set of characteristic functions there exists a natural topology under which
this set is complete.
References:
- [Bch92] H.-J. Borchers: The CPT-Theorem in Two-dimensional Theories of Local Observables Commun.
Math. Phys. 143, 315-332 (1992).
- [Bch95] H.-J. Borchers: On the use of modular groups in quantum field theory, Ann. Inst. H. Poincaré
64, 331-382 (1996).
- [Bch96] H.-J. Borchers: Translation Group and Particle Representations in Quantum Field Theory,
Lecture Notes in Physics m40 Springer, Heidelberg (1996).
- [BR79] O. Bratteli, D.W. Robinson: Operator Algebras and Quantum Statistical Mechanics I, Springer
Verlag, New York, Heidelberg, Berlin (1979).
- [BDF87] D. Buchholz, C. D'Antoni and K. Fredenhagen: The universal structure of local algebras, Commun.
Math. Phys. 84, 123-135 (1987).
- [BW86] D. Buchholz, E.H. Wichmann: Causal Independence and the Energy-Level Density of States in
Local Quantum Field Theory, Commun. Math. Phys. 106, 321 (1986).
- [DDFL87]C. D'Antoni, S. Doplicher, K. Fredenhagen, and R. Longo: Convergence of Local Charges and
Continuity Properties of W?{inclusions, Commun. Math. Phys. 110, 325-348 (1987).
- [Ha92] R. Haag: Local Quantum Physics, Springer Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York (1992).
- [HL82] P.D. Hislop and R. Longo: Modular structure of the local algebra associated with a free massless
scalar field theory, Commun. Math. Phys. 84, 71-85 (1982).
- [KR86] R.V. Kadison and J.R. Ringrose: Fundamentals of the Theory of Operator Algebras, II, New
York: Academic press, (1986).
- [Ped79] G.K. Pedersen: C?-Algebras and their Automorphism Groups, Academic Press, London, New
York, San Francisco (1979).
- [RSch61] H. Reeh and S. Schlieder: Eine Bemerkung zur Unitäräquivalenz von LorentzinvariantenFeldern, Nuovo Cimento 22, 1051 (1961).
- [RSi72] M. Reed and B. Simon: Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics Vol. I Functional Analysis,
Academic Press, New York and London.
- [Ta70] M. Takesaki: Tomita's Theory of Modular Hilbert Algebras and its Applications, Lecture Notes
in Mathematics, Vol. 128 Springer-Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg, New York (1970).
- [Ta72] M. Takesaki: Conditional Expectations in von Neumann Algebras, Jour. Func. Anal. 9, 306-321(1972).
- [To67] M. Tomita: Quasi-standard von Neumann algebras, Preprint (1967).
File: file104.html
Abstract:A jump system is a nonempty set of integral vectors that satisfy a certain exchange axiom.
This notion was introduced by Bouchet and Cunningham, and popularized by recent results
of Lovász. A degree system of a graph G is the set of degree sequences of all subgraphs
of G. Degree systems are the primary example of jump systems. Other examples come
from matroids and from two generalizations of matroids (polymatroids and delta{matroids).
Discussion of these special cases will be kept to a minimum, and will only be used to motivate
certain results.
The main result is a min{max formula of Lovász for the distance of an integral point from
a jump system. This formula generalizes two of the more important min{max theorems in
combinatorial optimization; namely, Tutte's f{factor{theorem, and Edmonds' matroid intersection
theorem. Other points of interest are the existence of a greedy algorithm for optimizing
linear functions, and a characterization of the convex hulls of jump systems. Even apart from
the possibility of obtaining very general theorems, jump systems are appealing due to their
simple definition and elegant structure.
Keywords: matching, matroid, combinatorial optimization
MSC:
References:
- [1] A. Bouchet:Greedy algorithm and symmetric matroids, Math. Programming, 38 (1987),
147{159.
- [2] A. Bouchet:Matching and ?{matroids, Discrete Math. 24 (1989), 55{62.
- [3] A. Bouchet, and W. H. Cunningham: Delta{matroids, jump systems, and bisubmodular
polyhedra, SIAM J. Disc. Math. 8 (1995), 17{32.
- [4] R. Chandrasekaran and S. N. Kabadi:Pseudomatroids, Discrete Math., 71 (1988),
205{217.
- [5] A. Dress and T. Havel: Some combinatorial properties of discriminants in metric vector
spaces, Adv. Math., 62 (1986), 285{312.
- [6] F. D. J. Dunstan and D. J. A. Welsh: A greedy algorithm solving a certain class of
linear programmes, Math. Programming, 5 (1973), 338{353.
- [7] J. Edmonds: Paths, trees and flowers, Canad. J. Math. 17 (1967) 449{467.
- [8] J. Edmonds: Submodular functions, matroids and certain polyhedra, in: R. K. Guy et al.
(eds.) Combinatorial Structures and their Applications, Gordon and Breach, New York,
(1970), 69{87.
- [9] S. Fujishige:A min{max theorem for bisubmodular polyhedra Preprint, (1995).
- [10] S. N. Kabadi and R. Sridhar:?{matroid and jump system Preprint, (1996).
- [11] L. Lovász:The matroid matching problem, in: L. Lovász and V. T. Sós (eds.) Algebraic
Methods in Graph Theory, II, Colloq. Math. Soc. János Bolyia, 25, North{Holland,
Amsterdam, (1981) 495{517.
- [12] L. Lovász:The membership problem in jump systems. Tech. report, Yale CS No. 1101
(1995).
- [13] A. Seb}o Gaps in jump systems SIAM Conference on Discrete Mathematics, Baltimore.
(1996)
- [14] W. T. Tutte: The factors of graphs, Canad. J. Math. 4 (1952) 314{328.
File: file105.html
References:
- [1] R. Courant, D. Hilbert: Methoden der mathematischen Physik I, Springer Verlag, 1968.
- [2] U. Franken, R. Meise: Continuous linear right inverses for homogeneous linear partial
differential operators on bounded convex open sets and extension of zero solutions, preprint.
- [3] L. Hörmander: Linear Partial Differential Operators, Springer Verlag, 1963.
- [4] L. Hörmander: The Analysis of Linear Partial Differential Operators, Vol. I, II, Springer
Verlag.
- [5] L. Hörmander: On the characteristic Cauchy problem, Ann. Math. 88 (1968), 341{370.
- [6] R. Meise, B.A. Taylor, D. Vogt: Caracterisation des opérateur linéaires aux dérivées partielles
avec coefficients constants sur E(IRn) admettant un inverse à droit qui est linéaire et
continu, C.R.Acad. Paris 307 (1988), 239{242.
- [7] R. Meise, B.A. Taylor, D. Vogt: Characterization of the linear partial differential operators
with constant coefficients that admit a continuous linear right inverse, Ann. Inst. Fourier,
Grenoble 40 (1990), 619{655.
- [8] R. Meise, B.A. Taylor, D. Vogt: Continuous linear right inverses for partial differential
operators on non-quasianalytic classes and on ultradistributions, Math. Nachr., to appear.
- [9] R. Meise, B.A. Taylor, D. Vogt: Continuous linear right inverses for partial differential operators
with constant coefficients and Phragmén-Lindelöf conditions, in \Functional Analysis",
K. D. Bierstedt, A. Pietsch, W. M. Ruess and D. Vogt (Eds.) Lecture Notes in Pure
and Applied Math., Vol. 150 Marcel Dekker (1994), pp. 357{389.
- [10] R. Meise, B.A. Taylor, D. Vogt: Extremal plurisubharmonic functions of linear growth on
algebraic varieties, Math. Z. to appear.
- [11] R. Meise, B.A. Taylor, D. Vogt: Phragmén-Lindelöf principles on algebraic varieties, J.
Amer. Math. Soc., to appear.
- [12] V. P. Palamodov: A criterion for splitness of differential complexes with constant coefficients,
Geometrical and Algebraical Aspects in Several Complex Variables, C. A. Berenstein
and D. C. Struppa (Eds.), EditEl (1991), pp. 265{291.
File: file106.html
Abstract:We consider a perturbation H = H0 + V of a periodic Schrödinger (or
more general) operator H0 by a short-range potential V . A strong form of the limiting
absorption principle for the operator H is established. The stationary scattering
theory for the pair H0; H is developed. The results obtained allow us to give a
representation for the scattering matrix in terms of the spectral representation of H0
and of the resolvent of H. The asymptotics of the spectrum of the scattering matrix
is calculated for asymptotically homogeneous V .
References:
- [A] Agmon S., Spectral properties of Schrödinger operators and scattering theory, Ann.
Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa 2, N4 (1975), 151-218.
- [Be] Bentosela F., Scattering for impurities in a crystal, Comm. Math. Phys. 46 (1976),
153-166.
- [BE1] Birman M.Sh., Entina S.B., On the stationary approach in abstract scattering theory,
Dokl.AN USSR 195, N3 (1964), 506-508 (Russian).
- [BE2] Birman M.Sh., Entina S.B., The stationary approach in abstract scattering theory, Izv.
AN USSR, ser.math 31, N2 (1967), 401-430 (Russian).
- [BS1] Birman M.Sh., Solomyak M.Z., Double Stieltjes operator integrals.III.Passage to a limit
in an integral,, Topics in Math.Phys. N6 (1973), 27-53 LGU (Russian).
- [BS2] Birman M.Sh., Solomyak M.Z., Estimates of the singular numbers of integral operators,
Uspekhi Mat.Nauk 32, N1 (1977), 17-84 (Russian).
- [BS3] Birman M.Sh., Solomyak M.Z., Asymptotics of the spectrum of pseudodifferential operators
with asymptotically homogeneous symbols, Vestnik Leningrad Univ., Mat. N 13
(1977, 1979), 13-21, 5-10 (Russian).
- [BY1] Birman M.Sh., Yafaev D.R., Asymptotics of the spectrum of a scattering matrix, Notes
of Sci. Seminars of LOMI 110 (1981), 3-29 (Russian).
- [BY2] Birman M.Sh., Yafaev D.R., Asymptotics of the spectrum of s-matrix in potential scattering,
Dokl.AN USSR 255, N5 (1980), 1085-1087 (Russian).
- [BY3] Birman M.Sh., Yafaev D.R., Asymptotics of limit phases by potential scattering without
spherical symmetry, Teor.Mat.Fiz. 51, N1 (1982), 44-53 (Russian).
- [C] Calderon A.P., Intermediate spaces and interpolation, the complex method, Studia Math.
24 (1964), 113-190.
- [F] Faddeev L.D., On the Friedrichs model in the theory of perturbations of the continuous
spectrum, Trudy Mat.Inst.Steklov 73 (1964), 292-313 (Russian).
- [K] Kuroda S.T., Scattering theory for differential operators, J.Math.Soc. Japan 25, N1,N2
(1973), 75-104, 222-234.
- [LU] Ladyzhenskaya O.A., Uraltseva N.N., Linear and quasilinear equations of elliptic type,
Nauka (1964), (Russian).
- [RS] Reed M., Simon B., Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics IV, Academic Press
(1978).
- [Si] Simon B., Phase space analysis of simple scattering, Duke Math.J. 46, N1 (1979),
119-168.
- [Sk1] Skriganov M.M., Geometrical and arithmetical methods in spectral theory of multidimensional
periodic operators, Trudy Mat.Inst.Steklov 171 (1985), (Russian).
- [Sk2] Skriganov M.M., The spectrum band structure of the three-dimensional Schrödinger operator
with periodic potential, Invent. Math. 80 (1985), 107-121.
- [Th] Thomas L.E., Time dependent approach to scattering from impurities in a crystal,
Comm.Math.Phys. 33 (1973), 335-343.
- [Tr] Triebel H., Interpolation theory, functional spaces, differential operators, North-Holland
(1978).
- [Ya1] Yafaev D.R., Mathematical scattering theory, General theory, Transl.math.monographs
105, AMS (1992).
- 26 M. SH. BIRMAN, D. R. YAFAEV
- [Ya2] Yafaev d.R., On the asymptotics of scattering phases for the Schrödinger equation,
Ann.Inst.H.Poincaré 53, N3 (1990), 283-299.
File: file11.html
Abstract:For linear differential algebraic equations of tractability index 1 the
notion of the adjoint equation is analysed in full detail. Its solvability
is shown at the lowest possible smoothness. The fundamental matrices
of both equations are defined and their relationships are characterized.
Keywords: linear differential algebraic equations of index 1, adjoint
equation, solvability, fundamental matrices.
Mathematics Subject Classification: 34A09, 34A30
Keywords: linear differential algebraic equations of index 1, adjointequation, solvability, fundamental matrices
MSC:
References:
- [1] A. A. Abramov: On the transfer of boundary conditions for systems of
linear ordinary differential equations. Zh. Vychisl. Mat. Mat. Fiz. Vol.
1, No. 3, pp. 542{545 (in Russian; English transl. in: USSR J. Comp.
Math. Math. Phys.) (1961)
- [2] K. Balla: Linear subspaces for linear DAEs of index 1. Computers Math.
Applic. Vol. 32, No. 4/5, pp. 81{86 (1996)
- [3] K. Balla: Boundary conditions and their transfer for differential{
algebraic equations of index 1 Computers Math. Applic. Vol. 31, No.
10, pp. 1{5 (1996)
- [4] K. Balla, R. März: Transfer of boundary conditions for DAEs of index
1. SIAM J. Numer. Anal. Vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 2318{2332 (1996)
- [5] E. A. Coddington, N. Levinson: Theory of ordinary differential equations.
Mc Graw Hill, New York, 1955.
- [6] E. Griepentrog, R. März: Differential-Algebraic Equations and Their
Numerical Treatment Leipzig, Teubner Verlag, 1986.
- [7] R. März: Extra-ordinary differential equations. Attempts to an analysis
of differential{algebraic systems.In: European Congress of Mathematics,
Budapest, July 22-26, 1996, Vol. 1. (eds.: A. Balog, G. O. H. Katona, A.
Recski, D. Szász). Series \Progress in Mathematics" Vol. 168. Birkhäuser
Verlag, pp. 313-334, 1998.
- [8] R. März: Numerical methods for differential-algebraic equations Acta
Numerica, pp. 141{198 (1992)
File: file110.html
Abstract:The paper is devoted to the study of the relationship between integral manifolds of
ordinary diöerential equations and duck>=trajectories. We derive suÖcient conditions
for the existence of continuous slow integral surfaces that are devided into stable
and unstable parts and propose a method of construction of surfaces consisting of
duck>=trajectories.
Keywords: Integral manifolds, duck-trajectories, singularly perturbed systems.
MSC:
References:
- [1] V.I. Arnold, V.S. Afraimovich, Yu.S. Il'yashenko and L.P. Shil'nikov. Theory
of Bifurcations. V. Arnold, ed., in Dynamical Systems, 5. Encyclopedia of
Mathematical Sciences, Springer Verlag, New York, 1994.
- [2] E. Benoit. Syst?mes lents-rapides dans R3 et leurs canards. Soci?t? Math?matique
de France. Ast?risque 109>=110 (1983), pp. 159>=191.
- [3] E. Benoit, J.L. Callot, F. Diener and M. Diener. Chasse au canard. Collect.
Math., 31>=32(1>=3) (1981), pp. 37>=119.
- [4] M. Br?ns and K. Bar>=Eli. Asymptotic Analysis of Canards in the EOE Equations
and the Role of the InÄaction Line. Proc. of London R. Soc. A, 445 (1994),
pp. 305>=322.
- [5] M. Diener. Nessie et Les Canards. Strasbourg, Publication IRMA, 1979.
- [6] W. Eckhaus. Relaxation oscillations including a standart chase on French ducks.
Lect. Notes in Math., (1983) 925, pp. 449>=494.
- [7] V. Gol'dshtein, A. Zinoviev, V. Sobolev and E. Shchepakina. Criterion for Thermal
Explosion with Reactant Consumption in a Dusty Gas. Proc. of London
R. Soc. A (1996), 452, pp. 2103>=2119.
- [8] G.N. Gorelov and V.A. Sobolev. Duck-trajectories in a thermal explosion problem.
Appl. Math. Lett., 5, No 6 (1992) pp. 3>=6.
- [9] G.N. Gorelov and V.A. Sobolev. Mathematical modeling of critical phenomena
in thermal explosion theory. Combust. Flame, v. 87 (1991), pp. 203>=210.
- [10] J. Grasman and J. J. Wentzel. Co-existence of a limit cycle and an equilibrium
in Kaldor's business cycle model and its consequences. Journal of Economic
Behavior and Organization. 24 (1994), pp. 369>=377.
- [11] M.A. Krasnosel'skii and P.P. Zabreiko. Geometrical Methods of Nonlinear Analysis
(in Russian). Moscow, Nauka, 1975.
- [12] Yu.A. Mitropol'skii and O.B. Lykova. Integral Manifolds in Nonlinear Mechanics
(in Russian). Moscow, Nauka, 1975.
- [13] E.F. Mishchenko, Yu.S. Kolesov, A.Yu. Kolesov and N.Kh. Rozov. Asymptotic
Methods in Singularly Perturbed Systems. New York, Plenum Press, 1995.
- [14] V.A. Sobolev and E.A. Shchepakina. Seløgnition of laden medium (in Russian),
Fizika Goreniya i Vzryva, No 3 (1993), pp. 133>=136.
- [15] V.A. Sobolev and E.A. Shchepakina. Duck-trajectories in one problem of combustion
theory (in Russian). Diöerentsialnye Uravneniya, 32, No 9 (1996), pp.
1175>=1184.
- [16] V.V. Strygin and V.A. Sobolev. Separation of Motions by the Integral Manifolds
Method (in Russian). Moskow, Nauka, 1988.
- [17] A.K. Zvonkin and M.A. Shubin. Non-standard analysis and singular perturbations
of ordinary diöerential equations. Russian Math. Surveys, 39(2) (1984)
pp. 69>=131.
File: file112.html
Abstract:Proofs of classical Chernoff-Hoeffding bounds has been used to obtain polynomial-time implementations
of Spencer's derandomization method of conditional probabilities on usual finite
machine models: given m events whose complements are large deviations corresponding
to weighted sums of n mutually independent Bernoulli trials, Raghavan's lattice approximation
algorithm constructs for 0 ? 1 weights and integer deviation terms in O(mn)-time
a point for which all events hold. For rational weighted sums of Bernoulli trials the lattice
approximation algorithm or Spencer's hyperbolic cosine algorithm are deterministic precedures,
but a polynomial-time implementation was not known. We resolve this problem with
an O(mn2 log mnffl )-time algorithm, whenever the probability that all events hold is at least
ffl > 0. Since such algorithms simulate the proof of the underlying large deviation inequality
in a constructive way, we call it the algorithmic version of the inequality. Applications
to general packing integer programs and resource constrained scheduling result in tight and
polynomial-time approximations algorithms.
Keywords: randomized algorithms, derandomization, approximation algorithms, integer programming,
resource constrained scheduling
MSC:
- 60C05
- 60E15
- 68Q25
- 90C10
- 90C27
- 90B35
- 90C35
References:
- [1] N. Alon, J. Spencer, P. Erd}os; The probabilistic method. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1992.
- [2] N. Alon; A parallel algorithmic version of the Local Lemma. Random Structures and Algorithms,
Vol.2, No.4, (1991), 367-378.
- [3] D. Angluin, L.G. Valiant: Fast probabilistic algorithms for Hamiltonion circuits and matchings.
J. Comp. Sys. Sci., Vol. 18, (1979), 155{193.
- [4] K. Azuma, Weighted sums of certain dependent variables. Tohoku Math. Journ. 3, (1967),
357-367.
- [5] B. Berger, J. Rompel; Simulating (logcn)-wise independence in NC. JACM, 38 (4), (1991),
1026 { 1046.
- [6] J. B lazewicz, K. Ecker, G. Schmidt, J. W?eglarz; Scheduling in computer and maufacturing
systems. Springer-Verlag, Berlin (1993).
- [7] R. P. Brent; Fast multiple-precision evaluation of elementary functions. JACM, Vol. 23,(1976),
242 - 251.
- [8] A. Feldstein, P.R. Turner; Overflow, underflow, and severe loos of significance in floating point
addition and subtraction. IMA J. Numer. Analysis Vol. 6, (1986), 241 - 251.
- [9] H. Chernoff; A measure of asymptotic efficiency for test of a hypothesis based on the sum of
observation. Ann. Math. Stat. 23, (1952), 493-509.
- [10] V. Chvatal, The tail of the hypergeometric distribution. Disc. Math. 25, (1979), 285-287.
- [11] P. Erdös, J.L. Selfridge; On a combinatorial game. J. Comb.Th., Ser.A 14, 298-301, (1973).
- [12] M. R. Garey, R. L. Graham, D. S. Johnson, A.C.-C. Yao; Resource constrained scheduling as
generalized bin packing. J. Comb.Th.Ser.A, 21 (1976), 257 - 298.
- [13] M. R. Garey, D. S. Johnson; Computers and Intractability. W. H. Freeman and Company,
New York (1979).
- [14] M. Grötschel, L. Lovász, A. Schrijver; Geometric algorithms and combinatorial optimixation.
Springer-Verlag (1988).
- [15] W. Hoeffding; On the distribution of the number of success in independent trials. Ann. Math.
Stat. 27, (1956), 713-721.
- [16] K. L. Krause, V. Y. Shen, H .D. Schwetmann; Analysis of several job-scheduling algorithms
for a model of multiprogramming computer systems. JACM 22 (1975) 522{550. Erratum:
JACM 24, (1977), p. 527.
- [17] J. K. Lenstra, D. B. Shmoys, E. Tardos; Approximating algorithms for scheduling unrelated
parallel machines. Math. Programming, 46, (1990), 259 { 271.
- [18] C. McDiarmid; On the method of bounded differences. in:Surveys in Combinatorics, 1989. J.
Siemons, Ed.: London Math. Soc. Lectures Notes, Series 141, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, England 1989.
- [19] K. Mehlhorn; Data structures and algorithms 1: Sorting and Searching. Sringer-Verlag (1984).
- [20] R. Motwani, J. Naor, M. Naor; The probabilistic method yields deterministic parallel algorithms.
Proceedings 30the IEEE Conference on Foandation of Computer Science (FOCS'89),
(1989), 8 { 13.
- [21] J. Naor, M. Naor; Small bias probability spaces: Efficient constructions and applications.
SIAM J. Computing, 22 (4), 1993, 838 { 856.
- [22] P. Raghavan, C. D. Thompson; Randomized rounding: a technique for provably good algorithms
and algorithmic proofs. Combinatorica 7 (4), (1987), 365-374.
- [23] P. Raghavan; Probabilistic construction of deterministic algorithms: approximating packing
integer programs. J. Comp. Sys. Sci., 37, (1988), 130-143.
- [24] H. Röck, G. Schmidt; Machine aggregation heuristics in shop scheduling. Math. Oper. Res.
45(1983) 303{314.
- [25] J. P. Schmidt, A. Siegel, A. Srinivasan; Chernoff-Hoeffding Bounds for Applications with
Limited Independence. In: Proceedings of the fourth ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms
(1993), 331{340
- [26] J. Spencer; Ten lectures on the probabilistic method. SIAM, Philadelphia (1987).
- [27] A. Srivastav, P. Stangier; Weighted fractional and integral k-matching in hypergraphs.
Disc.Appl.Math. 57, (1995), 225 { 269.
- [28] A. Srivastav, P. Stangier; Integer multicommodity flows with reduced demands. in: T.
Lengauer (eds.), Proceedings of the First European Symposium on Algorithms (ESA'93),
Bonn/Bad Honnef (1993), pp. 360 - 372, Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Vol. 726,
Springer-Verlag.
- [29] A. Srivastav, P. Stangier; Tight aproximations of resource constrained scheduling problems. in:
J. van Leuuwen (ed), Proceedings of the Second Annual European Symposium on Algorithms
(ESA'94), Utrecht (1994), pp. 307 - 318, Lecture Notes in Computer, Vol. 855, Springer
Verlag.
- [30] E. Tardos; A strongly polynomial algorithm to solve combinatorial linear programs. Oper.
Res., Vol.34, (1986), 250 - 256.
- [31] C-K. Yap; Towards exact geometric computation. in: Proceedings of the 5th Canadian Conference
on Computational Geometrie, University of Waterloo, (1993), pp. 405 - 419.
- [32] W. F. de la Vega, C. S. Luecker; Bin packing can be solved in within 1 ? ffl in linear
time.Combinatorica, 1 (1981), 349 - 355.
File: file113.html
Abstract:This paper studies stochastic particle systems
related to the coagulation-fragmentation equation.
For a certain class of unbounded coagulation kernels
and fragmentation rates, relative compactness of the
stochastic systems is established and weak accumulation
points are characterized as solutions. These results
imply a new existence theorem. Finally a simulation
algorithm based on the particle systems is proposed.
References:
- [1] D. J. Aldous. Deterministic and stochastic models for coalescence (aggregation,
coagulation): a review of the mean-øeld theory for probabilists. Bernoulli. To appear.
See http://www.stat.berkeley.edu/users/aldous.
- [2] J. M. Ball and J. Carr. The discrete coagulation-fragmentation equations: existence,
uniqueness, and density conservation. J. Statist. Phys., 61(1-2):203>=234, 1990.
- [3] H. Bauer. Mafl- und Integrationstheorie. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1990.
- [4] J. Carr. Asymptotic behaviour of solutions to the coagulation-fragmentation equations.
I. The strong fragmentation case. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh Sect. A, 121(3-
4):231>=244, 1992.
- [5] F. P. da Costa. Existence and uniqueness of density conserving solutions to the
coagulation-fragmentation equations with strong fragmentation. J. Math. Anal.
Appl., 192(3):892>=914, 1995.
- [6] Ye. R. Domilovskiy, A. A. Lushnikov, and V. N. Piskurov. Monte Carlo simulation of
coagulation processes. Izv. Acad. Sci. USSR Atmospher. Ocean. Phys., 15(2):129>=134
(1980), 1979.
- [7] R. L. Drake. A general mathematical survey of the coagulation equation. In G.M.
Hidy and J.R. Brock, editors, Topics in Current Aerosol Research (Part 2), pages
201>=376. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1972.
- [8] P. B. Dubovskii and I. W. Stewart. Existence, uniqueness and mass conservation for
the coagulation-fragmentation equation. Math. Methods Appl. Sci., 19(7):571>=591,
1996.
- [9] S. N. Ethier and T. G. Kurtz. Markov processes. Characterization and convergence.
Wiley, New York, 1986.
- [10] A. F. Filippov. On the distribution of the sizes of particles which undergo splitting.
Theory Probab. Appl., 6(3):275>=294, 1961.
- [11] V. A. Galkin and P. B. Dubovskii. Solutions of a coagulation equation with unbounded
kernels. Diöerentsial'nye Uravneniya, 22(3):504>=509, 551, 1986.
- [12] D. N. Gillespie. The stochastic coalescence model for cloud droplet growth. J.
Atmospheric Sci., 29:1496>=1510, 1972.
- [13] D. N. Gillespie. An exact method for numerically simulating the stochastic coalescence
process in a cloud. J. Atmospheric Sci., 32:1977>=1989, 1975.
- [14] F. Guia?. A Monte Carlo approach to the Smoluchowski equations. Monte Carlo
Methods Appl., 3(4):313>=326, 1997.
- [15] I. Jeon. Existence of gelling solutions for coagulation-fragmentation equations.
Comm. Math. Phys., 194:541>=567, 1998.
- [16] R. Lang and X. X. Nguyen. Smoluchowski's theory of coagulation in colloids holds
rigorously in the Boltzmann>=Grad limit. Z. Wahrsch. Verw. Gebiete, 54:227>=280,
1980.
- [17] P. Lauren?ot. Global solutions to the discrete coagulation equations. Manuscript,
1998.
- [18] A. A. Lushnikov. Some new aspects of coagulation theory. Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR
Ser. Fiz. Atmosfer. i Okeana, 14(10):738>=743, 1978.
- [19] A. H. Marcus. Stochastic coalescence. Technometrics, 10(1):133>=148, 1968.
- [20] D. J. McLaughlin, W. Lamb, and A. C. McBride. A semigroup approach to fragmentation
models. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 28(5):1158>=1172, 1997.
- [21] Z. A. Melzak. A scalar transport equation. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 85:547>=560,
1957.
- [22] J. R. Norris. Smoluchowski's coagulation equations: uniqueness, non-uniqueness and
a hydrodynamic limit for the stochastic coalescent. Ann. Appl. Probab. To appear.
See www.statslab.cam.uk/?james.
- [23] K. K. Sabelfeld, S. V. Rogazinskii, A. A. Kolodko, and A. I. Levykin. Stochastic
algorithms for solving Smoluchowski coagulation equation and applications to aerosol
growth simulation. Monte Carlo Methods Appl., 2(1):41>=87, 1996.
- [24] I. W. Stewart. A global existence theorem for the general coagulation-fragmentation
equation with unbounded kernels. Math. Methods Appl. Sci., 11(5):627>=648, 1989.
- [25] I. W. Stewart. A uniqueness theorem for the coagulation-fragmentation equation.
Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc., 107(3):573>=578, 1990.
- [26] M. von Smoluchowski. Drei Vortr?ge ?ber Diöusion, Brownsche Molekularbewegung
und Koagulation von Kolloidteilchen. Phys. Z., 17:557>=571, 585>=599, 1916.
- [27] W. Wagner. A functional law of large numbers for Boltzmann type stochastic particle
systems. Stochastic Anal. Appl., 14(5):591>=636, 1996.
File: file114.html
Abstract:We prove that for a class of massless rÖ interface models on Z2 an introduction of an
arbitrary small pinning self-potential leads to exponential decay of correlation, or, in other words,
to creation of mass.
References:
- [BB] E. Bolthausen, D. Brydges (1998), Gaussian Surface Pinned by a Weak Potential, preprint.
- [DGI] J.-D. Deuschel, G. Giacomin, D. Ioffe (1998), Concentration results for a class of effective interface models,
preprint.
- [DV] J-D. Deuschel, Y. Velenik (1998), Non-Gaussian surface pinned by a weak potential, preprint.
- [DMRR] F. Dunlop, J. Magnen, V. Rivasseau, P. Roche (1992), Pinning of an Interface by a Weak Potential,
J.Stat.Phys. 87, 275-312.
- [HS] B. Helffer and J. Sjöstrand (1994), On the correlation for Kac{like models in the convex case, J.Stat.Phys. 74,
349-409 .
File: file116.html
Abstract:Coagulation of particles in turbulent flows is studied. The size distribution of
particles is governed by Smoluchowski equation with random collision coefficient. The random
coagulation coefficient is derived by a generalization of the approach suggested by Saffman and
Turner [12]. The coagulation process is analysed in three main cases: (1) Tc, the characteristic
coagulation time is much less than Tw, the characteristic Lagrangian time of the turbulent flow,
(2) conversely, Tw << Tc, and (3), these times are of the same order: Tw ? Tc. A special
stochastic time is introduced which drastically simplifies the analysis of the influence of the
intermittency. A detailed numerical study is given for two cases with known explicit solutions
of Smoluchowski equation. The numerical analysis in the turbulent collision regime is based on
the stochastic algorithm presented in the book [9] and developed in [11], [10], and [4].
File: file118.html
Abstract:A shape optimization problem is considered related to the design of induction
hardening facilities. The mathematical model consists of a vector potential formulation
for Maxwell's equations coupled with the energy balance and an ODE to
describe the solid>=solid phase transition in steel during heating. Depending on the
shape of the coil we control the volume fraction of the high temperature phase. The
coil is modeled as a tube and is deøned by a unit>=speed curve. The shape optimization
problem is formulated over the set of admissible curves. The existence of an
optimal control is proved. To obtain the form of the shape gradient of the cost functional,
the material derivative method is applied. Finally, the ørst order necessary
optimality conditions are estabished for an optimal tube.
Keywords: shape optimization, Maxwell's equations, induction heating, necessary
optimality conditions
MSC:
- 35K55
- 35Q60
- 49J20
- 49K20
- 78A60
References:
- [1] Arn?utu, V., Hfimberg, D., Soko?owski, J, Convergence results for a nonlinear
parabolic control problem, WIAS Preprint 490 (1999).
- [2] Bossavit, A., Rodrigues, J.>=F., On the electromagnetic "Induction Heating" Problem
in bounded domains, Adv. Math. Sc. Appl., 4, (1994), 79>=92.
- [3] Bodart, O., Touzani, R., Optimal control of electromagnetic induction heating 1. a
two-control parameter model, Preprint Laboratoire de Math?matiques Appliqu?es,
Universit? Blaise Pascal (Clermont-Ferrand 2).
- [4] Cea, J., Conception optimale ou identiøcation de formes, calcul rapide de la d?riv?e
directionelle de la fonction co?t, Math. Mod. & Num. Anal. 20 (1986), 371>=402.
- [5] Chenais, D. Sur une famille de vari?t?s a bord Lipschitziennes, application ? un
probl?me d'identiøcation de domaines, Ann. Inst. Fourier, Vol. 27, No. 4, (1977),
201>=231.
- [6] Clain, S. et al., Numerical modelling of induction heating for two>=dimensional geometries,
Math. Models Methods Appl. Sci., Vol. 3, No. 6 (1993), 271>=281.
- [7] Dautray, R., Lions, J.>=L., Mathematical analysis and numerical methods for science
and technology, Vol. 3, Springer>=Verlag, Berlin 1990.
- [8] Egan, L.R., Furlani, E. P., A computer simulation of an induction heating system,
IEEE Trans. Mag. 27, No.5 (1991), 4343>=4354.
- [9] Federer, H., Curvature measures, Trans.-Amer.-Math.-Soc., 93 (1959), 418>=491.
- [10] Fuhrmann, J., H"omberg, D., Numerical simulation of surface heat treatments, Num.
Meth. Heat & Fluid Flow.
- [11] Gray, A., Modern diöerential geometry of curves and surfaces, CRC Press, Boca
Raton, 1993.
- [12] Hfimberg, D., A mathematical model for the phase transitions in eutectoid carbon
steel, IMA J. Appl. Math., 54 (1995), 31>=57.
- [13] Hfimberg, D., Soko?owski, J, Optimal control of laser heat treatments. Advances in
Math. Sc. Appl. 8 (1998), 911>=928.
- [14] Hoppe, R.H.W., Kornhuber, R., Multi>=grid solution of two coupled Stefan equations
arising in induction heating of large steel slabs, Internat. J. Numer. Methods Engrg.,
30, (1990), 779>=801.
- [15] Leblond, J.>=B., Devaux, J.,A new kinetic model for anisothermal metallurgical transformations
in steels including eöect of austenite grain size, Acta Met. 32, (1984),
137>=146.
- [16] Ka?ur, J., Method of Rothe in Evolution Equations, Teubner>=Texte zur Mathematik,
Vol. 80, Leipzig 1985.
- [17] Soko?owski, J., Zolesio, J.>=P., Introduction to shape optimization, Springer series in
computational mathematics, Vol. 16, Berlin 1992.
- [18] Visintin, A., Mathematical models of solid>=solid phase transitions in steel, IMA J.
Appl. Math., 39 (1987), 143>=157.
File: file119.html
Abstract:We study a Hopøeld model whose number of patterns M grows to
inønity with the system size N , in such a way that M(N)2 log M(N)=N tends to
zero. In this model the unbiased Gibbs state in volume N can essentially be decomposed
into M(N) pairs of disjoint measures. We investigate the distributions
of the corresponding weights, and show, in particular, that these weights concentrate
for any given N very closely to one of the pairs, with probability tending to
one. Our analysis is based upon a new result on the asymptotic distribution of
order statistics of certain correlated exchangeable random variables.
Keywords: Hopøeld model, extreme values, order statistics, metastates, chaotic
size-dependence.
MSC:
File: file12.html
Abstract:For many typical instances where Monte Carlo methods are applied attempts
were made to find unbiased estimators, since for them the Monte Carlo error
reduces to the statistical error. These problems usually take values in the scalar field.
If we study vector valued Monte Carlo methods, then we are confronted with the question
whether there can exist unbiased estimators. This problem is apparently new. Below it
is settled precisely. Partial answers are given, indicating relations to several classes of
linear operators in Banach spaces.
Keywords: unbiased Monte Carlo methods, operator ideals .
References:
- [ENS89] S.M. Ermakov, W.W. Nekrutkin, and A.S. Sipin. Random Processes for Classical Equations
of Mathematical Physics. Mathematics and its Appl., Soviet Ser. 34. Kluwer Academic Publ.,
Dordrecht, 1989.
- [Hei94] S. Heinrich. Random approximation in numerical analysis. In K. D. Bierstedt, et al., editor,
Functional Analysis: Proceedings of the Essen Conference, volume 150 of Lect. Notes in pure
and appl. Math., pages 123 { 171, New York, Basel, Hong Kong, 1994. Marcel Dekker.
- [HH64] J. M. Hammersley and D. C. Handscomb. Monte Carlo methods. Methuen, London, 1964.
- [HJ74] J. Hoffmann-Jørgensen. Sums of independent Banach space valued random variables. Studia
Math., 52:159 { 186, 1974.
- [KW86] M. H. Kalos and P. A. Whitlock. Monte Carlo methods, volume 1. Wiley, New York, 1986.
- [LB93] R. C. Liu and L. D. Brown. Nonexistence of informative unbiased estimators in singular
problems. Ann. Statist., 21(1):1 { 13, 1993.
- [LT91] M. Ledoux and M. Talagrand. Probability in Banach spaces, volume 23 of Ergeb. Math. und
ihrer Grenzgeb., 3. Folge. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1991.
- [Mat91] P. Mathé. Random approximation of Sobolev embeddings. J. Complexity, 7:261 { 281, 1991.
- [Mat94] P. Mathé. Approximation theory of Monte Carlo methods. Habilitation thesis, 1994.
- [MP76] B. Maurey and G. Pisier. Séries de variables aléatoires vectorielles indépendantes et géométrie
des espaces de Banach. Studia Math., 58:45 { 90, 1976.
- [Pie80] A. Pietsch. Operator Ideals. North Holland, Amsterdam, New York, Oxford, 1980.
- [Pie87] A. Pietsch. Eigenvalues and s-Numbers, volume 43 of Math. und ihre Anw. in Phys. und
Technik. Geest & Portig, Leipzig, 1987.
- [Ros56] M. Rosenblatt. Remarks on nonparametric estimates of a density function. Ann. Math. Statist.,
27:832 { 837, 1956.
- [TJ88] N. Tomczak-Jaegermann. Banach-Mazur Distances and Finite-dimensional Operator Ideals,
volume 38 of Pitman Monographs and Surveys in pure and applied Math. Longman, Essex,
1988.
- [TWW88] J.F. Traub, G.W. Wasilkowski, and H. Wo?zniakowski. Information-Based Complexity. Academic
Press, New York, 1988.
File: file123.html
Abstract:We analyze existence results in constrained optimal design problems
governed by variational inequalities of obstacle type. The main applications that we
discuss concern the optimal packaging problem and the electrochemical machining
process.
Our assumptions, in order to obtain the existence of at least one optimal domain,
are just boundedness and uniform continuity (the uniform segment property) for the
boundaries of the unknown regions where the free boundary problems are defined.
No restrictions on the dimension are imposed.
References:
- 1. Adams, R., Sobolev spaces, Academic Press, New York, 1975.
- 2. Barbu, V., Optimal control of variational inequalities, RNM 100, Pitman, London, 1984.
- 3. Elliott, C. M. and Ockendon, J. R., Weak and variational methods for moving boundary
problems, RNM 59, Pitman, London, 1982.
- 4. Gröger, K. and Rehberg, J., Resolvent estimates in W ?1;p for second order elliptic differential
operators in case of mixed boundary conditions, Math. Ann. 285 (1989), 105{113.
- 5. Kuratowski, K., Introduction to set theory and topology, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1961.
- 6. Liu, W. B. and Rubio, J. E., Local convergence and optimal shape design, SIAM J. Control
Optim. 30 (1992), 49{62.
- 7. Liu, W. B., Neittaanmäki, P. and Tiba, D., Existence for shape optimization problems in
arbitrary dimension, Preprint 208, Dept. of Mathematics, Univ. of Jyväskylä (1999).
- 8. Maz'ya, V., Sobolev spaces, Springer, Berlin, 1985.
- 9. Pironneau, O., Optimal shape design for elliptic systems, Springer, Berlin, 1984.
- 10. Tiba, D., A property of Sobolev spaces and existence in optimal design, Preprint 5, Institute
of Mathematics, Romanian Academy, Bucharest (1999).
- 11. Tiba, D., Optimal control of nonsmooth distributed parameter systems, LNM 1459, Springer,
Berlin, 1990.
File: file124.html
Abstract:We consider adaptive estimating the value of a linear functional from indirect
white noise observations. For a Äexible approach, the problem is embedded
in an abstract Hilbert scale. We develop an adaptive estimator that is rate
optimal within a logarithmic factor simultaneously over a wide collection of
balls in the Hilbert scale. It is shown that the proposed estimator has the best
possible adaptive properties for a wide range of linear functionals. The case
of discretized indirect white noise observations is studied, and the adaptive
estimator in this setting is developed.
Keywords: Adaptive estimation, discretization, Hilbert scales, inverse problems,
linear functionals, regularization, minimax risk.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Abramovich, F., Silverman, B.W. (1998), Wavelet decomposition approaches
to statistical inverse problems, Biometrika 85, 115-129.
- [2] Bakushinskii, A.B. (1967), A general method of constructing regularizing algorithms
for a linear ill-posed equation in Hilbert space, Zh. Vychisl. Mat. Mat.
Fiz. 7, 672-677.
- [3] Bakushinskii, A.B. (1969), On the construction of regularizing algorithms under
random noise, Soviet Math. Dokl. 189, 231-233.
- [4] Barron, A., Birg?, L., Massart, P. (1999), Risk bounds for model selection via
penalization, Probab. Theory Related Fields 113, 301-413.
- [5] Bickel, P.J., Ritov, Y. (1995), Estimating linear functionals of a PET image,
IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging 14, 81-87.
- [6] Brown L., Low, M.G. (1996), A constrained risk inequality with application to
nonparametric estimation, Ann. Statist. 24, 2524-2535.
- [7] Cavalier, L., Tsybakov, A.B. (1998), Sharp adaptation for inverse problems
with random noise, Manuscript.
- [8] Pao-Liu Chow, Ibragimov, I.A., Khasminskii, R.Z. (1999), Statistical approach
to some ill>=posed problems for linear partial diöerential equations, Probab. Theory
Related Fields 113, 421-441.
- [9] Donoho, D.L. (1994), Statistical estimation and optimal recovery, Ann. Statist.
22, 238-270.
- [10] Donoho, D.L. (1995), Nonlinear solution of linear inverse problems by WaveletVaguelette
Decomposition, Applied and Computational Harmonic Analysis 2,
101-126.
- [11] Donoho, D.L., Johnstone I.M. (1994), Ideal spatial adaptation by wavelet
shrinkage, Biometrika 81, 425-455.
- [12] Donoho, D.L., Low, M.G. (1992), Renormalization exponents and optimal
pointwise rates of convergence, Ann. Statist. 20, 944-970.
- [13] Efromovich, S., Low, M.G. (1994), Adaptive estimates of linear functionals,
Probab. Theory Related Fields 98, 261-275.
- [14] Engl, H.W., Neubauer, A. (1988), A parameter choice strategy for (iterated)
Tikhonov regularization of ill-posed problems leading to superconvergence with
optimal rates, Applic. Anal. 27, 5-18.
- [15] Engl, H.W., Hanke, M., Neubauer, A. (1996), Regularization of Inverse Problems,
Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, Boston, London.
- [16] Goldenshluger, A. (1998), On pointwise adaptive nonparametric deconvolution,
Bernoulli, to appear.
- [17] Golubev, G., Khasiminskii, R. (1997), Statistical approach to inverse boundary
value problems for partial diöerential equations, Preprint No 370, WIAS -
Berlin.
- [18] Groetsch, C.W. (1977), Generalized Inverses of Linear Operators, Marcel
Dekker, New York.
- [19] Hegland, M. (1995), Variable Hilbert scale and their interpolation inequalities
with applications to Tikhonov regularization, Applic. Analysis 59,207-223.
- [20] Ibragimov, I.A., Has'minskii, R.Z. (1984), On nonparametric estimation of the
value of a linear functional in Gaussian white noise, Theory Probab. Applic. 29,
18-32.
- [21] Johnstone, I.M. (1999), Wavelet shrinkage for correlated data and inverse problems:
adaptivity results, Statistica Sinica 9, 51-83.
- [22] Johnstone, I.M., Silverman, B.W. (1991), Discretization eöects in statistical
inverse problems, J. Complexity 7, 1-34.
- [23] Krein, S.G., Petunin, Ju.I., Semenov, E.M. (1982), Interpolation of Linear Operators,
American Mathematical Society, Providence, Rhode Island.
- [24] Lepskii, O. (1990), A problem of adaptive estimation in Gaussian white noise,
Theory Probab. Appl. 36, 454-466.
- [25] Lepskii, O. (1991), Asymptotically minimax adaptive estimation I: Upper
bounds. Optimally adaptive estimates, Theory Probab. Appl. 36, 682-697.
- [26] Lepskii, O. (1992), Asymptotically minimax adaptive estimation II: Schemes
without optimal adaptation. Adaptive estimators, Theory Probab. Appl. 37,
433-448.
- [27] Li, K.C. (1982), Minimaxity of the method of regularization of stochastic processes,
Ann. Statist. 10, 937-942.
- [28] Lukas, M.A. (1998), Comparisons of parameter choice methods for regularization
with discrete noisy data, Inverse Problems 14, 161-184.
- [29] Mair, B.A., and Ruymgaart, F.H. (1996), Statistical inverse estimation in
Hilbert scales, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 56, 1424-1444.
- [30] Mathe, P., Pereverzev, S.V. (1999), Optimal discretization and degrees of illposedness
for inverse estimation in Hilbert scales in the presence of random
noise, Preprint No 469, WIAS - Berlin.
- [31] Natterer, F. (1984), Error bounds for Tikhonov regularization in Hilbert scales,
Applic. Analysis 19, 29-37.
- [32] Neubauer, A. (1988), On a posteriori parameter choice for Tikhonov regularization
in Hilbert scale leading to optimal convergence rates, SIAM J. Numer.
Anal. 25, 1313-1326.
- [33] Nussbaum, M. (1994), Degrees of ill-posedness in Stochastic and Deterministic
Noise Models, Algorithms and Complexity for Continuous Problems, DagstuhlSeminar-Report
101.
- [34] Nychka, D.W., and Cox, D.D. (1989), Convergence rates for regularized solutions
of integral equations from discrete noisy data, Ann. Statist. 17, 556-572.
- [35] O'Sullivan, F. (1986), A statistical perspective on ill-posed problems, Statist.
Science. 1, 502-527.
- [36] Plato, R., Vainikko, G. (1990), On the regularization of projection methods for
solving ill-posed problems, Numer. Math. 57, 63-79.
- [37] Speckman, P. (1979), Minimax estimates of linear functionals in a Hilbert space,
Unpublished manuscript.
- [38] Stander, J., Silverman, B.W. (1995), Minimax estimation of linear functionals,
particularly in nonparametric regression and positron emission tomography,
Comput. Statist. 10, 259-283.
- [39] Sudakov, V.N., Khaløn, L.A. (1964), Statistical approach to ill-posed problems
in mathematical physics, Soviet Math. Dokl. 157, 1094-1096.
- [40] Tautenhahn, U. (1996), Error estimates for regularization methods in Hilbert
scales, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 33, 2120-2130.
- [41] Tikhonov, A. N., Arsenin, V. Y. (1977), Solution of ill-posed problems, Wiley,
New-York.
- [42] Traub, J. F., Wasilkowski, G. W., Wozniakowski, H. (1988), Information-Based
Complexity, Wiley, New York.
- [43] Tsybakov, A. (1998), Pointwise and sup>=norm sharp adaptive estimation of
functions on the Sobolev classes, Ann. Statist. 26, 2420-2469.
- [44] Vainikko, G. M., Veretennikov, A. Y. (1986), Iteration procedures in ill-posed
problems, Nauka, Moscow (in Russian).
- [45] Wahba, G. (1977), Practical approximate solutions to linear operator equations
when the data are noisy, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 14, 651-667.
File: file125.html
Abstract:With the df F of the rv X is associated the natural exponential family of dfs F>=
where
dF>=(x) = e>=xdF (x)=Ee>=X
Keywords: asymptotic normality, asymptotically parabolic, convolution, domain of attraction,
exponential family, Esscher transform, gamma approximation, gamma distribution,
Laplace transform, normal distribution, regular variation, saddlepoint approximation, selfneglecting,
weak limit law.
MSC:
References:
File: file126.html
Abstract:We calculate the asymptotic form of the quantum current/magnetisation
of a non-interacting electron gas at zero temperature. The calculation
uses coherent states and a novel commutator identity for the current
operator.
References:
- [ES97] L. Erdös and J.P. Solovej, Semiclassical Eigenvalue Estimates for
the Pauli Operator with Strong non-homogeneous magnetic fields.
II. Leading order asymptotic estimates, Commun. Math. Phys. 188
(1997), 599{656.
- [Fou98] S. Fournais, Semiclassics of the Quantum Current, Comm. in P.D.E
23 (1998), no. 3-4, 601{628.
- [Fou99] S. Fournais, Semiclassics of the quantum current in a strong constant
magnetic field, University of Aarhus Preprint (1999), no. 9.
- [Ivr98] V. Ivrii, Microlocal Analysis and Semiclassical Spectral Asymptotics,
Springer Verlag, 1998.
- [LS77] E.H. Lieb and B. Simon, The Thomas-Fermi Theory of Atoms,
Molecules and Solids, Adv. Math. (1977), no. 23, 22{116.
- [LSY94] E. Lieb, J.P. Solovej, and J. Yngvason, Asymptotics of heavy atoms
in high magnetic fields: II. Semiclassical regions., Commun. Math.
Phys. (1994), no. 161, 77{124.
- [Sob94] A.V. Sobolev, The quasiclassical asymptotics of local Riesz means
for the Schrödinger operator in a strong homogeneous magnetic
field, Duke Math Journal 74 (1994), no. 2, 319{429.
File: file127.html
Abstract:In this article, dissipative perturbations of the nonlinear Schrödinger equation (NLS) are
considered. For dissipative equations, when determining the stability of a solitary wave,
one must locate both the point spectrum and the continuous spectrum. If the wave is to
be stable, all the spectrum must reside in the left-half plane, except for the translational
eigenvalue(s) at the origin. However, for the NLS the continuous spectrum is located on the
imaginary axis, as the NLS can be thought of as an infinite-dimensional Hamiltonian system.
Since dissipative perturbations will destroy this feature, it is then possible for eigenvalues
to bifurcate out of the continuous spectrum and into the right-half plane, leading to an
unstable wave. Here we show that the Evans function can be extended across the continuous
spectrum, and hence it can be used to track these bifurcating eigenvalues. The extension is
done for a general class of equations, and the result should therefore be useful for a larger
class of problems than that presented here. Using the extended Evans function, we are then
able to locate the spectrum for bright solitary-wave solutions to various perturbed nonlinear
Schrödinger equations, and discuss their stability. In addition, we discuss the existence and
stability of multi-bump solitary waves for a particular perturbation, the parametrically
forced NLS equation.
MSC:
- 34A26
- 34C35
- 34C37
- 35K57
- 35P15
- 35Q55
- 78A60
References:
- [1] J. Alexander, R. Gardner, and C.K.R.T. Jones. A topological invariant arising in the
stability of travelling waves. J. reine angew Math., 410:167{212, 1990.
- [2] J. Alexander, M. Grillakis, C.K.R.T. Jones, and B. Sandstede. Stability of pulses on
optical fibers with phase-sensitive amplifiers. Z. angew Math. Phys., 48:175{192, 1997.
- [3] C. De Angelis. Self-trapped propagation in the nonlinear cubic-quintic Schrödinger
equation: a variational approach. IEEE J. Quantum Elect., 30(3):818{821, 1994.
- [4] I. Barashenkov, M. Bogdan, and V. Korobov. Stability diagram of the phase-locked
solitons in the parametrically driven, damped nonlinear Schrödinger equation. Europhysics
Lett., 15(2):113{118, 1991.
- [5] S. Gatz and J. Herrmann. Soliton propagation in materials with saturable nonlinearity.
J. Opt. Soc. Am. B, 8(11):2296{2302, 1991.
- [6] S. Gatz and J. Herrmann. Soliton collision and soliton fusion in dispersive materials
with a linear and quadratic intensity depending refraction index change. IEEE J.
Quantum Elect., 28(7):1732{1738, 1992.
- [7] S. Gatz and J. Herrmann. Soliton propagation and soliton collision in double-doped
fibers with a non-Kerr-like nonlinear refractive-index change. Optics Lett., 17(7):484{
486, 1992.
- [8] C. Goedde, W. Kath, and P. Kumar. Periodic amplification and conjugation of optical
solitons. Opt. Lett., 20(12):1365{1367, 1995.
- [9] D. Henry. Geometric theory of semilinear parabolic equations. In Lecture Notes in
Mathematics 840. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1981.
- [10] J. Herrmann. Bistable bright solitons in dispersive media with a linear and quadratic
intensity-dependent refraction index change. Optics Comm., 87:161{165, 1992.
- [11] C.K.R.T. Jones. Stability of the travelling wave solutions of the Fitzhugh-Nagumo
system. Trans. AMS, 286(2):431{469, 1984.
- [12] C.K.R.T. Jones, R. Gardner, and T. Kapitula. Stability of travelling waves for nonconvex
scalar conservation laws. Comm. Pure Appl. Math., 46:505{526, 1993.
- [13] T. Kapitula. A novel evaluation of the Evans function. (submitted).
- [14] T. Kapitula. Stability criterion for bright solitary waves of the perturbed cubic-quintic
Schrödinger equation. (submitted).
- [15] T. Kapitula. Stability of weak shocks in >=?! systems. Indiana U. Math. J., 40(4):1193{
1219, 1991.
- [16] T. Kapitula. On the stability of travelling waves in weighted L1 spaces. J. Diff. Eq.,
112(1):179{215, 1994.
- [17] T. Kapitula. Existence and stability of singular heteroclinic orbits for the GinzburgLandau
equation. Nonlinearity, 9(3):669{686, 1996.
- [18] T. Kapitula and S. Maier-Paape. Spatial dynamics of time periodic solutions for the
Ginzburg-Landau equation. Z. angew Math. Phys., 47(2):265{305, 1996.
- [19] T. Kato. Perturbation Theory for Linear Operators. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1966.
- [20] D. Kaup. Perturbation theory for solitons in optical fibers. Phys. Rev. A, 42(9):5689{
5694, 1990.
- [21] D. Kaup and T. Lakoba. Variational method: How it can create false instabilities. J.
Math. Phys., 37(7):3442{3462, 1996.
- [22] Y. Kodama, M. Romagnoli, and S. Wabnitz. Soliton stability and interactions in fibre
lasers. Elect. Lett., 28(21):1981{1983, 1992.
- [23] J. Kutz, C. Hile, W. Kath, R.-D. Li, and P. Kumar. Pulse propagation in nonlinear
optical fiber lines that employ phase-sensitive parametric amplifiers. J. Opt. Soc. Am.
B, 11(10):2112{2123, 1994.
- [24] J. Kutz and W. Kath. Stability of pulses in nonlinear optical fibers using phase-sensitive
amplifiers. SIAM J. Appl. Math., 56:611{626, 1996.
- [25] J. Kutz, W. Kath, R.-D. Li, and P. Kumar. Long-distance pulse propagation in nonlinear
optical fibers by using periodically spaced parametric amplifiers. Optics Letters,
18(10):802{804, 1993.
- [26] B. Lawrence, M. Cha, J. Kang, W. Toreullas, G. Stegeman, G. Baker, J. Meth,
and S. Etemad. Large purely refractive nonlinear index of single crystal P-toluene
sulphonate (PTS) at 1600 nm. Elect. Lett., 30(5):447{448, 1994.
- [27] B. Lawrence, M. Cha, W. Torruellas, G. Stegeman, S. Eternad, G. Baker, and F. Kajzar.
Measurement of the complex nonlinear refractive index of single crystal p-toluene
sulfonate at 1064 nm. Appl. Phys. Lett., 64(21):2773{2775, 1994.
- [28] S. Longhi. Perturbation of parametrically excited solitary waves. Phys. Rev. E,
55(1):1060{1070, 1997.
- [29] P. Marcq, H. Chatë, and R. Conte. Exact solutions of the one-dimensional quintic
complex Ginzburg-Landau equation. Physica D, 73:305, 1994.
- [30] A. Mecozzi, W. Kath, P. Kumar, and C. Goedde. Long-term storage of a soliton bit
stream by use of phase-sensitive amplification. Opt. Lett., 19(24):2050{2052, 1994.
- [31] R. Pego and M. Weinstein. Eigenvalues, and instabilities of solitary waves. Phil. Trans.
R. Soc. Lond. A, 340:47{94, 1992.
- [32] D. Pelinovsky, Y. Kivshar, and V. Afanasjev. Internal modes of envelope solitons.
(preprint).
- [33] J. Prüß. On the spectrum of C0-semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 284:847{857,
1984.
- [34] J. Rubin. Stability and bifurcations of standing pulse solutions to an inhomogeneous
reaction-diffusion system. (submitted to SIAM J. Math. Anal.).
- [35] W. Van Saarloos and P. Hohenberg. Fronts, pulses, sources, and sinks in the generalized
complex Ginzburg-Landau equation. Physica D, 56D:303{367, 1992.
- [36] B. Sandstede. Stability of multiple-pulse solutions. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. (to appear).
- [37] B. Sandstede, J. Alexander, and C.K.R.T. Jones. Existence and stability of n-pulses
on optical fibers with phase-sensitive amplifiers. Physica D (in press).
- [38] A. Sombra. Bistable pulse collisions of the cubic-quintic nonlinear Schrödinger equation.
Optics Comm., 94:92{98, 1992.
- [39] J. Soto-Crespo, N. Akhmediev, and V. Afanasjev. Stability of the pulselike solutions of
the quintic complex Ginzburg-Landau equation. J. Opt. Soc. Am. B, 13(7):1439{1449,
1996.
- [40] A. Vanderbauwhede and B. Fiedler. Homoclinic period blow-up in reversible and conservative
systems. Z. Angew. Math. Phys., 43:292{318, 1992.
File: file128.html
Abstract:We study singularly perturbed elliptic and parabolic diöerential equations
under the assumption that the associated equation has intersecting families
of equilibria (exchange of stabilities). We prove by means of the method of
asymptotic lower and upper solutions that the asymptotic behavior with respect
to the small parameter changes near the curve of exchange of stabilities.
The application of that result to systems modelling fast bimolecular reactions
in a heterogeneous environment implies a transition layer (jumping behavior)
of the reaction rate. This behavior has to be taken into account for identiø-
cation problems in reaction systems.
Keywords: Singular perturbation, asymptotic methods, upper and lower solutions,
jumping behavior of reaction rates.
MSC:
References:
- [1] V. F. Butuzov and N. N. Nefedov, Singularly perturbed boundary value
problem for a second order equation in case of exchange of stability, Mat. Zamet.,
63, (1998), 354 - 362.
- [2] V. F. Butuzov, N. N. Nefedov and K.R. Schneider, Singularly perturbed
boundary value problems in case of exchange of stabilities, J. Math.
Anal. Appl. 229, (1999), 543 -562.
- [3] V.F. Butuzov and I. Smurov, Initial boundary value problem for a singularly
perturbed parabolic equation in case of exchange of stability. To appear
in J. Math. Anal. Apl..
- [4] N. N. Nefedov and K. R. Schneider, Immediate exchange of stabilities in
singularly perturbed systems, To appear in Diöerential and Integral Equations.
- [5] N. N. Nefedov, K. R. Schneider and A. Schuppert, Jumping behavior
in singularly perturbed systems modelling bimolecular reactions, Weierstrafl>=
Institut f?r Angewandte Analysis und Stochastik, Berlin, Preprint No. 137,
1994.
- [6] C. V. Pao, Nonlinear Parabolic and Elliptic Equations, Plenum Press, New
York and London, 1992.
File: file130.html
Abstract:We are interested in algorithms for constructing surfaces ? of possibly
small measure that separate a given domain ? into two regions of equal measure.
Using the integral formula for the total gradient variation, we show that such separators
can be constructed approximatively by means of sign changing eigenfunctions of
the p-Laplacians, p ! 1, under homogeneous Neumann boundary conditions. These
eigenfunctions are proven to be limits of a steepest descent methods applied to suitable
norm quotients. Finally we use these ideas for the construction of separators
on simplex grids.
Keywords: p-Laplacian, eigenfunctions, separators.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Alt, H. W., S. Luckhaus, Quasilinear Elliptic-Parabolic Diöerential Equations,
Math. Z. 183, 311-341 (1983)
- [2] Cianchi, A., On relative isoperimetric inequalities in the plane, Bollettino
U.M.I. (7) 3 - 13 (1989)
- [3] Di Benedetto, E., Degenerate parabolic equations, Springer-Verlag (1993)
- [4] Dr?bek, P., A. Kufner, F. Nicolosi, Quasilinear elliptic equations with degenerations
and singularities, Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, New York (1997)
- [5] Federer, H., W.H. Flemming, Normal and integral currents, Ann. of. Math 72
(1960), 458 -520.
- [6] Flemming, W.H., R. Rishel, An integral formula for total gradient variation,
Arch. Math. XI (1960), 218 - 222
- [7] Gajewski, H., K. G?rtner, On the discretization of van Roosbroeck's equations
with magnetic øeld, ZAMM 76, 247 >= 264 (1996)
- [8] Gajewski, H., K. Grfiger, K. Zacharias, Nichtlineare Operatorgleichungen ond
Operatordiöerentialgleichungen, Akademie-Verlag , Berlin, (1974)
- [9] Gilbarg, D., N.S. Trudinger, Elliptic partial diöerential equations of second
order, Springer-Verlag (1983)
- [10] Giusti, E., Minimal surfaces and functions of bounded variation, Birkh?userVerlag
(1984)
- [11] Pothen, A., H.D. Simon, K. Liou, Partitioning sparse matrices with eigenvectors
of graphs, SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis & Applications 11, 430>=452 (1990)
- [12] Schenk, O., K. G?rtner, W. Fichtner, EÖcient Sparse LU Factorization with
Left-Right Looking Strategy on Shared Memory Multiprocessors, BIT 40:1, to
appear
- [13] Zeidler, E., Nonlinear functional Analysis and its applications II/B, SpringerVerlag
(1983)
File: file132.html
Abstract:We define Picard-Einstein metrics on complex algebraic surfaces as Kähler-Einstein metrics with
negative constant sectional curvature pushed down from the unit ball via Picard modular groups
allowing degenerations along cycles. We demonstrate how the tool of orbital heights, especially
the Proportionality Theorem presented in [H98], works for detecting such orbital cycles on the
projective plane. The simplest cycle we found on this way is supported by a quadric and three
tangent lines (Apollonius configuration). We give a complete proof for the fact that it belongs to
the congruence subgroup of level 1 + i of the full Picard modular group of Gauß numbers together
with precise octahedral- symmetric interpretation as moduli space of an explicit Shimura family of
curves of genus 3. Proofs are based only on the Proportionality Theorem and classification results
for hermitian lattices and algebraic surfaces.
Keywords: algebraic curves, moduli space, Shimura surface, Picard modular group, arithmetic group, Gauß lattice,
Kähler-Einstein metric, negative constant curvature, unit ball
MSC:
- 11G15
- 11G18
- 11H56
- 11R11
- 14D05
- 14D22
- 14E20
- 14G35
- 14H10
- 14H30
- 14J10
- 20C12
- 20H05
- 20H10
- 32M15
References:
- [Arm] Armstrong, P.: The fundamental group of the orbit space of a discontineous group, Proc.
Cambridge Philos. Soc. 64 No. 2 (1968), 299-301
- [B-B] Baily, W.L., Borel, A.: Compactification of arithmetic quotients of bounded symmetric domains,
Ann. of Math. 84 (1966), 442-528
- [Bel] Belyi, G.V.: On Galois extensions of the maximal cyclotomic field (russian), Izv. AN SSSR ser.
mat. 43 No. 2 (1979), 269 - 276
- [BHH] Barthel, G., Hirzebruch, F., Höfer, Th.: Geradenkonfigurationen und algebraische Flächen,
Aspects of Mathematics D 4, Vieweg, Braunschweig -Wiesbaden, 1986
- [Bou] Bourbaki, N.: Groupes et algèbre de Lie, Hermann, Paris, 1968
- [BPV] Barth, W., Peters, C., van de Ven, A.: Compact complex surfaces, Erg. d. Mathem., Springer,
Berlin, 1984
- [Bri] Brieskorn, E.: Rationale Singularitäten komplexer Flächen, Inv. math. 4 (1967), 336 - 358
- [D-M] Deligne, P., Mostow, G.D.: Monodromy of hypergeometric functions and non-lattice integral
monodromy, Publ. Math. IHES, 63 (1986), 5-89
- [DSM] Dethloff, G., Schumacher, G., Wong, P.M.: Hyperbolicity of the complements of plane algebraic
curves, Am. Journ. Math. 117 No. 3 (1995), 573 - 599
- [Feu] Feustel, J.M.: Ringe automorpher Formen auf der komplexen Einheits-kugel und ihre Erzeugung
durch Theta-Konstanten, Prepr. Ser. Akad. Wiss. DDR, P-MATH-13, 1986
- [Fin] Finis, T.: Hecke-Eigenwerte Picardscher Modulformen, Diplom-arbeit, Düsseldorf, 1997
- [vGm] van Geemen, B.: Projective models of Picard modular varie-ties, Lect. Notes Math. 1515
(1991), 68 - 99
- [Hal] Hall, M.: The theory of groups, Macmillan Company, New York, 1959
- [Has] Hashimoto, K.: Elliptic conjugacy classes of the Siegel modu-lar group and unimodular hermitian
forms over the ring of cyclotomic integers, J. Fac. Sci. Univ. Tokyo 33 (1986), 57 -
82
- [Hir] Hirzebruch, F.: Chern numbers of algebraic surfaces - an example, Math. Ann. 266 (1984), 351
- 356
- [Ho83] Holzapfel, R.-P.: Arithmetic curves on ball quotient surfaces, Ann. Glob. Analysis and Geom.
1 No. 2 (1983), 21 - 90
- [H86] Holzapfel, R.-P.: Geometry and Arithmetic around Euler partial diffe-rential equations, Dt.
Verlag d. Wiss., Berlin/Reidel Publ. Comp., Dordrecht, 1986
- [Ho86] Holzapfel, R.-P.: Chern numbers of agebraic surfaces - Hirzebruch's examples are Picard modular
surfaces, Math. Nachr. 126 (1986), 255-273
- [Ho94] Holzapfel, R.-P.: Hierarchies of endomorphism algebras of abelian varieties corresponding to
Picard modular surfaces, Schriftenreihe Komplexe Mannigfaltigkeiten 190, Univ. Erlangen,
1994
- [H95] Holzapfel, R.-P.: The ball and some Hilbert problems, Lect. in Math. ETH Zürich, Birkhäuser,
Basel-Boston-Berlin, 1995
- [H98] Holzapfel, R.-P.: Ball and surface arithmetics, Aspects of Mathematics E 29, Vieweg, Braunschweig
-Wiesbaden, 1998
- [Kob] Kobayashi, S.: Hyperbolic manifolds and holomorphic mappings, Marcel Dekker, New York,
1970
- [Lan] Landherr, W.: ?Aquivalenz hermitescher Formen über einen beliebigen algebraischen Zahlkörper,
Abh. Math. Sem. Hamburg 11 (1935), 245 - 248
- [La] Lang, S.: Complex multiplication, Grundl. Math. Wiss. 255, Springer, 1983
- [Mat] Matsumoto, K.: On modular functions in 2 variables attached to a family of hyperelliptic curves
of genus 3, Sc. Norm. Sup. Pisa 16 No. 4 (1989), 557 - 578
- [N-S] Narumiyah, N., Shiga, H.: On the three dimensional congruent number problems, Preprint,
Chiba University, 1996
- [S-Y] Sakurai, K., Yoshida, M.: Fuchsian systems associated with the P2(F2)-arrangement, SIAM
Journ. Math. 20 No. 6 (1989), 1490 - 1499
- [Se70] Serre, J.-P.: Course d'arithmétique, Presses Univ. France, Paris, 1970
- [Se89] Serre, J.-P.: Lectures on the Mordell-Weil Theorem, Aspects of Mathematics E 15, Vieweg,
Braunschweig -Wiesbaden, 1989
- [S-V] Shabat, G.B., Voevodsky, V.A.: Drawing curves over number fields, in The Grothendieck
Festschrift III (1990), Progr. in Math., Birkhäuser, Boston-Basel-Berlin, 199 - 227
- [Shg] Shiga, H.: On the representation of the Picard modular function by Theta constants I-II, Publ.
R.I.M.S. Kyoto Univ. 24 (1988), 311-360
- [S-W] Shiga, H., Wolfart, J.: Criteria for complex multiplication and transcendence properties of
automorphic functions, J. reine angew. Math. 463 (1995), 1 - 25
- [Sm63] Shimura, G.: On analytic families of polarized abelian varieties and automorphic functions,
Ann. Math. 78 No. 1 (1963), 149-192
- [S-T] Shimura, G., Taniyama, Y: Complex multiplication of abelian varieties and its applications to
number theory, Publ. Math. Soc. Japan 6, 1961
- [Sm64] Shimura, G.: On purely transcendental fields of automorphic functions of several variables,
Osaka Journ. Math. 1 No.1 (1964), 1 - 14 On analytic families of polarized abelian varieties
and automorphic functions, Ann. Math. 78 No. 1 (1963), 149-192
- [Sm71] Shimura, G.: Introduction to the arithmetic theory of automorphic functions, Iwanami Shoten
Publ., Princ. Univ. Press, 1971
- [Sv1] Shvartsman, O.W.: On the factor space of an arithmetic group acting on the complex unit ball
(russian), PhD thesis, MGU, Moscow, 1974
- [Sv2] Shvartsman, O.W.: On the factor space of an arithmetic group acting on the complex ball
(russian), Usp. Math. Nauk 28 No.4 (1974), 202 - 203
- [Y97] Yoshida, M.: Hypergeometric functions, my love; modular interpretations of configuration
spaces, Aspects of Mathematics E 32, Vieweg, Braunschweig -Wiesbaden, 1997
- [Zin] Zink, Th.: ?Uber die Spitzen einiger arithmetischer Untergruppen unitärer Gruppen, Math.
Nachr. 79 (1979), 315 - 320Rolf-Peter HolzapfelMathematisches InstitutHumboldt-Universität BerlinZiegelstraße 13A
- 10099 Berlin GERMANYe-mail: holzapfl@mathematik.hu-berlin.deAlexandro PiñeiroDepartment of Geometry and Combinatorics
CEMAFIT/ICIMAFCalle E No. 309, esquina 15Vedado, La Habana, CUBANikola VladovSofia UniversityFaculty of Mathematics and Informatics5, James Bourchier
- 1164 Sofia BULGARIA
File: file133.html
Abstract:We calculate some deønite integrals which (up to now) computer algebra systems
like Maple or Mathematica are unable to evaluate. The ørst one is a simply looking
integral involving cos and log , the others are some integrals containing polylogarithmic
functions. It is shown that they can be evaluated by rational combinations
of ?>=functions and products of ?>=functions at positive integers.
Keywords: Riemann zeta function, polylogarithms.
MSC:
References:
- [BBG] Borwein, D., Borwein, J.M., Girgensohn R., Explicit Evaluation of Euler Sums,
Proceedings Edinburgh Math. Soc. 38 (1995), 277>=294.
- [E] L. Euler,Opera Omnia, Ser. 1, Vol. XV, pp. 217>=267, Teubner, Berlin (1917).
- [G] Goncharov, A.B., The classical polylogarithms, algebraic K>=theory and ?F (n) .In: L. Corwin, I. Gelfand, J. Lepowsky (eds.),The Gelfand Mathematical Seminars,
1990>=1992, pp.113>=135, Birkh?auser Boston (1993).
- [L] L. Lewin, Dilogarithms and Associated Functions, Macdonald, London (1958) or
North Holland (1981).
- [M] Milnor, J., On Polylogarithms, Hurwitz zeta functions and the Kubert Identities.
L'Enseignement math?matique 29(1983), pp. 282>=322.
- [N] N. Nielsen, Die Gammafunktion, pp. 47>=49, Chelsea New York (1965).
- [RG] I.S. Gradshteyn, I.M. Ryshik, Table of Integrals, Series, and Products, 5th ed.,
Academic Press Boston (1994). Chelsea New York (1965).
- [S] J.J. Sylvester, The Collected Mathematical Papers, Vol. II, p. 214 (footnote),
Chelsea New York (1973).
- [Z] Zagier, D., Polylogarithms, Dedekind zeta functions and the algebraic K>=theory
of øelds. In: G. v.d. Geer, F. Oort, J. Steenbrink (eds.), Progress in Mathematics,
89 (1991), pp. 391>=430, Birkh?auser Boston.
File: file136.html
Abstract:In this paper we study 2-dimensional Ising spin glasses on a grid with nearest
neighbor and periodic boundary interactions, based on a Gaussian bond distribution,
and an exterior magnetic field. We show how using a technique called branch
and cut, the exact ground states of grids of sizes up to 100 ? 100 can be determined
in a moderate amount of computation time, and we report on extensive
computational tests. With our method we produce results based on more than
20 000 experiments on the properties of spin glasses whose errors depend only on
the assumptions on the model and not on the computational process. This feature
is a clear advantage of the method over other more popular ways to compute the
ground state, like Monte Carlo simulation including simulated annealing, evolutionary,
and genetic algorithms, that provide only approximate ground states with
a degree of accuracy that cannot be determined a priori. Our ground state energy
estimation at zero field is ?1:317.
References:
- [1] J.C. Angles d'Auriac and R. Maynard, On the random antiphase state of the
?J spin glass model in two dimensions, Solid State Commun., 49, 785 (1984)
- [2] F. Barahona, Balancing signed toroidal graphs in polynomial time, unpublished
manuscript (1981)
- [3] F. Barahona, On the computational complexity of Ising spin glass models,
J. Phys. A: Math. Gen., 15, 3241 (1982)
- [4] F. Barahona, Ground-state magnetization of Ising spin glasses, Physical Review
B, 49, 12864 (1994)
- [5] F. Barahona, M. Grötschel, M. Jünger, and G. Reinelt, An application os
combinatorial optimization to statistical physics and circuit layout design,
Oper. Res., 36, 493 (1988)
- [6] F. Barahona and A.R. Mahjoub, On the cut polytope, Math. Progr., 36, 157
(1986)
- [7] J. Bendisch, Physica A, 202, 48 (1994)
- [8] I. Bieche, R. Maynard, R. Rammal, and J.P. Uhry, On the ground states of
the frustration model of a spin glass by a matching method of graph theory,
J. Phys. A. Math. Gen., 13, 2553 (1980)
- [9] K. Binder and A.P. Young, Spin glasses: experimental facts, theoretical concepts,
and open questions, Rev. Mod. Phys., 58, 801 (1986)
- [10] CPLEX, Using the CPLEX callable library and the CPLEX mixed integer
library, CPLEX Optimization Inc. (1993)
- [11] M. Grötschel, M. Jünger, and G. Reinelt, Calculating Exact Ground States
of Spin Glasses: A Polyhedral Approach, in Proceedings of the Heidelberg Colloquium
on Glassy Dynamics, edited by J.L. van Hemmen and I. Morgenstern
(Springer-Verlag, New York, 1987), 325
- [12] U. Gropengiesser, J. Stat. Phys., in press (1995)
- [13] F. Hadlock, Finding a maximum cut of a planar graph in polynomial time,
SIAM Journal on Computing, 4, 221 (1975)
- [14] N. Jan and T.S. Ray, J. Stat. Phys., 75, 1197 (1994)
- [15] N. Kawashima and M. Suzuki, J. Phys. A, 25, 1055 (1992)
- [16] M. Laurent, Preprint, (1992)
- [17] S. Liang, Application of cluster algorithms to spin glasses, Phys. Rev. Lett.,
69, 2145 (1992)
- [18] I. Morgenstern and K. Binder, Numerical simulation of spin glasses,
Phys. Rev. B, 22, 288 (1980)
- [19] G.I. Orlova and Y.G. Dorfman, Finding the maximal cut in a graph, Engrg.
Cybernetics, 10, 502 (1972)
- [20] E.S. Rodrigues and P.M.C. de Oliveira, J. Stat. Phys, 74, 1265 (1994)
- [21] L. Saul and M. Kardar, The 2D ?J Ising spin glass: exact partition function
in polynomial time, Preprint, MIT, (1994)
- [22] D. Stauffer, J. Stat. Phys., 74, 1293 (1994)
- [23] P. Sutton, D.L. Hunter, and N. Jan, The ground state energy of the ?J spin
glass from the genetic algorithm, J. Physique I, 4, 1281 (1994)
File: file137.html
Abstract:We observe an infinitely dimensional Gaussian random vector x = ? + v
where ? is a sequence of standard Gaussian variables and v 2 l2 is an unknown
mean. Let V"(ø; æ") æ l2 be sets which correspond to lq-ellipsoids of
power semi-axes ai = i?sR=" with lp-ellipsoid of semi-axes bi = i?ræ"=" removed
or to similar Besov bodies Bq;t;s(R=") with Besov bodies Bp;h;r(æ"=")
removed. Here ø = (<=; R) or ø = (<=; h; t; R); <= = (p; q; r; s) are the parameters
which define the sets V" for given radiuses æ" ! 0, 0 < p; q; h; t <=
1; ?1 < r; s < 1; R > 0; " ! 0 is asymptotical parameter.
For the case ø is known hypothesis testing problem H0 : v = 0 versus
alternatives H";ø : v 2 V"(ø; æ") have been considered by Ingster and Suslina
[11] in minimax setting. It was shown that there is a partition of the set of <=
on to regions with different types of asymptotics: classical, trivial, degenerate
and Gaussian (of two main and some "boundary" types). Also there is
Keywords: nonparametric hypotheses testing, minimax hypotheses testing,
MSC:
References:
- [1]. Burnashev, M. V. (1979). On the minimax detection of an inaccurately known
signal in a Gaussian noise background. Theory Probab. Appl., 24, pp. 107- 119.
- [2]. Cohen, A., Daubechies, I. and Vial, P. (1993b). Wavelets on an interval and
fast wavelet transforms. Applied and Computational Harmonic Analysis (A), 1,
pp. 54-81.
- [3]. Donoho, D.L, Johnstone, I.M., Kerkyacharian, G. and Picard, D. (1995).
Wavelet shrinkage: asymptopia ? J. Royal Statist. Soc., 57, N 2, pp. 301-369.
- [4]. Ermakov, M.S. (1990). Minimax detection of a signal in a Gaussian white
noise. Theory Probab. Appl.,35,pp.667-679.
- [5]. Ibragimov, I.A. and Khasminskii, R.Z. (1981). Statistical Estimation: Asymptotic
Theory. Springer, Berlin-New York.
- [6]. Ingster, Yu.I. (1982). Minimax nonparametric detection of signals in white
Gaussian noise. Problems Inform. Transmission, v. 18 , 130-140.
- [7]. Ingster, Yu.I. (1986). Minimax testing of nonparametric hypotheses on a distribution
density in Lp-metrics. Theory Probab. Appl., v. 31 , 333{337.
- [8]. Ingster, Yu.I. (1990). Minimax detection of a signals in lp-metrics. Zapiski
Nauchn. Seminar. LOMI, v. 184 , 152{168 (In Russian, Transl: J. of Soviet Math.
v. 68 (1994), 4).
- [9]. Ingster, Yu.I. (1993). Asymptotically minimax hypothesis testing for nonparametric
alternatives. I, II, III. Mathematical Methods of Statistics, v. 2 , 85{114,
171{189, 249{268.
- [10]. Ingster, Yu.I. (1996). Minimax hypotheses testing for nondegenerate loss
functions and extreme convex problems. Zapiski Nauchn. Seminar. POMI, v. 228,
162-188. (In Russian)
- [11]. Ingster, Yu. I. and Suslina, I. A. (1997). Minimax nonparametric hypothesis
testing for ellipsoids and Besov bodies. Weierstrass Institute for Applied Analilysis
and Stochastics. Report No. 12. Berlin.
- [12]. Ingster, Yu. I. and Suslina, I. A. (1998). Minimax signal detection for Besov
balls and bodies. Problems Inform. Transmission, v. 34, N 1, 56-68.
- [13]. Lepski, O. V. (1993). On asymptotical exact testing of nonparametric hypotheses.
CORE D.P. 9329, Universite Catholigue de Louvan.
- [14]. Lepski, O.V. and Spokoiny, V.G. (1995). Minimax nonparametric hypothesis
testing : the case of an inhomogeneous alternative. Technical Report 44, HumboldtUniv.,
Berlin.
- [15]. Lepski, O.V. and Tsybakov, A.B. (1996). Asymptotically exact nonparametric
hypothesis testing in sup-norm and at a fixed point. Discussion Paper 91,
Humboldt-Univ., Berlin.
- [16]. Spokoiny, V.G. (1995). Adaptive hypothesis testing using wavelets. Technical
Report 176, Weierstrass Institute, Berlin.
- [17]. Spokoiny, V.G. (1996). Adaptive and spatially adaptive testing of nonparametric
hypothesis. Technical Report 234, Weierstrass Institute, Berlin.
- [18]. Suslina, I.A. (1993). Minimax detection of a signal for lq- ellipsoids with a
removed lp-ball. Zapisky Nauchn. Seminar. POMI, 207, pp.127-137. (In Russian)
- [19]. Suslina, I.A. (1996). Extreme problems arising in minimax detection of a
signal for lq-ellipsoids with a removed lp-ball. Zapisky Nauchn. Seminar. POMI,
v.228, pp. 312-332. (In Russian)
- [20]. Triebel, H. (1992). Theory of function spaces. II. Birkhauser, Basel.
File: file14.html
Abstract:Semiuniform convergence spaces form a common generalization of filter spaces (in- cluding symmetric convergence spaces [and thus symmetric topological spaces] as well as Cauchy spaces) and uniform limit spaces (including uniform spaces) with many convenient properties such as cartesian closedness, hereditariness and the fact that products of quotients are quotients.
Here, for each semiuniform convergence space a completion is constructed, called the
simple completion. This one generalizes Császár's >={completion of filter spaces. Thus, filter
spaces are characterized as subspaces of convergence spaces. Furthermore, Wyler's completion
of separated uniform limit spaces can be easily derived from the simple completion.
Mathematics Subject Classifications (1991). 54A05, 54A20, 54E15, 54E52, 18A40.
Keywords: Semiuniform convergence spaces, filter spaces, uniform convergence spaces (= uniform
limit spaces), completions, universal constructions.
MSC:
- 54A05
- 54A20
- 54E15
- 54E52
- 18A40
References:
- [1] Adámek, J., H. Herrlich, and G.E. Strecker: 1990, Abstract and Concrete Categories,
Wiley{Intersci. Publ., New York.
- [2] Behling, A.: 1992, Einbettung uniformer Räume in topologische Universen, Thesis, Free
University, Berlin.
- [3] Bentley, H.L., H. Herrlich, and W.A. Robertson: 1976, `Convenient categories for topologists',
Comm. Math. Univ. Carolinae 17, 207{227.
- [4] Bentley, H.L., H. Herrlich and E. Lowen{Colebunders: 1987, `The category of Cauchy
spaces is cartesian closed', Topology Appl. 27, 105{112.
- [5] Cook, C.H. and H.R. Fischer: 1967, `Uniform convergence spaces', Math. Ann. 173,
290{306.
- [6] Császár, A.: 1996, `>=-complete filter-spaces', Acta Math. Hungar. 70, 75{87.
- [7] Herrlich, H.: 1988, `Hereditary topological constructs', In: General Topology and its Re-lations to Modern Analysis and Algebra VI (Z. Folik, ed.), pp. 249{262, Heldermann,
Berlin.
- [8] Kat<=etov, M.: 1965, `On continuity structures and spaces of mappings', Comm. Math.
Univ. Carolinae 6, 257{278.
- [9] Keller, H.H.: 1968, `Die Limes{Uniformisierbarkteit der Limesräume', Math. Ann. 176,
334{341.
- [10] Kent, D.C.: 1967, `On convergence groups and convergence uniformities', Fund. Math.
60, 213{222.
- [11] Kent, D.C. and N. Rath: 1993, `Filter spaces', Appl. Categorical Structures 1, 297{309.
- [12] Lee, R.S.: 1976, `The category of uniform convergence spaces is cartesian closed', Bull.
Austral. Math. Soc. 15, 461{465.
- [13] Preuß, G.: 1988, Theory of Topological Structures, Reidel, Dordrecht.
- [14] Preuß, G.: 1991, `Improvement of Cauchy spaces', Q & A in General Topology 9, 159{166.
[15] Preuß, G.: 1993, `Cauchy spaces and generalizations', Math. Japonica 38, 803{812.
- [16] Preuß, G.: 1995, `Semiuniform convergence spaces', Math. Japonica 41, 465{491.
- [17] Salicrup, G. and R. Vázquez: 1979, `Connection and disconnection', In: Categorical Topology,
pp. 326{344, Lecture Notes Math. 719, Springer, Berlin.
- [18] Weil, A.: 1937, `Sur les espaces à structures uniformes et sur la topologie générale, Hermann,
Paris.
- [19] Wyler, O.: 1970, `Ein Komplettierungsfunktor für uniforme Limesräume', Math. Nachr.
46, 1{12.
- [20] Wyler, O.: 1974, `Filter space monads, regularity, completions', In: Topo 72 { General
Topology and its Applications', pp. 591{637, Lecture Notes Math. 378, Springer, Berlin.
File: file141.html
Abstract:Conventional approaches to lattice gauge theories do not properly consider the
topology of spacetime or of its fields. In this paper, we develop a formulation
which tries to remedy this defect. It starts from a cubical decomposition of the
supporting manifold (compactified spacetime or spatial slice) interpreting it as a
finite topological approximation in the sense of Sorkin. This finite space is entirely
described by the algebra of cochains with the cup product. The methods of Connes
and Lott are then used to develop gauge theories on this algebra and to derive
Wilson's actions for the gauge and Dirac fields therefrom which can now be given
geometrical meaning. We also describe very natural candidates for the QCD ?-term
and Chern-Simons action suggested by this algebraic formulation. Some of these
formulations are simpler than currently available alternatives. The paper treats
both the functional integral and Hamiltonian approaches.
References:
- [1] J. Donoghue, E. Golowich and B. Holstein, Dynamics of the Standard Model (Cambridge
University Press, London, 1992).
- [2] I. Montvay and G. Münster , Field Theories on the Lattice (Cambridge University
Press, London, 1994).
- [3] A.P. Balachandran, G. Bimonte, E. Ercolessi and P. Teotonio-Sobrinho, Nucl. Phys.
B 418 (1994) 477.
- [4] A.P. Balachandran, G. Bimonte, E. Ercolessi, G. Landi, F. Lizzi, G. Sparano
and P. Teotonio-Sobrinho, Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.) 37C (1995) 20 (hepth/9403067).
- [5] A.P. Balachandran, G. Bimonte, E. Ercolessi, G. Landi, F. Lizzi, G. Sparano and
P. Teotonio-Sobrinho, J. Geom. Phys. 18 (1996) 163 and hep-th/9510217.
- [6] R.D. Sorkin, Int. J. Theor. Phys. 30 (1991) 323.
- [7] For related work focusing attention on topology and discretizations, see J. Kijowski,
Reports Math. Phys. 11 (1977) 97; A.V. Evako, Syracuse University preprint, grqc/9402035;
A.A. Grib and R.R. Zapatrin, gr-qc/9507033 and ref. [8]
- [8] P. Teotonio-Sobrinho, Nucl. Phys. B452 (1995) 526 and hep-th/9505028.
- [9] J.R. Munkres, Elements of Algebraic Topology (Addison-Wesley Pub. Comp. 1984).
- [10] E. Seiler, I. O. Stamatescu and D. Zwazinger, Nucl. Phys. B239 (1984) 177 and 204.
- [11] D. Birmingham and P. Rakowski, Phys. Lett. B299 (1993) 299.
- [12] J.M.G. Fell and R.S. Doran, Representations of ?-Algebras, Locally Compact Groups
and Banach ?-Algebraic Bundles [Academic Press, 1988].
- [13] A. Connes and J. Lott, Nucl. Phys. B 18B ( Proc. Suppl.) (1990) 29.
- [14] A. Connes Noncommutative Geometry [Academic Press, 1994].
- [15] J. Varilly and J.M. Gracia-Bondìa, J. Geom. Phys. 12 (1993) 223.
- [16] P. di Vecchia, K. Fabricius, G.C. Rossi and G. Veneziano, Nucl. Phys. B192 (1981)
392; M. Luscher Comm. Math. Phys. 85 (1982) 39.
- [17] M. Göckeler, A.S. Kronfeld, M.L. Laursen, G. Schierholz and U.-J. Wiese, Phys.
Lett. B233 (1989) 192.
- [18] M. Teper, Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Sup.) 20 (1991) 159.
- [19] R. Jackiw, Rev. Mod. Phys. 52 (1980) 661; M. Bos and V.P. Nair, Int. J. Mod.
Phys. A5 (1990) 959; R. Dijkgraaf and E. Witten, Comm. Math. Phys. 129 (1990)
393.
- [20] A.V. Phillips and D.A. Stone Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Supp.) 20 (1991), 28.
- [21] D. Eliezer and G. Semenoff, in Quantum Topology, L.H. Kauffman, R.A. Baadhio
eds. [World Scientific, 1993] p. 139.
- [22] S.G. Rajeev, Phys. Rev. D 42 (1990) 2779.
- [23] G. Bimonte, E. Ercolessi, G. Landi, F. Lizzi, G. Sparano and P. Teotonio-Sobrinho
preprints hep-th/9507147 and hep-th/9507148, to appear in J. Geom. Phys..
- [24] P.S. Aleksandrov, Combinatorial Topology, Vol. 1-3 [Greylock, 1960]; R.P. Stanley,
Combinatorics, Vol. 1 [Woodsworth and Brooks, Advanced Books and Software,
1986]; P.J. Hilton and S. Wylie, Homology Theory, [Cambridge University Press,
1966].
- [25] L. Bombelli, J. Lee, D. Meyer and R. Sorkin, Phys. Rev. Lett. 59 (1987) 521.
- [26] P.J. Hilton and S. Wylie, in [24]; W.S. Massey, Homology and Cohomology Theory
(Marcel Dekker, New York, 1978).
- [27] J. Madore, An Introduction to Noncommutative Differential Geometry and its
Physical Applications, LMS 206, 1995; A. Dimakis, F. Müller-Hoissen, J. Phys.
A 26 (1994) 3159; J. Math. Phys. 35 (1994) 6703; A. Dimakis, F. Müller-Hoissen
and T. Striker, J. Phys. A 26 (1993) 1927; quant-ph/9509014; A. Sitarz, hepth/9603121.
- [28] A.P. Balachandran, G. Bimonte, G. Marmo and A. Simoni, Nucl. Phys. B446 (1995)
299.
- [29] A. Dimakis, F. Müller-Hoissen and T. Striker, in [27].
- [30] H.B. Lawson and M.-L. Michelsohn, Spin Geometry [Princeton University Press,
1989].
- [31] Cf. S. Coleman, 1/N in Aspects of Symmetry, Selected Erice Lectures [Cambridge
University Press, 1985].
- [32] G. t'Hooft, Phys. Rep. 142 (1986) 257.
- [33] A. Stern et al. , in preparation.
File: file142.html
Abstract:A bidouble cover is a finite flat Galois morphism with Galois group
(Z=2)2?. The structure theorem for smooth Galois (Z=2)2? covers was given
in [Cat2] [pag. 491-493] where bidouble covers of P1 ? P1 were introduced in
order to find interesting properties of the moduli spaces of surfaces of general
type. In this paper we develop general formulae for the case of resolutions of
singular bidouble covers. P. Burniat used singular bidouble covers in order to
fill out sectors of surface geography. In this paper instead, the main application
is for the construction of surfaces with birational canonical map (so called
simple canonical surfaces) and high K2, for instance we construct such surfaces
with pg = 4; 11 <= K2 <= 28, against a prediction of F. Enriques that 24 should
be the maximum allowed.
Moreover, we find, among several new examples of surfaces, some surfaces
with pg = q = 1, K2 = 4; 5, and also some infinite series of surfaces whose
canonical map is composed of a pencil of curves of genus 2 or 3, with non
costant moduli.
MSC:
References:
- [Ashi] T. Ashikaga, A remark on the geography of surfaces with birational canonical morphisms,
Math. Ann. 290 (1991), 63-76.
- [B-P-V] W. Barth, C. Peters and A. Van de Ven, Compact Complex Surfaces, Springer-Verlag,
(1984).
- [B-H-H] G. Barthel, F. Hirzebruch, T. Höfer, Geradenkonfigurationen und algebraische Flächen
Vieweg Aspekte der Mathematik, Bd. 4. (1987).
- [Bea] A. Beauville, "L'application canonique pour les surfaces de type general", Inv. Math.
55 (1979), 121-140.
- [Bur1] P. Burniat, Modeles de surfaces canoniques normales de S3 et de genre line'aire 11 <=p(1) <= 17, in ' 2-eme Colloque Geom. algebrique, Liege du 9 au 12 juin 1952', Centre
Belge Rech. Math (1952), 185-210.
- [Bur2] P. Burniat, Sur les surfaces de genre P12 > 1 Ann. Mat. Pura Appl., IV. Ser. 71
(1966), 1-24.
- [Cat1] F. Catanese, On a class of surfaces of general type. in 'C. I. M. E. 1977: Algebraic
surfaces', Liguori, Napoli (1981), 267-284.
- [Cat2] F. Catanese, On the Moduli Spaces of Surfaces of General Type, J. Diff. Geom 19
(1984) 483{515.
- [Cat3] F. Catanese, Commutative algebra methods and equations of regular surfaces, in 'Algebraic
Geometry - Bucharest' 1982, Springer L. N. M., 1056 (1984), 68-111.
- [Cat4] F. Catanese, Automorphisms of Rational Double Points and Moduli Spaces of Surfaces
of General Type, Comp. Math. 61 (1987), 81-102.
- [Cat5] F. Catanese, Homological Algebra and Algebraic Surfaces, A. M. S. Proc. Symp.
Pure Math. 62, 1 (1997), 3-56.
- 24 FABRIZIO CATANESE
- [Ca-Ci1] F. Catanese-C. Ciliberto, Surfaces with pg = q = 1. , in Proc. of the Meeting "Problems
on surfaces and their classification", Symposia Mathematica 32, INdAM,
Academic Press, 49-79 (1991), Catanese, Ciliberto, Cornalba editors.
- [Ca-Ci2] F. Catanese-C. Ciliberto, Symmetric products of elliptic curves and surfaces with pg =
q = 1. Jour. Alg. Geom. 2 (1993), 389- 411.
- [C-D] F. Catanese-O. Debarre, Surfaces with K2 = 2;pg = 1; q = 0. Crelle's Jour. 395
(1989), 1-55.
- [C-S] F. Catanese-F. O. Schreyer, Canonical rings of irregular algebraic surfaces and canonical
projections, to appear
- [Cil1] C. Ciliberto, Canonical surfaces with pg = pa = 4 and K2 = 5; : : : ; 10, Duke Math.
J. 48 (1981), 121-157.
- [Cil2] C. Ciliberto, Canonical surfaces with pg = pa = 5 and K2 = 10, Ann. Sc. Norm Sup.
s. IV, v. IX, 2 (1982), 287-336.
- [Com] A. Comessatti Sui rivestimenti abeliani delle superficie algebriche Rend. Semin. Mat.
Univ. Padova 1 (1930), ?.
- [En] F. Enriques, Le Superficie Algebriche, Zanichelli, Bologna (1949)
- [H-M] D. Hahn, R. Miranda Quadruple covers of algebraic varieties, J. Alg. Geom 8, 1
(1999), 1-30.
- [Fran] A. Franchetta, Su alcuni esempi di superficie canoniche, Rend. Sem. Mat. Roma 3
(1939), 23-28.
- [H] Hartshorne, R., Algebraic Geometry, G. T. M. 52, Springer-Verlag (1977).
- [Hir] F. Hirzebruch, Arrangements of lines and algebraic surfaces in 'Arithmetic and geometry,
Papers. dedic. to I. R. Shafarevich', Vol. II: Geometry, Prog. Math. 36,
Birkhauser (1983), 113-140.
- [Hor] E. Horikawa, Algebraic surfaces of general type with small c21, V J. Fac. Sci. Univ.
Tokyo, Sect. A. Math. 283 (1981), 745-755.
- [Kod] K. Kodaira, On characteristic systems of families of surfaces with ordinary singularities
in a projective space, Amer. J. Math. 87 (1965) , 227-256.
- [Max] E.A. Maxwell, Regular canonical surfaces of genus three and four ,Proc. Camb. Phil.
Soc. 23 ( 1937), 306-310.
- [M-Y] M. Miyanishi-J. Yang, Surfaces of general type whose canonical map is composed of a
pencil of genus 3 with small invariants, Kyoto J. Math. , to appear.
- [Miya] Y. Miyaoka, On the Chern numbers of surfaces of general type, Inv. Math. 42 (1977),
225-237.
- [Par1] R. Pardini, Abelian covers of algebraic varieties, J. Reine Angew. Math. 417 (1991),
191-213.
- [Par2] R. Pardini, Canonical images of surfaces, J. reine angew. Math. 417 (1991), 215-
219.
- [Per] U. Persson, On Chern invariants of surfaces of general type, Comp. Math. 43 (1981),
3-58.
- [Pet] C. Peters, On certain examples of surfaces with pg = 0 due to Burniat, Nagoya Math.
Jour. 66 (1977), 109-119.
- [Xiao1] G. Xiao Surfaces fibrees en courbes de genre deux, Springer L. N. M. 1137 (1985).
- [Xiao2] G. Xiao Irregularity of surfaces with a linear pencil, Duke Math. Jour. 55, 3 (1987),
597-602.
File: file143.html
Abstract:We prove the existence of localized states at the edges of the bands for
the two-dimensional Landau Hamiltonian with a random potential, of arbitrary
disorder, provided that the magnetic field is sufficiently large. The corresponding
eigenfunctions decay exponentially with the magnetic field and
distance. We also prove that the integrated density of states is Lipschitz
continuous away from the Landau energies. The proof relies on a Wegner estimate
for the finite-area magnetic Hamiltonians with random potentials and
exponential decay estimates for the finite-area Green's functions. The proof
of the decay estimates for the Green's functions uses fundamental results
from two-dimensional bond percolation theory.
Keywords:Key-Words : Landau Hamiltonians, random operators, localization.
References:
- [1] B. I. Halperin,Quantized Hall conductance, current-carrying edge states,
and the existence of extended states in a two-dimensional disordered potential,
Phys. Rev.B 25, 2185 (1982).
- [2] R. Joynt and R. E. Prange, Conditions for the quantum Hall effect ,
Phys. Rev. B 29, 3303 - 3317 (1984).
- [3] H. Kunz, The quantum Hall effect for electrons in a random potential,
Commun. Math. Phys. 112, 121 - 145 (1987).
- [4] J. Bellissard, Ordinary quantum Hall effect and non-commutative cohomology
, in Localization in Disordered Systems, W. Weller and P. Zieche,
eds., Leipzig: Teubner 1988.
- [5] D. J. Thouless, Localization and the two-dimensional Hall effect, J. Phys.
C 14 , 3475 - 3480 (1981).
- [6] E. Brezin, D. J. Gross, C. Itzykson, Nuclear Phys. B 235, 24 (1984).
- [7] R. E. Prange and S. M. Girvin (eds.), The Quantum Hall Effect, Graduate
Texts in Contemporary Physics, New York: Springer-Verlag (1987).
- [8] J. M. Combes and P. D. Hislop, Localization for some continuous, random
Hamiltonians in d-dimensions, J. Funct. Anal. 124, 149 - 180
(1994).
- [9] J. Howland, Perturbation theory of dense point spectra, J. Funct. Anal.
74 (1987), 52-80.
- [10] B. Simon and T. Wolff, Singular continuous spectrum under rank one
perturbation and localization for random Hamiltonians. Comm. Pure
Appl. Math. 39, (1986), 75-90.
- [11] H. von Dreifus and A. Klein, A new proof of localization in the Anderson
tight binding model. Commun. Math. Phys. 124, (1989), 285-299.
- [12] T. Spencer, Localization for random and quasi-periodic potentials , J.
Statist. Phys. 51 , 1009{1019 (1988).
- [13] F. Wegner, Z. Physik B 51, 279 (1983).
- [14] R. B. Laughlin, Phys. Rev. B 23 , 5632 (1981).
- [15] R. Carmona and J. Lacroix, Spectral theory of random Schrödinger operators,
Birkhäuser, Boston, 1990.
- [16] W. M. Wang, Déeveloppement asymptotique de la densité d'états pour
l'opérateur de Schrödinger aléatoire avec champ magnetique, Séminaire
des Equations aux Dérivées Partielles 1992 - 1993, Ecole Polytechnique,
Exposé XVIII (1993).
- [17] W. M. Wang, private communication, July 1994.
- [18] S. Kotani and B. Simon, Localization in general one-dimensional systems.
II , Commun. Math. Phys. 112, (1987), 103-120.
- [19] J.-M. Combes, P. D. Hislop and E. Mourre, Spectral Averaging, Perturbation
of Singular Spectrum, and Localization, preprint 1994, submitted
to Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.
- [20] G. Grimmett, Percolation , New York: Springer-verlag, 1989.
- [21] J. L. Chayes and L. Chayes, Percolation and Random Media, in Critical
Phenomena, Random Systems, and Gauge Theories, Proc. les Houches
Summer School, Session XLIII, 1000 - 1142 (1984).
- [22] T. Kato, Perturbation theory for linear operators, Second Edition,
Berlin: Springer-Verlag, 1980.
- [23] J. Pulé, communication at the IAMP satellite conference on Disordered
Systems, Paris, July 1994.
File: file144.html
Abstract:In this paper we show that the canonical solution operator to @
restricted to holomorphic (0; 1)- forms can be expressed by an integral operator
using the Bergman kernel. For the unit disk D in C we prove that this operator
is a Hilbert Schmidt operator.
Keywords: @-equation, Bergman kernel.
MSC:
References:
- [CD] D. Catlin and J. D'Angelo, Positivity conditions for bihomogeneous polynomials, Math.
Res. Lett. 4, 555-567 (1997).
- [FS] S. Fu and E.J. Straube, Compactness of the @?Neumann problem on convex domains, J.
of Functional Analysis 159, 629-641 (1998).
- [H] F. Haslinger, Properties of the canonical solution operator to @, ESI preprint, 1999.
- [L] Ewa Ligocka, The regularity of the weighted Bergman projections, Lecture Notes in Mathematics,
no. 1165. Springer, 1985, pp. 197-203.
- [MV] R. Meise und D. Vogt, Einführung in die Funktionalanalysis, Vieweg Studium 62, 1992.
[SSU] N. Salinas, A. Sheu and H. Upmeier, Toeplitz operators on pseudoconvex domains and
foliation C?? algebras, Ann. of Math. 130 (1989), 531-565.
File: file145.html
Abstract:The points homoclinic to 0 under a hyperbolic toral automorphism
form the intersection of the stable and unstable manifolds
of 0. This is a subgroup isomorphic to the fundamental group of the
torus. Suppose that two hyperbolic toral automorphisms commute so
that they determine a Z2-action, which we assume is irreducible. We
show, by an algebraic investigation of their eigenspaces, that they either
have exactly the same homoclinic points or have no homoclinic point
in common except 0 itself. We prove the corresponding result for a
compact connected abelian group, and compare the two proofs.
MSC:
- 28D15
- 11R04
- 11R32
- 15A18
- 22C05
- 58F15
References:
- [1] M. Boyle and D. Lind, Expansive subdynamics, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 349 (1997),
55{102.
- [2] A. Katok and R.J. Spatzier, First cohomology of Anosov actions of higher rank abeliangroups and applications to rigidity, Inst. Hautes Études Sci. Publ. Math. 79 (1994),
131{156.
- [3] A. Katok and R.J. Spatzier, Invariant measures for higher-rank hyperbolic abelian
actions, Ergod. Th. & Dynam. Sys. 16 (1996), 751{778.
- [4] D. Lind and K. Schmidt, Homoclinic points of algebraic Zd-actions, Preprint Nr. 411,
Erwin Schrödinger Institute, Vienna, 1996.
- [5] A. Manning, Irrationality of linear combinations of eigenvectors, Proc. Indian Acad.
Sci. Math. Sci. 105 (1995), 269{271.
- [6] K. Schmidt, Automorphisms of compact abelian groups and affine varieties, Proc.
London Math. Soc. 61 (1990), 480{496.
- [7] K. Schmidt, Dynamical systems of algebraic origin, Birkhäuser Verlag, Basel-BerlinBoston,
1995.
File: file146.html
Abstract:This paper deals with the k-factor extension of the long memory Gegenbauer
process proposed by Gray and al. (1989). We give the analytic expression
of the prediction function derived from this long memory process and we
give the h-step-ahead prediction error when parameters are either known or
estimated. We investigate the predictive ability of the k-factor Gegenbauer
model on real data of urban transport traffic in Paris area, in comparison
with other short and long memory models.
Keywords: Long memory, k-factor Gegenbauer process, prediction function,
prediction error, urban transport traffic.
References:
File: file147.html
Abstract:We prove that a compact Hermitian surface with J-invariant Ricci
tensor is Kähler provided that the difference of its scalar and conformal
scalar curvature is constant. In particular, there are no locally homogeneous
examples of such surfaces with odd first Betti number.
Keywords: Hermitian surfaces, J-invariant Ricci tensor.
MSC:
References:
- [1] V. Apostolov and P. Gauduchon, The Riemannian Goldberg{Sachs Theorem,
Int. J. Math., 8 (1997), 421{439.
- [2] A. Besse, Einstein Manifolds, Ergeb. Math. Grenzgeb., Vol. 10, Springer,
Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1987.
- [3] C. P. Boyer, Self-dual and anti-self-dual Hermitian Einstein metrics on
compact complex surfaces, Contemp. Math. 71 (1988), 105{114.
- [4] A. Derdzinski, Self-dual Kähler manifolds and Einstein manifolds of dimension
four, Comp. Math. 49 (1983), 405{433.
- [5] P. Gauduchon, La 1-forme de torsion d'une variété hermitienne compacte,
Math. Ann. 267 (1984), 495{518.
- [6] S. Kobayashi and K. Nomizu, Foundations of Differential Geometry I, II,
Interscience Publishers (1963).
- [7] C. Le Brun, Einstein Metrics on Complex Surfaces, in Geometry and
Physics (Aarhus 1995), eds. J. Andersen, J. Dupont, H. Pedersen and A.
Swann, Lect. Notes in Pure Appl. Math., Marcel Dekker, 1996.
- [8] P. Nurowski, Einstein equations and Cauchy{Riemann geometry, Ph. D.
Thesis, SISA/ISAS, Trieste, 1993.
- [9] D. Page, A compact rotating gravitational instanton, Phys. Lett. 79B
(1979), 235{238.
- [10] M. Przanowski and B. Broda, Locally Kähler gravitational instantons, Acta
Phys. Pol. B14 (1983), 637{661.
- [11] F. Tricerri, L. Vanhecke, Curvature tensors on almost-Hermitian manifolds,
Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 267 (1981), 365{398.
- [12] I. Vaisman, Some curvature properties of complex surfaces, Ann. Mat. Pura
Appl. 32 (1982), 1{18.
File: file148.html
Abstract:We consider the entropy of systems of random transformations,
where the transformations are chosen from the set of generators of a
Zd action. We show that the classical definition gives unsatisfactory
entropy results in the higher-dimensional case, i.e. when d >= 2. We
propose a new definition of the entropy for random group actions which
agrees with the classical definition in the one-dimensional case, and
which gives satisfactory results in higher dimensions. We identify the
entropy by a concrete formula which makes it possible to compute the
entropy in certain cases. Along the way, we show that the random
version of Krieger's theorem on the existence of finite generators is not
valid.
References:
- [1] Conze, J.P. (1972) Entropie d'un groupe abélien de transformations, Z.
Wahrsch. Verw. Geb. 25, 18-30.
- [2] Kifer, Y. (1986) Ergodic Theory of Random Transformations,
Birkhäuser, Boston.
- [3] Krengel, U. (1985) Ergodic Theorems, Walter de Gruyter, Berlin-New
York.
- [4] Krieger, W. (1970) On entropy and generators of measure-preserving
transformations, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 149, 453-464.
- [5] Schmidt, K. (1995) Dynamical Systems of Algebraic Origin, Birkhäuser.
- [6] Spitzer, F. (1976) Principles of Random Walk, 2nd edition, SpringerVerlag,
New York.
- [7] Walters, P. (1982) An Introduction to Ergodic Theory, Springer-Verlag,
New York.
File: file149.html
Abstract:A general framework for integration over certain infinite dimensional spaces
is first developed using projective limits of a projective family of compact
Hausdorff spaces. The procedure is then applied to gauge theories to carry
out integration over the non-linear, infinite dimensional spaces of connections
modulo gauge transformations. This method of evaluating functional
integrals can be used either in the Euclidean path integral approach or the
Lorentzian canonical approach. A number of measures discussed are diffeomorphism
invariant and therefore of interest to (the connection dynamics
version of) quantum general relativity. The account is pedagogical; in particular
prior knowledge of projective techniques is not assumed. 1
References:
- [1] A. N. Kolmogorov, Foundations of the theory of probability (Chelsea
Publishing Company, N.Y. 1936).
- [2] A. Ashtekar and C.J. Isham, \Representations of the holonomy algebras
for gravity and non-Abelian gauge theories", Class. & Quan. Grav. 9,
1433-1467 (1992).
- [3] A. Ashtekar and J. Lewandowski, \Representation theory of analytic
holonomy C? algebras", in Knots and quantum gravity, J. Baez (ed),
(Oxford University Press, Oxford 1994).
- [4] D. Marolf and J. M. Mourão, \On the support of the AshtekarLewandowski
measure", submitted to Commun. Math. Phys.
- [5] J. Baez, \Generalized Measures in gauge theory", Lett. Math. Phys.
31, 213-223 (1994).
- [6] J. Baez, \Diffeomorphism invariant generalized measures on the space
of connections modulo gauge transformations", hep-th/9305045, to appear
in the Proceedings of the conference on quantum topology, D.
Yetter (ed) (World Scientific, Singapore, 1994).
- [7] M. Asorey and P.K. Mitter, \Regularized, continuum Yang-Mills process
and Feynman-Kac functional intergal,", Commun. Math. Phys. 80,
43-58 (1981); M. Asorey and F. Falceto, \Geometric regularization of
gauge theories", Nucl Phys. B327, 427-460 (1989).
- [8] S. Klimek, W. Kondracki, \A construction of two dimensional quantum
chromodynamics", Commun. Math. Phys.113, 389-402 (1987).
- [9] J. Glimm and A. Jaffe, Quantum Physics (Springer-Verlag, New York,
1987).
- [10] R. Giles, \Reconstruction of gauge potentials from Wilson loops", Phys.
Rev. D24, 2160-2168 (1981).
- [11] J. Lewandowski, \Group of loops, holonomy maps, path bundle and
path connection", Class. Quant. Grav. 10, 879-904 (1993).
- [12] A. Ashtekar, J. Lewandowski, D. Marolf, J. Mourão and T. Thiemann,
\A manifestly gauge invariant approach to quantum theories of gauge
fields", in Geometry of constrained dynamical systems, J. Charap (ed)
(Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1994); \Constructive quantum
gauge field theory in two space-time dimensions" (preprint).
- [13] A. Ashtekar, J. Lewandowski, D. Marolf, J. Mourão and T. Thiemann,
\Quantum geometrodynamics" (to be submitted to J. Math. Phys.)
- [14] A. Ashtekar and J. Lewandowski, \Differential geometry on the space
of connections via projective familes labelled by graphs", (submitted
to J. Geo & Phys.)
- [15] A. Ashtekar, \Recent mathematical developments in quantum general
relativity", to appear in The Proceedings of the VIIth Marcel Grossmann
Conference R. Ruffini and M. Keiser (eds) (World Scientific,
Singapore, 1995).
- [16] C. DeWitt-Morette, \Feynman's path integral, definition without limiting
procedure", Commun. Math. Phys. 28, 47-67 (1972); \Feynman
path integrals: I. Linear and and affine techniques; II. The FeynmanGreen
function", Commun. Math. Phys. 37, 63-81 (1974).
- [17] C. DeWitt-Morette, A. Maheshwari and B. Nelson, \Path integration
in non-relativistic quantum mechanics", Phys. Rep. 50, 255 (1979).
- [18] E. M. Stein, Topics in analysis related to the Littlewood-Paley theory
(Princeton University Press, Princeton, 1970) page 38.
- [19] A. Ashtekar, J. Lewandowski, D. Marolf, J. Mourão and T. Thiemann,
\Coherent State Transforms for Spaces of Connections" (submitted to
J. Funct. Analysis.)
- [20] Y. Choquet-Bruhat, C. DeWitt-Morette and M. Dillard-Bleick, Analysis,
Manifolds and Physics (North Holland, Amsterdam, 1982); section
VIID.
File: file15.html
Abstract:The known correspondence between the Kronig{Penney model and certain
Jacobi matrices is extended to a wide class of Schrödinger operators on graphs.
Examples include rectangular lattices with and without a magnetic field, or comb{
shaped graphs leading to a Maryland{type model.
References:
- [Ad] V.M. Adamyan: Scattering matrices for microschemes, Oper.Theory: Adv.Appl. 59 (1992), 1{10.
- [AGHH] S. Albeverio, F. Gesztesy, R. Høegh-Krohn, H. Holden: Solvable Models inQuantum Mechanics, Springer, Heidelberg 1988.
- [AL] Y. Avishai, J.M. Luck: Quantum percolation and ballistic conductance ona lattice of wires, Phys.Rev. B45 (1992), 1074{1095.
- [AEL] J.E. Avron, P. Exner, Y. Last: Periodic Schrödinger operators with largegaps and Wannier{Stark ladders, Phys.Rev.Lett. 72 (1994), 896{899.
- [ARZ] J.E. Avron, A. Raveh, B. Zur: Adiabatic transport in multiply connectedsystems, Rev.Mod.Phys. 60 (1988), 873{915.
- [Az] M.Ya. Azbel: Energy spectrum of a conduction electron in a magnetic field,Sov.Phys. JETP 19 (1964), 634{647.
- [Be] J. Bellissard: Gap labelling theorem for Schrödinger operators in Number
Theory and Physics, (M. Waldschmidt et al., eds.), Springer, Heidelberg
1992; pp. 538{630.
- [BFLT] J. Bellissard, A. Formoso, R. Lima, D. Testard: Quasi{periodic interactionswith a metal{insulator transition, Phys.Rev. B26 (1982), 3024{3030.
- [BKN] J.F. Brasche, V. Koshmanenko, H. Neidhardt: New aspects of Krein's ex-tension theory, Ukrainian J.Math. 46 (1994), 37{54.
- [BT] W. Bulla, T. Trenckler: The free Dirac operator on compact and noncompact
graphs, J.Math.Phys. 31 (1990), 1157-1163.
- [CFKS] H.L. Cycon, R.G. Froese, W. Kirsch, B. Simon: Schrödinger Operators,
Springer, Berlin 1987.
- [E1] P. Exner: The absence of the absolutely continuous spectrum for ffi0Wannier{Stark ladders, J.Math.Phys. 36 (1995), to appear
- [E2] P. Exner: Lattice Kronig{Penney models, Phys.Rev.Lett. 74 (1995), 3503{
- 3506.
- [E3] P. Exner: Contact interactions on graphs, submitted for publication
- [EG] P. Exner, R. Gawlista: Band spectra of rectangular graph superlattices,submitted for publication
- [E<=S] P. Exner, P. <=Seba: Free quantum motion on a branching graph, Rep.Math.Phys. 28 (1989), 7-26.
- [GLRT] J. Gratus, C.J. Lambert, S.J. Robinson, R.W. Tucker: Quantum mechanics
on graphs, J.Phys. A27 (1994), 6881{6892.
- [GP] N.I. Gerasimenko, B.S. Pavlov: Scattering problem on noncompact graphs,
Teor.Mat.Fiz. 74 (1988), 345{359.
- [Ha] P.G. Harper: Single band motion of conduction electrons in a uniformmagnetic field, Proc.Roy.Soc.(London) A68 (1955), 874{878.
- [Ho] D.R. Hofstadter:Energy levels and wavefunctions for Bloch electrons in ra-tional and irrational magnetic fields, Phys.Rev. B14 (1976), 2239{2249.
[Kr] M.G. Krein: The theory of self{adjoint extensions of semibounded Hermitian
transformations and its applications I,II, Mat.Sbornik 20 (1947),
431{495; 21 (1947), 365{404.
- [La] Y. Last: Zero measure spectrum for almost Mathieu operator, Commun.
Math.Phys. 164 (1994), 421{432.
- [Ma] L. Malozemov: The integrated density of states for the difference Laplacianon the modified Koch curve, Commun.Math.Phys. 156 (1993), 387{397.
- [Mar] V.A. Marchenko: Sturm{Liouville Operators and Applications, OperatorTheory: Advances and Applications, vol.22; Birkhäuser, Basel 1986.
- [Ne] G. Nenciu: To the theory of self{adjoint extensions of symmetric operators
with a spectral gap, Funkc.Anal.Appl. 19 (1985), 81{82.
- [Ph] P. Phariseau: The energy spectrum of an amorhous substance, Physica 26
(1960), 1185{1191.
- [PGF] R. Prange, D. Grempel, S. Fishman: A solvable model of quantum motionin an incommensurate potential, Phys.Rev. B29 (1984), 6500{6512.
- [RS] M. Reed, B. Simon: Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics, II. Fourier
Analysis. Self{adjointness, IV. Analysis of Operators, Academic Press, New
York 1975, 1978.
- [Re] W.T. Reid: Ordinary Differential Equations, J.Wiley, New York 1971.
- [RuS] K. Ruedenberg, C.W. Scherr: Free{electron network model for conjugated
systems, I. Theory, J.Chem.Phys. 21 (1953), 1565{1581.
- [Sh] M.A. Shubin: Discrete magnetic Laplacian, Commun.Math.Phys. 164(1994), 259{275.
- [Si] B. Simon: Almost periodic Schrödinger operators: a review, Adv.Appl.
Math. 3 (1982), 463{490.
- [Su] T. Sunada: Generalized Harper operator on a graph, in Workshop on Zeta
Function in Number Theory and Geometric Analysis in Honor of Jun{Ichi
Igusa, Johns Hopkins University 1993.
File: file150.html
Abstract:This paper studies the perturbation of a Lie-Poisson (or, equivalently an
Euler-Poincaré) system by a special dissipation term that has Brockett's double
bracket form. We show that a formally unstable equilibrium of the unperturbed
system becomes a spectrally and hence nonlinearly unstable equilibrium
after the perturbation is added. We also investigate the geometry of
File: file151.html
Abstract:We study the graded derivation-based noncommutative differential geometry of the
Z2-graded algebra M (njm) of complex (n + m) ? (n + m)-matrices with the \usual
block matrix grading" (for n 6= m). Beside the (infinite-dimensional) algebra of
graded forms the graded Cartan calculus, graded symplectic structure, graded vector
bundles, graded connections and curvature are introduced and investigated. In
particular we prove the universality of the graded derivation-based first-order differential
calculus and show, that M (njm) is a \noncommutative graded manifold" in
a stricter sense: There is a natural body map and the cohomologies of M (njm) and
its body coincide (as in the case of ordinary graded manifolds).
Keywords: Supermanifolds, Lie superalgebras, noncommutative differential
geometry, matrix geometry
PACS:
References:
- [1] C.Bartocci, U.Bruzzo, D.Hernández Ruipérez. The Geometry of Supermanifolds.Kluwer, 1991.
- [2] A.Connes. Noncommutative Geometry. Academic Press, 1994.
- [3] R.Coquereaux, D.Kastler. Remarks on the Differential Envelopes of Associative Algebras.
Pacif.Jour.Math. 137:245, 1989.
- [4] J.F.Cornwell. Group Theory in Physics III, Supersymmetries and Infinite-Dimensional
Algebras. Academic Press, 1989.
- [5] A.E.F.Djemai. Introduction to Dubois-Violette's Noncommutative Differential Geometry.
Int.Jour.Theor.Phys. 34:801, 1995.
- [6] M.Dubois-Violette, R.Kerner, J.Madore. Noncommutative differential geometry of matrix
algebras. J.Math.Phys. 31(2):316, 1990.
- [7] M.Dubois-Violette, R.Kerner, J.Madore. Noncommutative differential geometry and new
models of gauge theory. J.Math.Phys. 31(2):323, 1990.
- [8] M.Dubois-Violette, R.Kerner, J.Madore. Super Matrix Geometry. Class.Quant.Grav. 8:1077, 1991.
- [9] M.Dubois-Violette. Derivations et calcul differentiel non commutatif. C.R.Acad.Sci.Paris I 307:403, 1988.
- [10] J.Fröhlich, O.Grandjean, A.Recknagel. Supersymmetric Quantum Theory and (NonCommutative)
Differential Geometry. Preprint ETH-TH/96-45.
- [11] D.B.Fuks. Cohomology of Infinite-Dimensional Lie Algebras. Consultants Bureau, 1986.
- [12] D.B.Fuks, D.A.Leites. Cohomology of Lie Superalgebras. Com.rend.Acad.bulg. 37:1595,
1984.
- [13] A.Jadczyk, D.Kastler. Graded Lie-Cartan pairs I. Rep.Math.Phys. 25:1, 1987.
- [14] J.M.Gracia-Bondia, J.C.Várilly. Connes' noncommutative differential geometry and the
Standard Model. Jour.Geom.Phys. 12:223; 1993.
- [15] H.Grosse, C.Klim<=cik, P.Pre<=snajder. Field Theory on a Supersymmetric Lattice. Comm.Math.Phys. 185:155, 1997.
- [16] H.Grosse, G.Reiter. The Fuzzy Supersphere. Jour.Geom.Phys. 28:349, 1998.
- [17] D.Hernández Ruipérez, J.Muñoz Masqué. Global Variational Calculus on Graded Manifolds,
I: Graded Jet Bundles, Structure 1-Form and Graded Infinitesimal Contact Transformations.
Jour.Math. pures et appl. 63:283, 1984.
- [18] D.Hernández Ruipérez, J.Muñoz Masqué. Construction intrinsèque du faisceau de Berezin
d'une variété graduée. C.R.Acad.Sci.Paris 301:915, 1985.
- [19] W.Kalau, M.Walze. Supersymmetry and noncommutative geometry. Jour.Geom.Phys. 22:
77, 1997.
- [20] D.Kastler. Cyclic cohomology within the differential envelope. Hermann, 1988.
- [21] R.Kerner. Graded non-commutative geometries. Jour.Geom.Phys. 11:325, 1993.
- [22] B.Kostant. Graded manifolds, graded Lie theory, and prequantization. In: Lecture Notes
in Mathematics 570:177, 1977.
- [23] A.J.Macfarlane, A.Sudbery, P.H.Weisz. On Gell-Mann's >=-Matrices, d- and f-Tensors,
Octets, and Parametrizations of SU(3). Comm.Math.Phys. 11:77, 1968.
- [24] J.Madore. An Introduction to Noncommutative Differential Geometry and its Physical
Applications. Cambridge University Press, 1995.
- [25] C.N<=ast<=asecu, F.van Oystaeyen. Graded Ring Theory. North-Holland, 1982.
- [26] R.S.Pierce. Associative Algebras. Springer, 1982.
- [27] L.Pittner. Algebraic Foundations of Non-Commutative Differential Geometry and Quantum
Groups. Springer, 1996.
- [28] M.Scheunert, R.B.Zhang. Cohomology of Lie superalgebras and of their generalizations.
J.Math.Phys. 39:5024, 1998.
File: file152.html
Abstract:The study of the QAP-Polytope was started by Rijal (1995), Padberg and Rijal (1996),
and Jünger and Kaibel (1996), investigating the structure of the feasible points of a
(Mixed) Integer Linear Programming formulation of the QAP that provides good
lower bounds by its continious relaxation. Rijal (1995) and Padberg and Rijal (1996)
propose an alternative (Mixed) Integer Linear Programming formulation for the case
that the QAP-instance is symmetric in a certain sense and define analogously the
SQAP-Polytope. They give a conjecture about the dimension of that polytope, whose
proof is one part of this paper. Moreover, we investigate the trivial faces of the SQAP-
Polytope and present a first class of non-trivial facets of it. The polyhedral results are
used to compute lower bounds for symmetric QAPs.
Keywords: Symmetric Quadratic Assignment Problem, Polyhedral Combinatorics,
SQAP-Polytope
MSC Classification: 90C09, 90C10, 90C27
Keywords: Symmetric Quadratic Assignment Problem, Polyhedral Combinatorics,
SQAP-Polytope
MSC Classification: 90C09, 90C10, 90C27
MSC:
References:
File: file153.html
Abstract:In this paper, we consider nonconvex optimization problems
whose objective functions are composed of parts easily to optimize on polyhedral
sets. This allows to develop algorithms which take advantage of the
special structure of the problems. We present a one{parametric algorithm {
based on the approved simplex method { that yields a global solution to the
problem of optimizing a sum or a product of two linear fractional functions
under linear constraints. Results of computational experiments reported at
the end of the paper show that our algorithm is promising in comparison
with algorithms recently published.
Keywords: Fractional programming, composite objective
functions, linear fractional functions, Charnes{Cooper transformation,
parametrized modified simplex method.
MSC:
References:
- 1. Almogy, Y.; O. Levin: A Class of Fractional Programming Problems, Oper. Res. 19
(1971), 57{67.
- 2. Dinkelbach, W.: Die Maximierung eines Quotienten zweier linearer Funktionen unter
linearen Nebenbedingungen, Z. Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie 1 (1962), 141{145.
- 3. Falk, J. E.; S. W. Palocsay: Optimizing the Sum of Linear Fractional Functions, Recent
Advances of Global Optimization, Princeton University Press, Princeton 1992, 221{258.
- 4. Hirche, J.: Zur Extremwertannahme und Dualität bei Optimierungsproblemen mit
linearem und gebrochen linearem Zielfunktionsanteil, Z. Angew. Math. u. Mech. 55
(1975), 184{185.
- 5. Hirche, J.: Optimierungsprobleme mit zusammengesetzten Zielfunktionen und Vektoroptimierung,
Wiss. Z. TH Ilmenau 26 (1980), Heft 6, 123{134.
- 6. Hirche, J.; Ho Khac Tan: Über eine Klasse nichtkonvexer Optimierungsprobleme,
Z. Angew. Math. u. Mech. 57 (1977), 247{253.
- 7. Konno, H.; Y. Yajima: Minimizing and Maximizing the Product of Linear Fractional
Functions, Recent Advances of Global Optimization, Princeton University Press,Princeton 1992, 259{273.
- 8. Konno, H.; Y. Yajima; T. Matsui: Parametric Simplex Algorithms for Solving a Special
Class of Nonconvex Minimization Problems, J. Global Optimization 1 (1991), 65{81.
- 9. Martos, B.: Nonlinear Programming. Theory and Methods, Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest
1975.
- 10. Ritter, K.: A Parametric Method for Solving Certain Nonconcave Maximization
Problems, J. Computer System Sciences 1 (1967), 44{54.
- 11. Schreiber, C.: Minimierung und Maximierung von Produkten gebrochen linearer Zielfunktionen
über einem beschränkten polyedrischen Zulässigkeitsbereich, Diplomarbeit,
Fachbereich Mathematik und Informatik, Martin{Luther{Universität Halle{Wittenberg,
Halle 1993.
- 12. Terlaky, T.: A Convergent Criss{Cross Method, Optimization 16 (1985), 683{690.
- 13. Teterev, A. G.: On Generalization of Linear and Piecewise{Linear Programming,
Matekon 6 (1970), 246{259.
File: file154.html
Abstract:Two new characterizations of Hill>=tetrahedra are given, using a
canonical dissection of simplices and an equidissection of prisms.
References:
- [Bo] Boltianski, V. G.: Hilbert's Third Problem. Transl. Washington
1978.
- [Eu] Euklid: Die Elemente von Euklid. Ostwald's Klassiker der exakten
Wissenschaften, V. Teil (Buch XI - XIII), Leipzig 1937.
- [Ha1] Hadwiger, H.: Hillsche Hypertetraeder. Gaz. Mat., Lisboa 12, no.
50 (1951), 47-48.
- [Ha2] Hadwiger, H.: Vorlesungen ?ber Inhalt, OberÄ?che und Isoperimetrie.
Springer, Berlin 1957.
- [Hi1] Hilbert, D.: Grundlagen der Geometrie. B. G. Teubner, Leipzig
1899.
- [Hi2] Hilbert, D.: Mathematische Probleme. Gfittinger Nachrichten 3
(1900), 253-297.
- [H] Hill, M. J. M.: Determination of the Volumes of certain Species of
Tetrahedra. Proc. London Math. Soc. 27 (1896), 39-53.
- [Sch] Schfibi, P.: Ein elementarer und konstruktiver Beweis f?r die Zerlegungsgleichheit
der Hill'schen Tetraeder mit einem Quader. El.
Math. 40 (1985), 85-97.
File: file155.html
MSC:
File: file156.html
Abstract:In the wake of decoupling and linearization semiconductor device simulation based on
van Roosbroecks's equations requires the solution of convection{diffusion equations. It is well known
that due to the occurrence of local regions of strong convection standard discretizations do not behave
properly. As an alternative among others, mixed methods have been suggested having their roots in
the dual variational formulation of the convection{diffusion problem. Their efficient implementation has
to make use of Lagrangian multipliers. In a novel approach we already introduce the multiplier prior
to discretizing, through a process called hybridization. In the sequel we use the resulting variational
problem to develop a new discretization scheme. Next, we outline how to implement a standard mixed
scheme and investigate some of its aspects. Finally, the behaviour of the mixed method is illustrated by
a series of numerical experiments.
Keywords: convection{diffusion problem, flux oriented schemes, hybridization, Lagrangian multipliers,
mixed finite elements, Raviart{Thomas elements
MSC:
References:
- [1] D. N. Arnold, F. Brezzi, Mixed and Nonconforming Finite Element Methods: Implementation,
Post{Processing and Error Estimates, Math. Modelling Numer. Anal., 19, 7{35 (1985)
- [2] B. R. Baliga, S. V. Patankar, A New Finite Element Formulation for Convection{Diffusion
Problems, Numerical Heat Transfer, 3, 393{409 (1980)
- [3] R.. Bank, J. Bürgler, W. Fichtner, R. K. Smith, Some Upwinding Techniques for Finite
Element Approximations of Convection{Diffusion Equations, Num. Math, 58, 185{202 (1990)
[4] P.. Bjørstad, O. B. Widlund, Iterative Methods for the Solution of Elliptic Problems on Regions
Partitioned into Substructures, SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 23, 1097{1120
- [5] F. Brezzi, On the Existence, Uniqueness and Approximation of Saddle Point Problems Arising
from Lagrangian Multipliers, R.A.I.R.O. Anal. Numer., 8, 129{151
- [6] F. Brezzi, M. Fortin, Mixed and Hybrid Finite Element Methods, Springer{ Verlag, New York
(1991)
- [7] F. Brezzi, L. D. Marini, P. Pietra, Two Dimensional Exponential Fitting and Application
to Drift{Diffusion Models, SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 26, 1347{1355 (1989)
- [8] , Numerical Simulation of Semiconductor Devices, Comp. Math. Appl. Mech. Eng., 75, 493{
514 (1989)
- [9] I. Ekeland, R. Temam, Convex Analysis and Variational Problems, North{Holland, Amsterdam
(1978)
- [10] T. J. R. Hughes, A. Brooks, Streamline{Upwind Petrov{Galerkin Formulations for Convective
Dominated Flows with particular Emphasis on the Incompressible Navier Stokes Equations,
Comput. Methods Appl. Mech. Eng., 32, 199{259 (1982)
- [11] P. A. Raviart, J. M. Thomas, A Mixed Finite Element Method for Second Order Elliptic
Problems, Lecture Notes in Mathematics, 606, Springer{Verlag, Berlin (1977)
- [12] A. Reusken, Multigrid Applied to Mixed Finite Element Schemes for Current Continuity Equations,
Preprint Technical University Einhoven (1990)
- [13] Veubeke, B. Fraeijs de, Displacement and Equilibrium Models in the Finite Element Method
in \Stress Analysis" (O. C. Zienkiewicz, G. Hollister, eds.), John Wiley and Sons, New York
(1965)
File: file157.html
Abstract:Forward and backward stochastic Lagrangian trajectory simulation methods for
calculation of the mean concentration of scalars and their Äuxes for sources arbitrarily
distributed in space and time are constructed and justiøed. Generally, absorption
of scalars by medium is taken into account. A special case of the source structure,
when the scalar is generated by a plane source, say, located close to the ground, is
treated. This practically interesting particular case is known in the literature as the footprint problem.
Keywords: Turbulent Äows, Lagrangian trajectories, forward and backward random
MSC:
References:
- [1] N.L. Bysova, E.K. Garger and V.N. Ivanov. Experimental studies of atmospheric diffusion
and calculation of pollutant dispersion. Gidrometeoizdat., L., 1991. (in Rus-sian).
- [2] T.K. Flesch. The footprint for Äux measurements, from backward Lagrangianstochastic models. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 78, 399-404 (1996).
- [3] T.K. Flesch and J.D. Wilson. A two-dimensional trajectory-simulation model for
non-gaussian, inhomogeneous turbulence within plant canopies. Boundary-Layer Me-teorology, 61, 349-374 (1992).
- [4] T.K. Flesch, J.D. Wilson and E. Yee. Backward-time Lagrangian stochastic dispersion
models and their application to estimate gaseous emissions. Journal of AppliedMeteorology, 34, 1320-1332 (1995).
- [5] J.C.H. Fung, J.C.R. Hunt, N.A. Malik and R.J. Perkins. Cinematic simulation of
homogeneous turbulence by unsteady random Fourier modes. J. Fluid Mech., 236,281-318 (1992).
- [6] Horst, T.W., and Weil, J.C. Footprint estimation for scalar Äux measurements in theatmospheric surface layer. Boundary-Layer Meteorol. 59, (1992), 279-296.
- [7] Katul, G.K, and Albertson, J.D. An investigation of higher-order closure models fora forested canopy. Boundary-Layer Meteorol., 89 (1998), 47-74.
- [8] R.H. Kraichnan. Diöusion by a random velocity øeld. Phys. Fluids, 9, 1728-1752(1970).
- [9] N.V. Krylov and B.L. Rozovskii. Stochastic partial diöerential equations and diöusionprocesses. Uspekhi Mat. Nauk, 37 (1982), 6(228), 75-95 (in Russian).
- [10] O. Kurbanmuradov and K.K. Sabelfeld. Direct and backward random walk algorithms
for solving of the problem of admixture spread in random velocity øeld.Preprint No. 506, Novosibirsk, Computing Center, 36 pp., (1984), (in Russian).
- [11] O. Kurbanmuradov and K.K. Sabelfeld. Statistical modelling of turbulent motion
of particles in random velocity øelds. Sov. Journal on Numer. Analysis and Math.Modelling, 4, No.1, 53-68 (1989).
- [12] O. Kurbanmuradov and K.K. Sabelfeld. Lagrangian Stochastic models for turbulent
dispersion in atmospheric boundary layer. to appear in Boundary-Layer Meteorol.,
- 2000.
- [13] O. Kurbanmuradov, U. Rannik, K.K. Sabelfeld and T. Vesala. Direct and adjoint
Monte Carlo for the footprint problem. Monte Carlo Methods and Applications, 5,N2, (1999).
- [14] G.A. Mikhailov. Optimization of Weighting Monte Carlo Methods. Nauka, Novosi-birsk, 1980 (in Russian).
- [15] A.K. Luhar, R.E. Britter. A random walk model for dispersion in inhomogeneous
turbulence in a convective boundary layer. Atmospheric Environment, 21 (1989),N9, 1911-1924.
- [16] A.S. Monin and A.M. Yaglom. Statistical Fluid Mechanics. Vol. 1 M.I.T. Press, Cam-bridge, Massachusets, 1975.
- [17] A.S. Monin and A.M. Yaglom. Statistical Fluid Mechanics. Vol. 2 M.I.T. Press, Cam-bridge, Massachusets, 1975.
- [18] Pasquill, F., and Smith, F.B.: 1983, Atmospheric Diöusion, 3rd ed., John Wiley ?Sons, 437 pp.
- [19] Raupach, M.R., Canopy transport processes, in Flow and Transport in the Natural
Environment, ed. W.L. Steöen and O.T. Denmead, pp. 95-127, Springer-Verlag, NewYork, 1988
- [20] A.M. Reynolds. On trajectory curvature as a selection criterion for valid Lagrangianstochastic dispersion models. Boundary-Layer Meteorol. 88, (1998), 77-86.
- [21] K.K. Sabelfeld. Monte Carlo Methods in Boundary Value Problems. Springer-Verlag,Heidelberg >= New York >= Berlin, 1991.
- [22] K.K. Sabelfeld and O.A. Kurbanmuradov. Numerical statistical model of classical
incompressible isotropic turbulence. Sov. Journal on Numer. Analysis and Math.Modelling, 5, No.3, 251-263 (1990).
- [23] K.K. Sabelfeld and O.A. Kurbanmuradov. One-particle stochastic Lagrangian model
for turbulent dispersion in horizontally homogeneous turbulence. Monte Carlo Meth-ods and Applications, 4 (1998), N2, 127>=140.
- [24] B.L. Sawford. Lagrangian statistical simulation of concentration mean and Äuctua-tion øelds J. Clim. Appl. Met., 24, 1152-1166 (1985).
- [25] B.L. Sawford and F.M. Guest. Uniqueness and universality of Lagrangian stochastic
models of turbulent dispersion. Proceed. AMS 8th Symp. on Turbulence and Diöu-sion. San Diego, pp.96-99 (1988).
- [26] Schuepp, H.P., Leclerc, M.Y., MacPherson, J.I., and Desjardins, R.L. Footprint prediction
of scalar Äuxes from analytical solutions of the diöusion equation', Boundary-Layer Meteorol. 50 (1990), 355-373.
- [27] H.P. Schmid. Source areas for scalar and scalar Äuxes. Boundary-Layer Meteorology,67, (1994), 293-318.
- [28] D.J. Thomson. Criteria for the selection of stochastic models of particle trajectoriesin turbulent Äows. J. Fluid. Mech., 180 (1987), 529>=556.
- [29] C. Turfus and J.C.R. Hunt. A stochastic analysis of the displacements of Äuid elements
in inhomogeneous turbulence using Kraichnan's method of random modes.
In Advances in Turbulence (ed. G. Comte-Bellot and J. Mathieu), Springer-Verlag,Berlin, 191-203 (1987).
- [30] V.S. Vladimirov. Generalized functions in mathematical physics. Moscow, Nauka,
- 1979 (in Russian).
- [31] J.D. Wilson and T.K. Flesch. Trajectory curvature as a selection criterion for validLagrangian stochastic models. Boundary-Layer Meteorol. 84 (1997), 411-426.
- [32] J.D. Wilson and B.L. Sawford. Revew of Lagrangian stochastic models for trajectories
File: file158.html
Abstract:According to a formula that was put forward many decades ago
the ground state energy per particle of an interacting, dilute Bose gas
at density æ is 2ß~2æa=m to leading order in æa3 ø 1, where a is
the scattering length of the interaction potential and m the particle
mass. This result, which is important for the theoretical description of
current experiments on Bose-Einstein condensation, has recently been
established rigorously for the first time. We give here an account of
the proof that applies to nonnegative, spherically symmetric potentials
decreasing faster than 1=r3 at infinity.
References:
- [1] W. Ketterle, N. J. van Druten, in B. Bederson, H. Walther, eds., Advances
in Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics, 37, 181, Academic
Press (1996).
- [2] F. Dalfovo, S. Giorgini, L.P. Pitaevskii, and S. Stringari, Theory of BoseEinstein
condensation in trapped gases, Rev. Mod. Phys. 71, 463{512
(1999)
- [3] E.H. Lieb, J. Yngvason, Ground State Energy of the low density Bose
Gas, Phys. Rev. Lett. 80, 2504{2507 (1998)
- [4] E.H. Lieb, R. Seiringer, and J. Yngvason, Bosons in a Trap: A Rigorous
Derivation of the Gross-Pitaevskii Energy Functional, mp arc 99-312,
xxx e-print archive math-ph/9908027 (1999).
- [5] R. Seiringer, Diplom thesis, University of Vienna, 1999.
- [6] N.N. Bogoliubov, J. Phys. (U.S.S.R.) 11, 23 (1947); N.N. Bogoliubov
and D.N. Zubarev, Sov. Phys.-JETP 1, 83 (1955).
- [7] K. Huang, and C.N. Yang, Phys. Rev. 105, 767-775 (1957); T.D. Lee,
K. Huang, and C.N. Yang, Phys. Rev. 106, 1135-1145 (1957); K.A.
Brueckner, K. Sawada, Phys. Rev. 106, 1117-1127, 1128-1135 (1957).;
S.T. Beliaev, Sov. Phys.-JETP 7, 299-307 (1958); T.T. Wu, Phys. Rev.
115, 1390 (1959); N. Hugenholtz, D. Pines, Phys. Rev. 116, 489 (1959);
M. Girardeau, R. Arnowitt, Phys. Rev. 113, 755 (1959); T.D. Lee, C.N.
Yang, Phys. Rev. 117, 12 (1960).
- [8] E.H. Lieb, Simplified Approach to the Ground State Energy of an Imperfect
Bose Gas, Phys. Rev. 130, 2518{2528 (1963). See also Phys.
Rev. 133, A899-A906 (1964) (with A.Y. Sakakura) and Phys. Rev. 134,
A312-A315 (1964) (with W. Liniger).
- [9] E.H. Lieb, The Bose fluid, in Lecture Notes in Theoretical Physics VIIC,
W.E. Brittin, ed., Univ. of Colorado Press, pp. 175 (1964).
- [10] F.J. Dyson, Ground-State Energy of a Hard-Sphere Gas, Phys. Rev.
106, 20{24 (1957)
- [11] B. Baumgartner,The existence of many-particle bound states despite a
pair interaction with positive scattering length, J. Phys. A 30, L741{L747
(1997).
- [12] E.H. Lieb, W. Liniger, Exact Analysis of an Interacting Bose Gas. I.
The General Solution and the Ground State, Phys. Rev. 130, 1605{1616
(1963).
- [13] G. Temple, The theory of Rayleigh's principle as applied to continuous
systems, Proc. Roy. Soc. London A 119, 276-293 (1928).
File: file16.html
Abstract:We investigate whether the eigenfunctions of the two-dimensional magnetic Schrö-
dinger operator have a Gaussian decay of type exp(?Cx2) at infinity (the magnetic field
is rotationally symmetric). We establish this decay if the energy (E) of the eigenfunction
is below the bottom of the essential spectrum (B), and if the angular Fourier components
of the external potential decay exponentially (real analyticity in the angle variable). We
also demonstrate that almost the same decay is necessary. The behavior of C in the
strong field limit and in the small (B ? E) limit is also studied.
MSC:
References:
- [BHL] K. Broderix, D. Hundertmark and H. Leschke, Continuity properties of Schrödinger
semigroups with magnetic fields. In preparation.
- [CFKS] H. L. Cycon, R. G. Froese, W. Kirsch and B. Simon, Schrödinger Operators with
Application to Quantum Mechanics and Global Geometry. Springer-Verlag, 1987.
- [DJS] G. F. De Angelis, G. Jona-Lasinio and M. Sirugue, Probabilistic solution of Pauli
type equations. J. Phys. A: Math. Gen. 16 (1983), 2433-2444.
- [RS] M. Reed and B. Simon, Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics, Vol. IV. Academic
Press, New York, 1979.
File: file161.html
Abstract:We consider the statistical experiment given by a sample y(1); : : : ; y(n) of a
stationary Gaussian process with an unknown smooth spectral density. Asymptotic
equivalence with a nonparametric regression in discrete Gaussian white
noise is established. The key is a local limit theorem for an increasing number
of empirical covariance coefficients.
Keywords: Stationary Gaussian process, spectral density, Le Cam's distance,
asymptotic equivalence, local limit theorem, signal in Gaussian white noise.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Bickel, P. J. Klaassen, C. A. Ritov, and Y. Wellner, J. A. (1993). Efficient and
adaptive estimation for semiparametric models. Johns Hopkins University Press,
Baltimore.
- [2] Brown, L.D. and Low M. (1996). Asymptotic equivalence of non-parametric regression
and white noise. Ann. Statist. 24, 2384{2398
- [3] Davies, R.B. (1973). Asymptotic inference in stationary Gaussian time-series, Adv.
Appl. Probab. 5, 469{497.
- [4] Dzhaparidze K. (1986) Parameter Estimation and Hypothesis Testing in Spectral
Analysis of Stationary Time Series. Springer-Verlag, New York Inc.
- [5] Gikhman, I.I. and Skorokhod, A.V. (1969). Introduction to the Theory of Random
Processes. Saunders Co.
- [6] Grama, I. and Nussbaum, M. (1997). Asymptotic equivalence for nonparametric
generalized models. Preprint No. 289, Weierstrass Institute, Berlin (To appear,
Prob. Theor. Rel. Fields)
- [7] Ibragimov, I.A. and Khasminskii R.Z. (1981) Statistical Estimation: Asymptotic
Theory. Springer-Verlag, New York.
- [8] Le Cam, L. and Yang, G. (1990). Asymptotics in Statistics. Springer-Verlag, NewYork.
- [9] Mann, H. and Wald, A. (1943). On the statistical treatment of linear stochastic
difference equations, Econometrics, 11, 173-220.
- [10] Nussbaum, M. (1996). Asymptotic equivalence of density estimation and Gaussian
white noise. Ann. Statist. 24, 2399{2430.
- [11] Nussbaum, M. (1998). Approximation of statistical experiments for ill{posed function
estimation problems. Manuscript.
- [12] Whittle, P. (1952). Estimation and information in time series analysis, Skand.
Aktuar., 35, 48-60.
File: file162.html
Abstract:The time step truncation error in direct simulation Monte Carlo calculations
is found to be O(?t2) for a variety of simple Äows, both transient and steady
state. The measured errors in the transport coeÖcients (viscosity, thermal conductivity,
and self-diöusion) are in good agreement with predictions from Green-Kubo
analysis (N. Hadjiconstantinou, Phys. Fluids, submitted 1999).
References:
- [1] F. J. Alexander and A. L. Garcia. The direct simulation Monte Carlo method.
Computers in Physics, 11(6):588>=593, 1997.
- [2] F. J. Alexander, A. L. Garcia, and B. J. Alder. Cell size dependence of transport
coeÖcients in stochastic particle algorithms. Phys. Fluids, 10(6):1540>=1542, 1998.
- [3] H. Babovsky and R. Illner. A convergence proof for Nanbu's simulation method for
the full Boltzmann equation. SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 26(1):45>=65, 1989.
- [4] G. A. Bird. Molecular Gas Dynamics and the Direct Simulation of Gas Flows. Clarendon
Press, Oxford, 1994.
- [5] S. V. Bogomolov. Convergence of the method of summary approximation for the
Boltzmann equation. U.S.S.R. Comput. Math. and Math. Phys., 28(1):79>=84, 1988.
- [6] S. Caprino, M. Pulvirenti, and W. Wagner. Stationary particle systems approximating
stationary solutions to the Boltzmann equation. SIAM J. Math. Anal.,
29(4):913>=934, 1998.
- [7] C. Cercignani, R. Illner, and M. Pulvirenti. The Mathematical Theory of Dilute
Gases. Springer, New York, 1994.
- [8] G. Chen and I. D. Boyd. Statistical error analysis for the direct simulation Monte
Carlo technique. J. Comput. Phys., 126:434>=448, 1996.
- [9] M. A. Fallavollita, D. Baganoö, and J. D. McDonald. Reduction of simulation cost
and error for particle simulations of rareøed Äows. J. Comput. Phys., 109(1):30>=36,
1993.
- [10] R. Illner. Approximation methods for the Boltzmann equation. In B. D. Shizgal
and D. P. Weaver, editors, Rareøed Gas Dynamics: Theory and Simulations, volume
159 of Progress in Astronautics and Aeronautics, pages 551>=564. AIAA, Washington,
DC, 1994.
- [11] T. Ohwada. Higher order approximation methods for the Boltzmann equation. J.
Comput. Phys., 139:1>=14, 1998.
- [12] W. Wagner. A convergence proof for Bird's direct simulation Monte Carlo method
for the Boltzmann equation. J. Statist. Phys., 66(3/4):1011>=1044, 1992.
- [13] W. Wagner. Theoretical comparison of stochastic particle methods in rareøed gas
dynamics. In B. D. Shizgal and D. P. Weaver, editors, Rareøed Gas Dynamics:
Theory and Simulations, volume 159 of Progress in Astronautics and Aeronautics,
pages 353>=360. AIAA, Washington, DC, 1994.
File: file163.html
Abstract:In a recent paper J. Matou>=sek gave a simple proof of a weak form of the zone
theorem which estimates the number of facets in the zone of a (Pseudo-)Hyperplane
arrangement. In the Pseudo-Case he gave the full proof only for the 3-dimensional
case. In this short note we want to point out, that his proof in fact uses Linear
Programming duality and so can be generalized easily to all dimensions using duality
of Oriented Matroids.
References:
- [BaKe92] A. Bachem and W. Kern: Linear Programming: An Introduction to Oriented
Matroids (book manuscript 1991)
- [BVSW91] A. Björner, M. Las Vergnas, B. Sturmfels, N. White, G. M. Ziegler: Oriented
Matroids (book manuscript 1991)
- [BlLa78] R. G. Bland and M. Las Vergnas: Orientability of Matroids Journal of
Combinatorial Theory, Series B 24 94-123 (1978)
- 8 W. Hochstättler
- [Edel87] H. Edelsbrunner Algorithms in Combinatorial Geometry Monographs on
Theoretical Computer Science Vol. 10, Springer Berlin etc. (1987)
- [ESS91] H. Edelsbrunner, R. Seidel, M. Sharir On the Zone Theorem for Hyperplane
Arrangements Report No. UIUCDCS-R-91-1655, University of Illinois (1991)
- [FoLa78] J. Folkman and J. Lawrence: Oriented Matroids Journal of Combinatorial
Theory, Series B 25 199-236 (1978)
- [Fuku82] Fukuda K: Oriented Matroid Programming Thesis, University of Waterloo,
Waterloo 1982.
- [Man82] A. Mandel: Topology of Oriented Matroids Ph.D. Thesis University of Waterloo
(1982)
- [Mat90] J. Matou>=sek: A simple proof of weak zone theorem preprint Department of
Applied Mathematics, Charles University, Praha (1990)
File: file164.html
Abstract:Let Gn = (A?n ; A+n ); n >= 1; denote the set of gaps of the Hill operator T =
?d2=dx2 + V (x) in L2(R) where V is an even 1-periodic real potential from L2(0; 1) and
hn be heights of the corresponding slits on the quasimomentum domain, M?n be effective
masses associated with the edges of the gap Gn. Let gn; n >= 1; denote the gaps of the
operator T0 = pT ? N0 >= 0 where N0 is the beginning of the spectrum of T , and µ?n be
the reduced masses (analog of the effective masses) connected with the gap gn. We study
the inverse problem for the mappings V ! fjgnjg; V ! fhng; V ! fµ?n g and V ! fM?n g
by a direct approach.
File: file166.html
Abstract:The group of diffeomorphisms of a compact manifold acts isometrically on
the space of Riemannian metrics with its L2 metric. Following [1], [15], we
define minimal orbits for this action by a zeta function regularization. We
show that odd dimensional isotropy irreducible homogeneous spaces give rise
to minimal orbits, and find a flat two torus giving a stable minimal orbit. We
also define an infinite dimensional family of elliptic operators on a bundle over
a manifold M with an action by automorphisms of the bundle. The orbits are
parametrized by the metrics on M . In odd dimensions, all orbits are minimal if
the cohomology of the elliptic complex vanishes. In this case, the determinant
of an associated elliptic operator is a smooth invariant of M . This invariant
is defined for some classes of 3-manifolds. It is similar to analytic torsion, and
has a combinatorial analogue.
References:
- [1] M. Arnaudon and S. Paycha, Regularisable and minimal orbits for group actions
in infinite dimensions, to appear, 1995.
- [2] M. Berger, P. Gauduchon, and E. Mazet, Le Spectre d'une Variété Riemannienne,
Lecture Notes in Mathematics, vol. 194, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1971.
- [3] D. Bleecker, Critical Riemannian manifolds, J. Differential Geometry 14 (1979),
599{608.
- [4] D. Freed and D. Groisser, The basic geometry of the manifold of Riemannian
metrics and of its quotient by the diffeomorphism group, Michigan Math. J. 36
(1989), 323{344.
- [5] O. Gil-Medrano and P. Michor, The Riemannian manifold of all Riemannian
metrics, Quart. J. Math. Oxford 42 (1991), 183{202.
- [6] P. B. Gilkey, Invariance Theory, the Heat Equation, and the Atiyah-Singer Index
Theorem, Publish or Perish, Wilmington, 1984.
- [7] W.-Y. Hsiang, On compact homogeneous minimal submanifolds, Proc. Nat. Acad.
Sci. USA 56 (1966), 5{6.
- [8] C. King and C.-L. Terng, Submanifolds in path space, Global Analysis in Modern
Mathematics (K. Uhlenbeck, ed.), Publish or Perish, Inc., Houston, 1993,
pp. 253{282.
- [9] S. Kobyashi, Transformation Groups in Differential Geometry, Springer-Verlag,
Berlin, 1972.
- [10] M. Kraemer, Eine klassifikation bestimmter untergruppen kompakter zusammenhaengender
liegruppen, Comm. Algebra 3 (1975), 691{737.
- [11] S. Lang, Elliptic Functions, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1987.
- [12] H. B. Lawson, Jr., Lectures on Minimal Submanifolds, Publish or Perish, Berkeley,
1980.
- [13] , The Theory of Gauge Fields in Four Dimensions, AMS, Providence, RI,
1985.
- [14] K. Liu, On modular invariance and rigidity theorems, J. Differential Geometry
41 (1995), 343{396.
- [15] Y. Maeda, S. Rosenberg, and P. Tondeur, The mean curvature of gauge orbits,
Global Analysis in Modern Mathematics (K. Uhlenbeck, ed.), Publish or Perish,
Inc., Houston, 1993, pp. 171{220.
- [16] H. Montgomery, Minimal theta functions, Glasgow Math. J. 30 (1988), 75{85.
- [17] H. Omori, Infinite Dimensional Lie Transformation Groups, LNM 427, SpringerVerlag,
New York, 1975.
- [18] R. Palais, The principle of symmetric criticality, Commun. Math. Phys. 69
(1979), 19{30.
- [19] T. Parker and S. Rosenberg, Invariants of conformal Laplacians, J. Differential
Geometry 25 (1987), 535{557.
- [20] D. B. Ray and I. M. Singer, R-Torsion and the Laplacian on Riemannian manifolds,
Adv. in Math. 7 (1971), 145{210.
- [21] S. Rosenberg, The determinant of a conformally covariant operator, J. London
Math. Soc. 36 (1987), 553{568.
- [22] , The variation of the de Rham zeta function, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.
299 (1987), 535{557.
- [23] A. Schwarz, The partition function of a degenerate functional, Commun. Math.
Phys. 67 (1979), 1{16.
- [24] J.-P. Serre, A Course in Arithmetic, Spinrger-Verlag, Berlin, 1973.
- [25] J. A. Wolf, The geometry and structure of isotropy irreducible homogeneous
spaces, Acta Math. 120 (1968), 50{148, correction ibid. 152 (1984), 141-142.
File: file167.html
Abstract:The derivation dT on the exterior algebra of forms on a manifold M with values
in the exterior algebra of forms on the tangent bundle T M is extended to multivector fields.
These tangent lifts are studied with applications to the theory of Poisson structures, canonical
vector fields and Poisson-Lie groups.
References:
- [By] G. Byrnes, A complete set of Bianchi identities for tensor fields along the tangent bundle projection,
J. Phys. A: Math. Gen. 27 (1994), 6617{6632.
- [Co1] T. Courant, Tangent Dirac structures, J. Phys. A: Math. Gen. 23 (1990), 5153{5168.
- [Co2] T. Courant, Tangent Lie Algebroids, J. Phys. A: Math. Gen. 27(13) (1994), 4527{4536.
- [Co3] T. Courant, Tangent Poisson Structure, unpublished.
- [Dr] V. G. Drinfeld, Hamiltonian structures on Lie groups, Lie bialgebras and the geometric meaning
of the classical Yang-Baxter equation, Soviet Math. Dokl. 27(1) (1983), 68-71.
- [Gr] J. Grabowski, Quantum SU(2) group of Woronowicz and Poisson structures, Differential Geometry
and Its Applications (J. Jany<=ska and D. Krupka, eds.), Proc. Conf. Brno (1989), World
Scientific, 1990, pp. 313-322.
- [KMS] I. Kolá<=r, P. W. Michor amd J. Slovak, Natural Operations in Differential Geometry, SpringerVerlag,
1993.
- [MCS1] E. Martínez, J. F. Cariñena and W. Sarlet, Derivations of differential forms along the tangent
bundle projection, Diff. Geom. Applic. 2 (1992), 17{43.
- [MCS2] E. Martínez, J. F. Cariñena and W. Sarlet, Derivations of differential forms along the tangent
bundle projection II, Diff. Geom. Applic. 3 (1993), 1{29.
- [MCS3] E. Martínez, J. F. Cariñena and W. Sarlet, Geometric characterization of separable second-order
differential equations, Math. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 113 (1993), 205.
- [Mi] P. W. Michor, Remarks on the Schouten-Nijenhuis bracket, Suppl. Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo,
Serie II 16 (1987), 207{215.
- [MFLMR] The inverse problem in the calculus of variations and the geometry of the tangent bundle, Physics
Reports 188 (1990), 147{284.
- [PiTu] G. Pidello and W. M. Tulczyjew, Derivations of differential forms on jet bundles, Ann.Mat.Pura
Appl. 147 (1987), 249{265.
- [Sus] H. J. Sussmann, Orbits of families of vector fields and integrability of distributions, Trans. Amer.
Math. Soc. 180 (1973), 171{188.
- [Tu1] W. M. Tulczyjew, Hamiltonian systems, Lagrangian systems, and the Legendre transformation,
Ann. Inst. H. Poincaré 27 (1977), 101{114.
- [Tu2] W. M. Tulczyjew, A symplectic formulation of relativistic particle dynamics, Acta Phys. Pol. B
8 (1977), 431{447.
- [Ur] P. Urba?nski, Affine Poisson structures in analytical mechanics, Quantization and Infinite Dimensional
Systems (J.{P. Antoine and A. Odzijewicz, eds.), Plenum Press, New York and London,
1994, pp. 123{129.
- [We] A. Weinstein, The local structure of Poisson manifolds, J. Differential Geometry 22 (1983),
523{557.Institute of Mathematics, University of Warsaw, Banacha 2, 02-097 Warsaw, Poland
- 30 GRABOWSKI AND URBA?NSKI
File: file168.html
Abstract:In this paper, we study a global bifurcation of codimension one connected
with the disappearance (for positive values of a parameter µ) of a saddle-node
periodic orbit L0 under the condition that all orbits from the locally unstable
manifold W u of L0 tend to L0 as t ! +1. Conditions are presented which
guarantee the blue sky catastrophe: the appearance of a stable periodic orbit
Lµ which exists for any small positive values of µ but its length and period
unboundedly increase as µ ! +0.
Keywords: boundaries of stability, saddle-node, homoclinic orbits, nonlocal bi-
furcations, embedding into the Äow.
MSC:
- 37G15
- 37C29
- 37G05
- 34C20
- 37C75
- 37G35
- 37C27
- 37C10
References:
- [1] A. A. Andronov, E. A. Leontovich, I. I. Gordon, and A. G. Maier, Theory of
bifurcations of dynamical systems on the plane, ?Nauka?, Moscow, 1967; English
transl., Israel Program of Scientiøc Translations, Jerusalem and London, 1973.
- [2] L. P. Shilnikov, Some cases of generation of periodic motions from singular
trajectories, Mat. Sb. (N.S.) 61 (103) (1963), 443>=466; English transl. in Math.
USSR-Sb.
- [3] V. S. Afraimovich and L. P. Shilnikov, On some global bifurcations connected
with the disappearance of a øxed point of saddle-node type, Dokl. Akad. Nauk
SSSR 219 (1974), 1281>=1284; English transl., Soviet Math. Dokl. 15 (1974),
1761>=1765.
- [4] V. S. Afraimovich and L. P. Shilnikov, Invariant two-dimensional tori, their
breakdown and stochasticity, Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2 149 (1991), 201>=
211.
- [5] S. Newhouse, J. Palis, and F. Takens, Bifurcations and stability of families of
diöeomorphisms, Inst. Hautes ?tudes Sci. Publ. Math. 57 (1983), 5>=71.
- [6] D. V. Turaev and L. P. Shilnikov, Bifurcations of torus-chaos quasiattractors,
in: Mathematical Mechanisms of Turbulence (modern nonlinear dynamics in
application to turbulence simulation), Kiev, 1986, pp. 113>=121. (Russian)
- [7] L. J. Diaz, J. Rocha, and M. Viana, Strange attractors in saddle-node cycles:
Prevalence and globality, Invent. Math. 125 (1996), no. 1, 37>=74.
- [8] S. V. Gonchenko, L. P. Shilnikov, and D. V. Turaev, Dynamical phenomena in
systems with structurally unstable Poincar? homoclinic orbits, Chaos 6 (1996),
no. 1, 23>=52.
- [9] S. E. Newhouse, The abundance of wild hyperbolic sets and nonsmooth stable
sets for diöeomorphisms, Inst. Hautes ?tudes Sci. Publ. Math. 50 (1979), 101>=
151.
- [10] S. E. Newhouse, Diöeomorphisms with inønitely many sinks, Topology 13
(1974), 9>=18.
- [11] J. Palis and M. Viana, High dimension diöeomorphisms displaying inønitely
many periodic attractors, Ann. of Math. (2) 140 (1994), no. 1, 207>=250.
- [12] S. V. Gonchenko, D. V. Turaev, and L. P. Shilnikov, On the existence of
Newhouse domains in a neighborhood of systems with a structurally unstable
Poincar? homoclinic curve (the higher-dimensional case), Dokl. Akad. Nauk
329 (1993), no. 4, 404>=407; English transl., Russian Acad. Sci. Dokl. Math. 47
(1993), no. 2, 268>=273.
- [13] S. V. Gonchenko and L. P. Shilnikov, On dynamical systems with structurally
unstable homoclinic curves, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 286 (1986), no. 5, 1049>=
1053; English transl., Soviet Math. Dokl. 33 (1) (1986), 234>=238.
- [14] S. V. Gonchenko, D. V. Turaev, and L. P. Shilnikov, Dynamical phenomena
in multi-dimensional systems with a structurally unstable homoclinic Poincar?
curve, Dokl. Akad. Nauk 330 (1993), no. 2, 144>=147; English transl., Russian
Acad. Sci. Dokl. Math. 47 (1993), no. 3, 410>=415.
- [15] M. Benedics and L. Carleson, The dynamics of the H?non map, Ann. Math.
133 (1991), 73>=169.
- [16] L. Mora and M. Viana, Abundance of strange attractors, Acta Math. 171 (1993),
no. 1, 1>=71.
- [17] S. V. Gonchenko, L. P. Shilnikov, and D. V. Turaev, On models with nonrough
Poincar? homoclinic curves, Phys. D 62 (1993), 1>=14.
- [18] J. Palis and C. Pugh, Fifty problems in dynamical systems, Lecture Notes in
Math. vol. 468, 1975, pp. 345>=353.
- [19] V. S. Medvedev, On a new type of bifurcations on manifolds, Mat. Sb. (N.S.)
113 (155) (1980), no. 3 (11), 487>=492; English transl., Math. USSR.-Sb. 41
(1982), 403>=407.
- [20] V. S. Afraimovich and L. P. Shilnikov, On a bifurcation of codimension 1 leading
to the appearance of a countable set of tori, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 262 (1982),
no. 4, 777>=780; English transl., Soviet Math. Dokl. 25 (1982), 101>=105.
- [21] Wei Gu Li and Zhi Fen Zhang, The blue sky catastrophe on closed surfaces,
Res. Rep., vol. 19, Inst. of Math., Peking University, 1990.
- [22] D. V. Turaev and L. P. Shilnikov, Blue sky catastrophes, Dokl. Akad. Nauk
342 (1995), no. 5, 596>=599; English transl., Russian Acad. Sci. Dokl. Math. 51
(1995), no. 3, 404>=407.
- [23] L. P. Shilnikov and D. V. Turaev, On simple bifurcations leading to hyperbolic
attractors, Comput. Math. Appl. 34 (1997), no. 2>=4, 441>=457.
- [24] L.Shilnikov, A.Shilnikov, D.Turaev, L.Chua ?Methods of qualitative theory in
nonlinear dynamics. Part I? (World Scientiøc, Singapore, 1998)
- [25] V. S. Afraimovich, S. N. Chow, and W. Liu, Lorenz type attractors from codimension
one bifurcation, J. Dynam. Diöerential Equations 7 (1995), no. 2,
375>=407.
- [26] Yu. S. Il'yashenko and S. Yu. Yakovenko, Nonlinear Stokes phenomena in
smooth classiøcation problems, Nonlinear Stokes Phenomena, Adv. Soviet
Math., vol. 14, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1993, pp. 235>=287.
- [27] V. I. Luk0yanov, Bifurcations of dynamical systems with a saddle-nodeseparatrix
loop, Diöerentsial0nye Uravneniya 18 (1982), no. 9, 1493>=1506; English
transl., Diöerential Equations 18 (1983), 1049>=1059.
- [28] M. Hirsh, C. Pugh, and M. Shub, Invariant manifolds, Lecture Notes in Math.,
vol. 583, 1991.
File: file169.html
Abstract:We report on a hierarchical nearest-neighbor classifier algorithm which we conceived
for the recognition of handwritten characters. Distances to all classes are
used both as a decision criterion in the classification hierarchy and for generating
class membership coefficients. These likelihood values can be easily integrated in a
multi-agent cognitive environment. We introduce a new completely binary version
of the k-means cluster algorithm and explain how a highly efficient implementation
can be achieved using binary patterns. Performances for large character databases
are presented.
Keywords: pattern recognition, binary techniques, nearest-neighbor classifiers
Keywords: pattern recognition, binary techniques, nearest-neighbor classifiers
References:
- [1] Y. Le Cun et al., \Handwritten Zip Code Recognition with Multilayer Networks",
Proceedings of the 10th Int. Conf. on Pattern Recognition, IEEE, Comp. Soc. Press
(1990)
- [2] P. Simard, Y. Le Cun, J. Denker, \Efficient Pattern Recognition Using a New
Transformation Distance", Neural Information Processing Systems, vol. 5, p. 50
(1993)
- [3] T. M. Cover, P. E. Hart, \Nearest neighbor pattern classification", IEEE Trans.
Info. Theory, IT-13, p. 21 (1967)
- [4] R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart, \Pattern Classification and Scene Analysis", J. Wiley
Sons, New York, 1973
- [5] A. Gersho, R. M. Gray, \Vector Quatization and Signal Procession", Kluwer Academic
Publishers, 1992
- [6] M. D. Garris, R. A. Wilkinson, NIST Special Database 3 : Handwritten Segmented
Characters, National Institute of Standard and Technology, (1992)
- [7] J. MacQueen, \Some methods for classification and analysis of multivariate observations",
Poc. of the Fifth Berkeley Symposium on Math. Stat. and Prob., vol. 1,
281 (1967)
- [8] S. P. Lloyd, \Least square quantization in PCM", IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory,
vol. IT-28, no. 2, p. 129
- [9] T. Kohonen, \Learning Vector Quantization", Neural Networks, 1, suppl. 1, p. 303
(1988)
- [10] A. Gersho, Y. Shoham, \Hierarchical vector quantization of speech with dynamic
codebook allocation", Proc. of the Int. Conf. on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal
Processing, San Diego (1984)
- [11] M. Neschen, \Vector Quantisation Classifiers for Handwritten Character Recognition",
Proc. of the ZEUS-95 Workshop, Linkoping, Sweden, May 1995, IOS Press,
Netherlands
File: file17.html
Abstract:A natural metric on the space of all almost hermitian structures on a
given manifold is investigated.
Keywords: Metrics on manifolds of structures.
MSC:
References:
- 1. Blair, D. E., On the set of metrics associated to a symplectic or contact form, Bull. Inst Math.
Acad. Sinica 11 (1983), 297{308.
- 2. Blair, D. E., The isolatedness of special metrics, Proceedings of the Conference \Differential
Geometry and its applications" (June 26 - July 3, 1988, Dubrovnik) (N. Bokan, I. C<=omi?c, J.
Niki?c, M. Pravnovi?c, eds.), Univ., Novi Sad, 1989, pp. 49-58.
- 3. Ebin, D., The manifold of Riemannian metrics, Proc. Symp. Pure Math. AMS 15 (1970),
11-40.
- 4. Freed, D. S.; Groisser, D., The basic geometry of the manifold of Riemannian metrics and of
its quotient by the diffeomorphism group, Michigan Math. J. 36 (1989), 323{344.
- 5. Frölicher, Alfred; Kriegl, Andreas, Linear spaces and differentiation theory, Pure and Applied
Mathematics, J. Wiley, Chichester, 1988.
- 6. Gil-Medrano, Olga; Michor, Peter W., The Riemannian manifold of all Riemannian metrics,
Quaterly J. Math. Oxford (2) 42 (1991), 183{202.
- 7. Gil-Medrano, Olga; Michor, Peter W.; Neuwirther, Martin, Pseudoriemannian metrics on
spaces of bilinear structures, Quarterly J. Math. Oxford (2) 43 (1992), 201{221.
- 8. Kriegl, Andreas; Michor, Peter W., A convenient setting for real analytic mappings, Acta
Mathematica 165 (1990), 105{159.
- 9. Kolá<=r, Ivan; Slovák, Jan; Michor, Peter W., Natural operations in differential geometry, to
appear, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg-Berlin, 1993.
- 10. Michor, Peter W., Manifolds of differentiable mappings, Shiva, Orpington, 1980.
- 11. Michor, Peter W., Gauge theory for fiber bundles, Monographs and Textbooks in Physical
Sciences, Lecture Notes 19, Bibliopolis, Napoli, 1991.
File: file170.html
Abstract:It was recently shown that the renormalization of quantum field theory is
organized by the Hopf algebra of decorated rooted trees, whose coproduct identifies the
divergences requiring subtraction and whose antipode achieves this. We automate this
process in a few lines of recursive symbolic code, which deliver a finite renormalized
expression for any Feynman diagram. We thus verify a representation of the operator
product expansion, which generalizes Chen's lemma for iterated integrals. The subset
of diagrams whose forest structure entails a unique primitive subdivergence provides a
representation of the Hopf algebra HR of undecorated rooted trees. Our undecorated
Hopf algebra program is designed to process the 24,213,878 BPHZ contributions to the
renormalization of 7,813 diagrams, with up to 12 loops. We consider 10 models, each
in 9 renormalization schemes. The two simplest models reveal a notable feature of the
subalgebra of Connes and Moscovici, corresponding to the commutative part of the Hopf
algebra HT of the diffeomorphism group: it assigns to Feynman diagrams those weights
which remove zeta values from the counterterms of the minimal subtraction scheme. We
devise a fast algorithm for these weights, whose squares are summed with a permutation
factor, to give rational counterterms.
References:
- [1] N.N. Bogoliubov, O. Parasiuk, Acta Math. 97 (1957) 227.
- [2] K. Hepp, Comm.Math.Phys. 2 (1966) 301.
- [3] W. Zimmermann, Comm.Math.Phys. 15 (1969) 208.
- [4] J. Collins, Renormalization (Cambridge Univ. Press, 1986).
- [5] G. 't Hooft, M. Veltman, Nucl.Phys. B44 (1972) 189.
- [6] K.G. Chetyrkin, F.V. Tkachov, Nucl.Phys. B192 (1981) 159;F.V. Tkachov, Phys.Lett. B100 (1981) 65.
- [7] D.J. Broadhurst, Z.Phys. C54 (1992) 599.
- [8] L.V. Avdeev, Comput.Phys.Commun. 98 (1996) 15.
- [9] D.J. Broadhurst, hep-th/9803091, to appear in Eur.Phys.J. C;hep-th/9805025, to appear in Eur.Phys.J. C;hep-th/9806174, submitted to Eur.Phys.J. C.
- [10] T. van Ritbergen, J.A.M. Vermaseren, S.A. Larin, Phys.Lett. B400 (1997) 379,hep-ph/9701390.
- [11] D. Kreimer, Adv.Theor.Math.Phys. 2 (1998) 303, q-alg/9707029.
- [12] A. Connes, D. Kreimer, Hopf Algebras, Renormalization and NoncommutativeGeometry, hep-th/9808042, to appear in Comm.Math.Phys.
- [13] D. Kreimer, On overlapping Divergences, hep-th/9810022.
- [14] D. Kreimer Chen's iterated Integral represents the Operator Product Expansion, in
preparation.
- [15] A.C. Hearn, REDUCE User's Manual, Version 3.6, RAND publication CP78, July
- 1995.
- [16] T.K. Chen, Bull.Amer.Math.Soc. 83 (1977) 831.
- [17] A. Connes, H. Moscovici, Hopf Algebras, cyclic Cohomology and the transverseIndex Theorem, IHES/M/98/37, math.DG/9806109.
- [18] J.D. Bjorken, S.D. Drell, Relativistic Quantum Fields (McGraw-Hill, New York,1965).
- [19] K.G. Wilson, Phys.Rev. 179 (1969) 1699.
- [20] D. Kreimer, Phys.Lett. B354 (1995) 117, hep-th/9503059.
- [21] R. Delbourgo, A. Kalloniatis, G. Thompson, Phys.Rev. D54 (1996) 5373,hep-th/9605107.
- [22] R. Delbourgo, D. Elliott, D.S. McAnally, Phys.Rev. D55 (1997) 5230,hep-th/9611150.
- [23] D.J. Broadhurst, D. Kreimer, Int.J.Mod.Phys. C6 (1995) 519, hep-ph/9504352.
- [24] D.J. Broadhurst, R. Delbourgo, D. Kreimer, Phys.Lett. B366 (1996) 421,hep-ph/9509296.
- [25] D. Kreimer, J.Knot Th.Ram. 6 (1997) 479, q-alg/9607022.
- [26] D.J. Broadhurst, J.A. Gracey, D. Kreimer, Z.Phys. C75 (1997) 559,hep-th/9607174.
- [27] D.J. Broadhurst, D. Kreimer, Phys.Lett. B393 (1997) 403, hep-th/9609128.
- [28] D. Kreimer, Eur.Phys.J. C2 (1998) 757, hep-th/9610128.
- [29] D.J. Broadhurst, A.V. Kotikov, hep-th/9612013, to appear in Phys.Lett. B.
- [30] D. Kreimer. Acta Phys.Polon. B29 (1998) 2865, hep-th/9807125.
- [31] D. Kreimer, Knots and Feynman Diagrams (Cambridge Univ. Press, in press).
- [32] D.J. Broadhurst, A.G. Grozin, Phys.Rev. D52 (1995) 4082, hep-ph/9410240.
- [33] D.J. Broadhurst, Z.Phys. C58 (1993) 339.
- [34] J.M. Borwein, D.M. Bradley, D.J. Broadhurst, Elec.J.Combinatorics. 4 (1997) R5,hep-th/9611004.
- [35] D.J. Broadhurst, hep-th/9604128, to appear in J.Math.Phys.
- [36] J.M. Borwein, D.M. Bradley, D.J. Broadhurst, P. Lisonek, Special Values ofMultidimensional Polylogarithms, CECM report 98-106, May 1998, submitted toTrans.A.M.S.
- [37] J.M. Borwein, D.M. Bradley, D.J. Broadhurst, P. Lisonek, Combinatorial Aspectsof Euler Sums, CECM report 98-107, June 1998, to appear in Elec.J.Combinatorics.
- [38] N.J.A. Sloane, On-line Encyclopedia of Integer Sequences, sequence A000081,http://www.research.att.com/enjas/sequences;F. Bergeron, G. Labelle, P. Leroux, Combinatorial Species and Tree-like Structures(Cambridge Univ. Press, 1998) p. 279.
- [39] H.R.P. Ferguson, D.H. Bailey, S. Arno, Analysis of PSLQ, an integer relationfinding algorithm, NASA-Ames Technical Report, NAS-96-005, to appear inMath.Comp.
- [40] A.K. Lenstra, H.W. Lenstra, L. Lovász Math.Ann. 261 (1982) 515;R. Kannan, A.K. Lenstra, L. Lovász, Math.Comp. 50 (1988) 235.
- [41] D.J. Broadhurst, A.G. Grozin, Phys.Lett. B267 (1991) 105;Phys.Lett. B274 (1992) 421.
- [42] D.J. Broadhurst, A.L. Kataev, Phys.Lett. B315 (1993) 179, hep-ph/9308274
[43] K.G. Chetyrkin, A.L. Kataev, F.V. Tkachov, Nucl.Phys. B174 (1980) 345.
- [44] R. Delbourgo, D. Kreimer, in preparation.
- [45] A. Connes, D. Kreimer, in preparation.
- [46] D. Kreimer, J.Knot Th.Ram. 7 (1998) 61, hep-th/9612010.
- [47] D.J. Broadhurst, D. Kreimer, Phys.Lett. B426 (1998) 339, hep-th/9612011.
File: file171.html
Abstract:A construction is given to find a global analytic [resp. algebraic] equation
for the connected sum of two compact, analytic [resp. algebraic] hypersurfaces having
global equation. As an application we give explicit algebraic equations for a model
of the connected sum of k copies of RP3 in R5.
Keywords: anlytic manifold, algebraic model, connected sum, projective space.
MSC:
References:
- [1] R. Benedetti, J.J. Risler, Real algebraic and semi-algebraic sets, Hermann, Éditeur des sciences
et des arts, 293 rue Lacourbe, 75015 Paris, 1990.
- [2] J. Bochnak, M. Coste, M-F. Roy, Géométrie algébrique réelle, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg,
New York, 1987.
- [3] J. Bochnack, W. Kucharz, Algebraic models of smooth manifolds, Invent. Math. 97 (1989),
585-611.
- [4] Th. Bröcker, K. Jänich, Introduction to differential topology, Cambridge University Press,
London, New York, 1982.
- [5] M. W. Hirsch, Differential topology, Graduate text in mathematics, Springer-Verlag, Berlin,
Heidelberg, New York, 1976.
- [6] M. W. Hirsch, The imbedding of bounding manifolds in euclidean space, Ann. of Math. 74
(1961), 494-497.
- [7] J. Milnor, Singular points of complex hypersurface, Annals of Mathematics Studies, Princeton
University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1968.
- [8] M. Shiota, M. Yokoi, Triangulation of subanalytic sets and locally subanalytic manifolds,
Transactions Amer. Math. Soc. 286/2 (1984).
- [9] N. Steenrod, The topology of fiber bundles, Princeton mathematical series 14, Princeton
University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 1951.
- [10] H. Whitney, On the topology of differentiable manifolds, Lectures in topology, University of
Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1941, pp. 101-141.
File: file173.html
Abstract:The Generalized Baues Problem asks whether for a given
point con?guration the order complex of all its proper polyhedral subdivisions,
partially ordered by re?nement, is homotopy equivalent to a
sphere. In this paper, an af?rmative answer is given for the vertex sets
of cyclic polytopes in all dimensions. This yields the ?rst non-trivial
class of point con?gurations with neither a bound on the dimension, the
codimension, nor the number of vertices for which this is known to be
true. Moreover, it is shown that all triangulations of cyclic polytopes
are lifting triangulations. This contrasts the fact that in general there are
many non-regular triangulations of cyclic polytopes. Beyond this, we
?nd triangulations of C(11;5) with ?ip de?ciency. This proves?among
other things?that there are triangulations of cyclic polytopes that are
non-regular for every choice of points on the moment curve.
References:
- [1] Christos A. Athanasiadis, Jes?s de Loera, Victor Reiner, and Francisco Santos, Fiber
polytopes for the projections between cyclic polytopes, Preprint, 1997.
- [2] Eric K. Babson, A combinatorial ?ag space, Ph.D. thesis, MIT, 1993.
- [3] Louis J. Billera, Paul Filliman, and Bernd Sturmfels, Constructions and complexity
of secondary polytopes, Advances in Mathematics 83 (1990), 155?179.
- [4] Louis J. Billera, Mikhail M. Kapranov, and Bernd Sturmfels, Cellular strings on
polytopes, Proceedings of the American Mathematical Society 122 (1994), 549?555.
[5] Louis J. Billera and Bernd Sturmfels, Fiber polytopes, Ann. Math. 135 (1992), 527?
549.
- [6] Anders Bjfirner, Topological methods, Handbook of Combinatorics (Ronald L. Graham,
Martin Grfitschel, and L?szl? Lov?sz, eds.), North Holland, Amsterdam, 1995,
pp. 1819?1872.
- [7] Anders Bjfirner, Michel Las Vergnas, Bernd Sturmfels, Neil White, and G?nter M.
Ziegler, Oriented matroids, Encyclopedia of Mathematics, vol. 46, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, 1993.
- [8] Paul Edelman, Victor Reiner, and Jfirg Rambau, On subdivision posets of cyclic polytopes,
Preprint 1997-030, MSRI, April 1997.
- [9] Paul Edelman and Victor Reiner, The higher Stasheff-Tamari posets, Mathematika 43
(1996), 127?154.
- [10] Izrail M. Gelfand, Mikhail M. Kapranov, and Andrei V. Zelevinsky, Discriminants,
resultants, and multidimensional determinants, Mathematics: Theory & Applications,
Birkh?user, Boston, 1994.
- [11] Birkett Huber, Jfirg Rambau, and Francisco Santos, Cayley embeddings, lifting subdivisions,
and the Bohne-Dress theorem on zonotopal tilings, Manuscript, 1998.
- [12] Jes?s A. de Loera, Triangulations of polytopes and computational algebra, Ph.D.
thesis, Cornell University, 1995.
- [13] Jes?s A. de Loera, Serkan Ho?sten, Francisco Santos, and Bernd Sturmfels, The polytope
of all triangulations of a point con?guration, Documenta Math. J.DMV 1 (1996),
103?119.
- [14] Jes?s A. de Loera, Francisco Santos, and Jorge Urrutia, The number of geometric
bistellar neighbors of a triangulation, Preprint, September 1996.
- [15] Jfirg Rambau, Projections of polytopes and polyhedral subdivisions, Berichte aus der
Mathematik, Shaker, Aachen, 1996, Dissertation, TU-Berlin.
- [16] , Triangulations of cyclic polytopes and higher Bruhat orders, Mathematika
44 (1997), 162?194.
- [17] Jfirg Rambau and G?nter M. Ziegler, Projections of polytopes and the generalized
Baues conjecture, Discrete Comput. Geom. 16 (1996), 215?237.
- [18] Victor Reiner, The generalized Baues problem, Manuscript, 1998.
- [19] Francisco Santos, Triangulations of oriented matroids, Manuscript, 1997.
- [20] , Triangulations with very few bistellar neighbors, Manuscript, 1997.
- [21] Bernd Sturmfels and G?nter M. Ziegler, Extension spaces of oriented matroids, Discrete
Comput. Geom. 10 (1993), 23?45.
- [22] G?nter M. Ziegler, Lectures on polytopes, Springer?Verlag, 1994.
File: file174.html
Abstract:We prove that the explicit formula [2] for viscosity solutions of Hamilton-Jacobi
equation @u=@t +H(u; rxu) = 0 in (0; +1)? lRn with u(0; x) = ö(x) is still valid while the initial data ö(x) is continuous in lRn (not necessarily Lipschitz continuous and bounded in lRn). The solution is given by u(t; x) = min y2lRn ? h ?x? y t ? _ ö(y)
?
;
Keywords: Hopf formula, Viscosity solutions, Hamilton-Jacobi equa-
tions, quasiconvex function
MSC:
References:
- 1. M. Bardi M. and L. C. Evans, On Hopf's formulas for solutions of Hamilton-Jacobi equations,
Nonlinear Anal. Theory, Meth. & Appl., 8 (1984), 1373-1381.
- 2. E. N. Barron, R. Jensen, and W. Liu, Hopf-Lax- Type Formula for ut + H(u; Du) = 0, J. of
Differential Equations 126 (1996), 48-61.
- 3. M. G. Crandall and P. L. Lions, Viscosity solutions of Hamilton-Jacobi equations, Trans. Amer.
Math. Soc., 277 (1983), 1-42.
- 4. M. G. Crandall, L. C. Evans and P. L. Lions, Some properties of viscosity solutions of HamiltonJacobi
equations, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 282 (1984) 487-502.
- 5. M. G. Crandall, H. Ishii and P. L. Lions, User's guide to viscosity solutions of second-order partial
differential equations, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc., 27 (1992), 1-67.
- 6. H. Ishii, Uniqueness of Unbounded Viscosity Solution of Hamilton-Jacobi Equations, Indiana
Univ. Math. J., 33(5) (1984).
- 7. E. Hopf, Generalized solutions of nonlinear equations of first order, J. of Math. and Mech., 14
(1965), 951-973.
- 8. R. Horst and H. Tuy, Global Optimization, Springer-Verlag, (1990).
- 9. O. L. Mangasarian, Nonlinear Programming, Mc Graw-Hill, New York, (1969).
- 10. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton Univ. Press, (1970).
- 11. A. I. Subbotin, Minimax inequalities and Hamilton-Jacobi equations, Nauka, Moscow, (1991).
- 12. Tran Duc Van, Nguyen Hoang and Nguyen Duy Thai Son, On the explicit representation of global
solutions of the Cauchy problem for Hamilton-Jacobi equations, Acta Math. Vietnamica, 19(2)
(1994), 111-120.
- 13. Tran Duc Van, Nguyen Hoang and Gorenflo R., Existence of global quasi-classical solutions of
the Cauchy problem for Hamilton-Jacobi equations, Differentsialnye Uravneniya, 31 (4) (1995),
672-676.
- 14. Tran Duc Van and Nguyen Hoang, On the existence of global solutions of the Cauchy problem for
Hamilton-Jacobi equations, SEA Bull. of Math. 20 (1996), 81-88.
- 15. Tran Duc Van, Mai Duc Thanh and Nguyen Hoang, On the representation of Lipschitz global
solutions of the Cauchy problem for Hamilton-Jacobi equations, Proc. of Inter. Conference on
Appl. Anal. and Mech. of Cont. Media, Ho Chi Minh City, (12/1995), 428-436.
- 16. Tran Duc Van and Nguyen Duy Thai Son, On a class of Lipschitz continuous functions of several
variables, Proc. of AMS, 121 (1994), 865-870.
File: file175.html
Abstract:A survey on solution techniques for the resource-constrained project
scheduling problem (RCPSP) with generalized precedence constraints is given.
These techniques include constraint propagation, lower bound calculations, branch-
and-bound algorithms, and heuristics. Relations between the RCPSP and machine
scheduling problems and services scheduling problems are described.
Keywords: Project scheduling/resource constraints, machine scheduling, audit
scheduling, timetabling, constraint propagation, linear programming.
References:
File: file176.html
References:
- 5 Frommer, A.: On asynchronous iterations in partially ordered spaces. Numer. Funct. Anal. and Optimiz. 12(3&4) (1991),
315{325.
File: file177.html
Abstract:With the help of the multigraded Nijenhuis{ Richardson bracket and the
multigraded Gerstenhaber bracket from [7] for every n >= 2 we define n-ary associative
algebras and their modules and also n-ary Lie algebras and their modules, and we give
the relevant formulas for Hochschild and Chevalley cohomogy.
Keywords: n-ary associative algebras, n-ary Lie algebras.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Azcárraga, J.A. de; Perelomov, A.M.; Pérez Bueno, J.C., New generalized Poisson structures,
Preprint FTUV 96-1, IFIC 96-1.
- [2] Alekseevsky, D. V.; Guha, P., Darboux' theorem for Nambu ....
- [3] Filippov, V. T., n-ary Lie algebras, Sibirskii Math. J. 24, 6 (1985), 126{140. (Russian)
- [4] Gnedbaye, A. V., Les algébres k-aires et leurs opérades, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Série I 321
(1995), 147{142.
- [5] Ibáñez, R.; Leon, M. de; Marrero, J.C.; Martin de Diego, D., Dynamics of generalized Poisson
and Nambu-Poisson brackets, Preprint July 26, 1996.
- [6] Krasil'shchik, I. S.; Lychagin, V. V.; Vinogradov, A. M., Geometry of jet spaces and nonlinear
partial differential equations, Gordon and Breach, New York, 1986.
- [7] Lecomte, Pierre; Michor, Peter W.; Schicketanz, Hubert, The multigraded Nijenhuis-Richardson
Algebra, its universal property and application, J. Pure Applied Algebra 77 (1992), 87{102.
- [8] Lecomte, P. B. A.; Roger, C., Modules et cohomologies des bigebres de Lie, C. R. Acad. Sci.
Paris 310 (1990), 405{410; (Note rectificative), C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 311 (1990), 893{894.
- [9] Marmo, G.; Vilasi, G.; Vinogradov, A., The local structure of n- Poisson and n-Jacobi manifolds
and some applications, submitted to J.Geom.Phys..
- [10] Michor, Peter W., Knit products of graded Lie algebras and groups, Suppl. Rendiconti Circolo
Matematico di Palermo, Ser. II 22 (1989), 171{175.
- [11] Michor, Peter W.; Ruppert, Wolfgang; Wegenkittl, Klaus, A connection between Lie algebras
and general algebras, Suppl. Rendiconti Circolo Matematico di Palermo, Serie II, 21 (1989),
265{274.
- [12] Myung, H. C., Malcev-admissible algebras, Progress in Mathematics Vol. 64, Birkhäuser, Basel
{ Boston, 1986.
- [13] Nambu, Y., Generalized Hamiltonian dynamics, Phys. Rev. D7 (1973), 2405{2412.
- [14] Nijenhuis, A.; Richardson, R., Deformation of Lie algebra structures, J. Math. Mech. 17 (1967),
89{105.
- [15] Nijenhuis, A., On a class of common properties of some different types of algebras I, II, Nieuw
Archief voor Wiskunde (3) 17 (1969), 17{46, 87{108.
- [16] Roger, C., Algebres de Lie graduees et quantification, Symplectic Geometry and Mathematical
Physics (P. Donato et al., eds.), Progress in Math. 99, Birkhäuser, 1991.
- [17] Takhtajan, Leon, On foundation of generalized Nambu mechanics, Comm. Math. Physics 160
(1994), 295{315.
- [18] Vinogradov, A. M., The C-spectral sequence, Lagrangian formalism and conservation laws;
I. The linear theory; II. The non-linear theory, J. Math. Anal. and Appl. 100 (1984), 1{40,
41{129.
- [19] Vinogradov, A.M., The logic algebra for the theory of linear differential operators, Sov. Math.
Dokl. 13 (1972), 1058{1062.
- [20] Vinogradov, A.M.; Vinogradov, M., Alternative n-Poisson manifolds, in progress.
File: file178.html
Abstract:Solutions of equation of viscoelasticity with capillarity are studied. The special features of
the problem are that the stored energy function has two minima and the equation is considered on a cylinder.
Existence of limit as time goes to infinity is shown for initial states with small energy.
MSC:
File: file179.html
MSC:
File: file18.html
Abstract:The probabilistic approach is used for constructing special layer methods
to solve the Cauchy problem for semilinear parabolic equations with small parameter.
In spite of the probabilistic nature these methods are nevertheless deterministic. The
algorithms are tested by simulating the Burgers equation with small viscosity and the
generalized KPP-equation with a small parameter.
1991 Mathematics Subject Classiøcation. 35K55, 60H10, 60H30, 65M99.
Key words and phrases. Semilinear parabolic equations, reaction-diöusion systems,
probabilistic representations for equations of mathematical physics, stochastic diöerential
equations with small noise.
Keywords: Semilinear parabolic equations, reaction-diöusion systems,
probabilistic representations for equations of mathematical physics, stochastic diöerential
equations with small noise.
MSC:
References:
- [1] M. Bossy, D. Talay. A stochastic particle method for the McKean-Vlasov and the Burgers equations.
Math. Comp. 66 (1997), pp. 157-192.
- [2] V.G. Danilov, V.P. Maslov, K.A. Volosov. Mathematical Modelling of Heat and Mass Transfer
Processes. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1995 (engl. transl. from Russian 1987).
- [3] K. Eriksson, C. Johnson. Adaptive ønite element methods for parabolic problems IV: Nonlinear
problems. SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 32 (1995), pp. 1729-1749.
- [4] C.A.J. Fletcher. Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics. Volumes I, II, Springer, 1991.
- [5] M.I. Freidlin. Functional Integration and Partial Diöerential Equations. Princeton Univ. Press,
Princeton, 1985.
- [6] M.I. Freidlin. Markov Processes and Diöerential Equations: Asymptotic Problems. Birkh?user,
Basel, 1996.
- [7] I.M. Gelfand. Some problems in the theory of quasi-linear equations. Uspehi Mat. Nauk 14 (1959),
pp. 87-158.
- [8] A.M. Il'in. Matching of Asymptotic Expansions of Solutions of Boundary Value Problems. Nauka,
Moscow, 1989.
- [9] A.M. Il'in, O.A. Oleinik. Asymptotic behavior of solutions of the Cauchy problem for some quasilinear
equations for large values of time. Mat. Sbornik 51 (1960), pp. 191-216.
- [10] E. Hairer, S.P. Norsett, G. Wanner. Solving Ordinary Diöerential Equations I: Nonstiö Problems.
Springer, 1993.
- [11] J. Kevorkian, J.D. Cole. Multiple Scale and Singular Perturbation Methods. Springer, 1996.
- [12] P.E. Kloeden, E. Platen. Numerical Solution of Stochastic Diöerential Equations. Springer, 1992.
- [13] O.A. Ladyzhenskaya, V.A. Solonnikov, N.N. Ural'ceva. Linear and Quasilinear Equations of Parabolic
Type. Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R.I., 1988 (engl. transl. from Russian 1967).
- [14] G.N. Milstein. Numerical Integration of Stochastic Diöerential Equations. Kluwer Academic Publishers,
Norwell, MA, 1995 (engl. transl. from Russian 1988).
- [15] G.N. Milstein. Solving the ørst boundary value problem of parabolic type by numerical integration
of stochastic diöerential equations. Theory Prob. Appl. 40 (1995), pp. 657-665.
- [16] G.N. Milstein. Application of numerical integration of stochastic equations for solving boundary
value problems with the Neumann boundary conditions. Theory Prob. Appl. 41 (1996), pp. 210-218.
[17] G.N. Milstein. Weak approximation of a diöusion process in a bounded domain. Stochastics and
Stochastics Reports 62 (1997), pp. 147-200.
- [18] G.N. Milstein. The probability approach to numerical solution of nonlinear parabolic equations.
(submitted to Mathematics of Computation).
- [19] G.N. Milstein, M.V. Tretyakov. Numerical methods in the weak sense for stochastic diöerential
equations with small noise. SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 34 (1997), pp. 2142-2167.
- [20] J. von Neumann, R. Richtmyer. A method for the numerical calculation of hydrodynamic shocks. J.
Appl.. Phys. 21 (1950), pp. 232-257.
- [21] E. Pardoux, D. Talay. Discretization and simulation of stochastic diöerential equations. Acta Appl.
Math. 3 (1985), pp. 23-47.
- [22] A. Quarteroni, A. Valli. Numerical Approximation of Partial Diöerential Equations. Springer, 1994.
[23] R.D. Richtmyer, K.W. Morton. Diöerence Methods for Initial-Value Problems. Interscience, New
York, 1967.
- [24] P.J. Roache. Computational Fluid Dynamics. Hermosa, Albuquerque, N.M., 1976.
- [25] H.-G. Roos, M. Stynes, L. Tobiska. Numerical Methods for Singularity Perturbed Diöerential Equations:
Convection-Diöusion and Flow Problems. Springer, 1996.
- [26] A.A. Samarskii. Theory of Diöerence Schemes. Nauka, Moscow, 1977.
- [27] J. Smoller. Shock Waves and Reaction-Diöusion Equations. Springer, 1983.
- [28] M.E. Taylor. Partial Diöerential Equations III: Nonlinear Equations. Springer, 1996.
- [29] E.V. Vorozhtsov, N.N. Yanenko. Methods for the Localization of Singularities in Numerical Solutions
of Gas Dynamic Problems. Springer, 1990 (engl. transl. from Russian 1985).
File: file181.html
Abstract:The paper is devoted to the inverse problem of identifying the coeÖcient
in the main term of a quasilinear elliptic diöerential equation describing the øltration
of groundwater. Experience suggests that the gradient of the piezometric head, i.e.,
Darcy's velocity, may have discontinuities and the transmissivity coeÖcient is a piecewise
constant function.
For solving this problem we use a modiøcation of a direct method of G. Vainikko.
Starting with a weak formulation of the problem a suitable discretization is obtained by
the method of minimal error. If necessary this method can be combined with Tikhonov
regularization.
The main diÖculty consists in generating distributed state observations from measurements
of the ground>=water level. For this step we propose an optimized data preparation
procedure using additional information such as knowledge of the sought parameter values
at some points and lower and upper bounds for the parameter.
Numerical tests show that locally suÖciently many measurements provide locally satisfactory
results. Two numerical examples, one with simulated data and the other with
real life data, are given.
Keywords: Inverse problems, direct methods, ønite elements, linear boundary value problem.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Acar, R.: Identiøcation of the coeÖcient in elliptic equations, SIAM J. Control and Optimization
31 (1993), 1221>=1244.
- [2] Alessandrini, G.: An identiøcation problem for an elliptic equation in two variables, Annali di
Matematica Pura ed Applicata 145 (1986), 265>=296.
- [3] Bruckner, G., Handrock>=Meyer, S. and Langmach, H.: On the identiøcation of soil transmissivity
from measurements of the groundwater level, WIAS>=Preprint No. 250, Berlin 1996.
- [4] Gottlieb, J. and Dietrich, P.: Identiøcation of the permeability distribution in soil by hydraulic
tomography, Inverse Problems 11 (1995), 353>=360.
- [5] Guidici, M.: Identiøability of distributed physical parameters in diöusive>=like systems, Inverse problems
7 (1991), 231>=245.
- [6] Guidici, M., Morossi, G., Parravicini, G. and Ponzini, G.: A new method for the identiøcation of
distributed transmissivities, to appear in Water Resources Research.
- [7] Hoömann, K.>=H. and Sprekels, J.: On the identiøcation of elliptic problems by asymptotic regularization,
Numer. Funct. Anal. and Optim. 7 (1984/85), 157>=178.
- [8] Hoömann, K.>=H. and Sprekels, J.: On the identiøcation of parameters in general variational inequalities
by asymptotic regularization, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 17 (1986), 1198>=1217.
- [9] Ito, K. and Kunisch, K.: A hybrid method combining the Output Least Squares and the Equation
Error approach for the estimation of parameters in elliptic systems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28
(1990), 113>=136.
- [10] Krein, S. G.: Linear equations in Banach spaces, Nauka, Moscow 1972.
- [11] Lady?enskaya, O. A and Ural'ceva, N. N.: Linear and quasilinear elliptic equations, Academic Press,
New York 1968.
- [12] Lowe, B. and Kohn, R.V.: A variational method for numerically identifying a variable coeÖcient,
in: Proceedings Int. Symp. on Variational Methods in the Geophysical Sciences, Norman, OK, USA
1985.
- [13] Parker, R.L.: Geophysical inverse theory, Princeton University Press, Princeton 1994.
- [14] Parravicini, G., Guidici, M., Morossi, G. and Ponzini, G.: Minimal apriori assignment in a direct
method for determining phenomenological coeÖcients uniquely, to appear in Inverse Problems.
- [15] Richter, G.R.: Numerical identiøcation of a spatially varying diöusion coeÖcient, Math. Comp. 36
(1981), 375>=386.
- [16] Sprekels, J.: Identiøcation of parameters in distributed systems: an overview, in: Methods of Operations
Research 54, 163>=176, Verlag Anton Hain 1986.
- [17] Sun, N.Z.: Inverse Problems in Groundwater Modeling, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht
1994.
- [18] Vainikko, G. and Kunisch, K.: Identiøability of the transmissivity coeÖcient in an elliptic boundary
value problem, Zeitschrift f?r Analysis und ihre Anwendungen 12 (1993), 327>=341.
- [19] Vainikko, G.: Identiøcation of øltration coeÖcient, A. Tikhonov (Ed.), Ill>=Posed Problems in Natural
Sciences (1992), 202>=213.
- [20] Vainikko, G.: On the discretization and regularization of ill>=posed problems with noncompact operators,
Numer. Funct. Anal. and Optim. 13 (1992), 381>=396.
File: file182.html
Abstract:A splitting ønite diöerence scheme for an initial-boundary value problem
for a two-dimensional nonlinear evolutionary type equation is considered. The
problem is split into nonlinear and linear parts. The linear part is also split
into locally one-dimensional equations. The convergence and stability of the
scheme in L2 and C norms are proved.
Keywords: evolutionary equations, ønite diöerence scheme, splitting scheme.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Yi-Fa Tang, V.M. Perez-Garcia and L. Vazquez ?Symplectic methods for the Ablowitz
>= Ladik model?, Appl. Math. Comput., vol. 82 (1997), pp. 17>=38 .
- [2] T.R. Taha and M.J. Ablowitz, ?Analytical and Numerical Aspects of Certain Nonlinear
Evolution Equations. II. Numerical, Nonlinear Schrfidinger Equation?, J. Comput.
Phys., 55 (1984), pp. 203>=230.
- [3] Z. Fei, V. Perez-Garcia and L. Vazquez, ?Numerical Simulation of Nonlinear
Schrfidinger Systems: A New Conservative Scheme?, Appl. Math. Comput., vol. 71
(1995), pp. 165>=177.
- [4] L. Wu, ?DuFort>=Frankel>=type methods for linear and nonlinear Schrfidinger equations?,
SIAM J. Numer. Anal., vol. 33 (1996), pp. 1526>=1533.
- [5] A.A. Samarskii, ?Theory of Diöerence Schemes?[in Russian], Nauka, Moscow, 1989.
- [6] F. Ivanauskas, ?Splitting method for the solution of nonlinear Schrfidinger type equations?[in
Russian], Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz., vol. 29, No. 12 (1989), pp. 1830>=1838.
- [7] F. Ivanauskas, ?On convergence of diöerence schemes for nonlinear Schrfidinger equations,
the Kuramoto-Tsuzuki equation and reaction-diöusion type systems?, Lithuanian
Math. J., vol. 34, No. 1(1994), pp. 30>=44.
- [8] S.B. Zaitseva and A.A. Zlotnik, ?Optimal error estimates of one local one-dimensional
method for multidimensional heat equation ?[in Russian], Mat. Zametki, vol. 60, No.2
(1996), pp. 185>=197.
- [9] B. Li, G. Fairweather and B. Bialecki, ?Discrete-time orthogonal spline collocation
methods for Schrfidinger equations in two space variables, SIAM J. Numer. Anal.,
vol. 35 (1998), pp. 453>=477.
- [10] A.A. Samarskii and V.B. Andreev, ?Diöerence methods for elliptic equations?, Nauka,
Moscow, 1976; French transl., Mir, Moscow, 1978.
File: file187.html
Abstract:Let G = (V; E) be a simple graph and s and t be two distinct vertices of G. A path in
G is called `-bounded for some ` 2 N , if it does not contain more than ` edges. We study
the computational complexity of approximating the optimum value for two optimization
problems of finding sets of vertex-disjoint `-bounded s; t-paths in G.
First, we show that computing the maximum number of vertex-disjoint `-bounded
s; t-paths is APX {complete for any fixed length bound ` >= 5.
Second, for a given number k 2 N , 1 <= k <= jV j ? 1, and non-negative weights on the
edges of G, the problem of finding k vertex-disjoint `-bounded s; t-paths with minimal
total weight is proven to be N PO{complete for any length bound ` >= 5. Furthermore, we
show that, even if G is complete, it is N P{hard to approximate the optimal solution value
of this problem within a factor of 2hÖiffl for any constant 0 < ffl < 1, where hÖi denotes the
encoding size of the given problem instance Ö.
We prove that these results are tight in the sense that for lengths ` <= 4 both problems
are polynomially solvable, assuming that the weights satisfy a generalized triangle
inequality in the weighted problem.
All results presented also hold for directed and non-simple graphs. For the analogous
problems where the path length restriction is replaced by the condition that all paths
must have length equal to ` or where vertex-disjointness is replaced by edge-disjointness
we obtain similar results.
Keywords: disjoint paths, length bounded paths, approximation, reducibility, completeness
Mathematical Subject Classification (1991): 68Q25, 90C27, 05C38, 05C40
MSC:
References:
- [ACG+98] G. Ausiello, P. Crescenzi, G. Gambosi, V. Kann, A. Marchetti Spaccamela, and
M. Protasi, Approximate solution of NP-hard optimization problems, Springer, to
be published, 1998.
- [AGW97] D. Alevras, M. Grötschel, and R. Wessäly, Capacity and survivability models for
telecommunications networks, Tech. Report SC 97-24, Konrad-Zuse-Zentrum für
Informationstechnik, Berlin, 1997.
- [BC94] D. Bovet and P. Crescenzi, Introduction to the theory of complexity, Pretice Hall
International, 1994.
- [CK95] P. Crescenzi and V. Kann, A compendium of NP optimization problems,
Tech. report, Dipartimento di Scienze dell' Informatione, Univer16sitá di Roma "La Sapienza", 1995, latest version available via WWW:
http://www.nada.kth.se/?viggo/problemlist/compendium.html.
- [CKST96] P. Crescenzi, V. Kann, R. Silvestri, and L. Tresvisan, Structure in approximation
classes, SIAM Jounal on Computing (submitted, 1996).
- [Edm65] J. Edmonds, Maximum matching and a polyhedron with 0,1-vertices, Journal of
Research of the National Bureau of Standards B (1965), no. 69B.
- [Gab90] H. N. Gabow, Data structures for weighted matching and nearest common ancestors
with linking, Proceedings of the 1st Annual ACM{SIAM Symposium on
Discrete Algorithms, 1990.
- [IPS82] A. Itai, Y. Perl, and Y. Shiloach, The complexity of finding maximum disjoint
paths with length constraints, Networks 12 (1982).
- [LNLP78] L. Lovàsz, V. Neumann-Lara, and M. Plummer, Mengerian theorems for paths of
bounded length, Periodica Mathematica Hungaria 9 (1978).
- [OM87] P. Orponen and H. Mannila, On approximation preserving reductions: Complete
problems and robust measures, Tech. Report C-1987-28, Department of Computer
Science, University of Helsinki, 1987.
- [Pap94] C. H. Papadimitriou, Computational complexity, Addison Wesley, 1994.
- [PR84] Y. Perl and D. Ronen, Heuristics for finding a maximum number of disjoint
bounded paths, Networks 14 (1984).
- [PY88] C. H. Papadimitriou and M. Yannakakis, Optimization, approximation and complexity
classes, Proc. 20th ACM Symp. on the theory of computing (1988).
- [PY91] C. H. Papadimitriou and M. Yannakakis, Optimization, approximation and complexity
classes, J. Comput. System Sci. 43 (1991).
- [Suu74] J. W. Suurballe, Disjoint paths in a network, Networks 4 (1974).
File: file189.html
Abstract:We show that all Majumdar{Papapetrou electrovacuum space{times
with a non{empty black hole region and with a non{singular domain of
outer communications are the standard Majumdar{Papapetrou space{
times.
References:
- [1] P.T. Chru?sciel, On completeness of orbits of Killing vector fields, gr{
qc/9304029, Class. Quantum Grav. 10 (1993), 2091{2101.
- [2] |, \No Hair" Theorems { Folklore, Conjectures, Results, gr{qc/9402032,
Proceedings of the Joint AMS/CMS Conference on Mathematical Physics
and Differential Geometry, August 1993, Vancouver, J. Beem, K.L. Duggal,
eds, Cont. Math. 170 (1994), 23{49.
- [3] |, R. Beig, On Killing vectors in asymptotically flat space{times, in preparation.
- [4] |, R. Wald, Maximal hypersurfaces in stationary asymptotically flat space{
times, gr{qc/9304009, Commun. Math. Phys. 163 (1994), 561{604.
- [5] |, R. Wald, On the topology of stationary black holes, gr{qc/9410004,
Class. Quantum Grav., in press.
- [6] T. Damour, B. Schmidt, Reliability of perturbation theory in general relativity,
Jour. Math. Phys. 31 (1990), 2441{2453.
- [7] R. Geroch, G. Horowitz, Asymptotically simple does not imply asymptotically
Minkowskian, Phys. Rev. Lett. 40 (1978), 203{206.
- [8] G.W. Gibbons, S.W. Hawking, G.T. Horowitz, M.J. Perry, Positive mass
theorem for black holes, Commun. Math. Phys. 99 (1983), 285{308.
- [9] |, C.W. Hull, A Bogomolny bound for general relativity and solitons in
N = 2 supergravity, Phys. Lett. 109B (1982), 190{193.
- [10] J.B. Hartle, S.W. Hawking, Solutions of the Einstein{Maxwell equations
with many black holes, Commun. Math. Phys. 26 (1972), 87{101.
- [11] S.W. Hawking, G.F.R. Ellis, The Large Scale Structure of Space{time,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1973.
- [12] M. Heusler, On the uniqueness of the Reissner{Nordstrom solution with
electric and magnetic charge, Class. Quantum Grav. 11 (1994), L49{L53.
- [13] W. Israel, G.A. Wilson, A class of stationary electromagnetic vacuum fields,
Jour. Math. Phys. 13 (1972), 865{867.
- [14] D. Kennefick, N. Ó Murchadha, Weakly decaying asymptotically flat static
and stationary solutions to the Einstein equations, University College Cork
preprint, gr{qc/9311012 (1993).
- [15] S.D. Majumdar, A class of exact solutions of Einstein's field equations,
Phys. Rev. 72 (1947), 390{398.
- [16] A. Papapetrou, A static solution of the equations of the gravitational field
for an arbitrary charge{distribution, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. A51 (1945),
191{204.
- [17] Z. Perjes, Solutions of the coupled Einstein{Maxwell equations representing
the fields of spinning sources, Phys. Rev. Lett. 27 (1971), 1668{1670.
- [18] W. Simon, The multipole expansion of stationary Einstein{Maxwell fields,
Jour. Math. Phys. 25 (1984), 1035{1038.
- [19] K.P. Tod, All metrics admitting super{covariantly constant spinors, Phys.
Lett. 121B (1983), 241{244.
File: file19.html
Abstract:We extend the definition of analytic and Reidemeister torsion from
closed compact Riemannian manifolds to compact Riemannian manifolds with boundary
(M; @M), given a flat bundle F of A-Hilbert modules of finite type and a decomposition
of the boundary @M = @?M [ @+M into disjoint components. If the
system (M; @?M; @+M; F) is of determinant class we compute the quotient of the
analytic and the Reidemeister torsion and prove gluing formulas for both of them.
In particular we answer positively Conjecture 7.6 in [LL] Contents 0. Introduction.
References:
- [At] M. Atiyah, Elliptic operators, discrete groups and von Neumann algebras, Astérisque
32-33 (1976), 43-72.
- [BZ] J. P. Bismut, W. Zhang, An extension of a theorem by Cheeger and Müller, Astérisque
205 (1992), 1-223.
- [BFK1] D. Burghelea, L. Friedlander, T. Kappeler, Asymptotic expansion of the Witten deformation
of the analytic torsion, to appear in J. of Funct. Anal.
- [BFK2] D. Burghelea, L. Friedlander, T. Kappeler, Mayer-Vietoris type formula for determinants
of elliptic differential operators, J. of Funct. Anal. 107 (1992), 34-66.
- [BFK3] D. Burghelea, L. Friedlander, T. Kappeler, Analytic and Reidemeister torsion for representations
in finite type Hilbert modules, part III, in preparation.
- [BFKM] D. Burghelea, L. Friedlander, T. Kappeler, P. McDonald, Analytic and Reidemeister
torsion for representations in finite type Hilbert modules, OSU preprint, 1994.
- [CM] A. L. Carey, V. Mathai, L2-torsion invariants, J. of Funct. Anal. 110 (1992), 377-409.
- [Ch] J. Cheeger, Analytic torsion and the heat equation, Ann. of Math. 109 (1979), 259-300.
[CG] J. Cheeger, M. Gromov, Bounds on the von Neumann dimension of L2-cohomology and
the Gauss-Bonnet theorem on open manifolds, J. Diff. Geom. 21 (1985), 1-34.
- [Co] J. Cohen, Von Neumann dimension and the homology of covering spaces, Quart. J. of
Math. Oxford 30 (1970), 133-142.
- [CFKS] H. L. Cycon, R. G. Froese, W. Kirsch, B. Simon, Schrödinger operators, Text and
Monographs in Physics, Springer Verlag (1987).
- [Di] J. Dixmier, Von Neumann algebras, North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1981.
- [Do] J. Dodziuk, de Rham-Hodge theory for L2 cohomology of infinite coverings, Topology
16 (1977), 157-165.
- [Ef1] A. V. Efremov, Combinatorial and analytic Novikov-Shubin invariants, preprint.
- [Ef2] A. V. Efremov, Cellular decomposition and Novikov-Shubin invariants, Russian Math.
Surveys 46 (1991), 219-220.
- [FM] A. T. Fomenko, A. S. Miscenko, The index of elliptic operators over C?-algebras, Math.
USSR Izvetija 15 (1980), 87-112.
- [FK] B. Fuglede, R. V. Kadison, Determinant theory in finite factors, Ann. of Math. 55 (1952),
520-530.
- [Gi] P. Gilkey, Invariance theory, the heat equation, and the Atiyah-Singer index theorem,
Publish or Perish, Wilmington, 1984.
- [Go] D. Gong, L2-analytic torsions, equivariant cyclic cohomology and the Novikov conjecture,
Ph.D. Thesis S.U.N.Y (Stony Brook) (1992).
- [GS] M. Gromov, M. A. Shubin, Von Neumann spectra near zero, Geom. and Funct. Anal. 1
(1991), 375-404.
- [HS1] B. Helffer, J. Sjöstrand, Multiple wells in the semi-classical limit I, Comm PDE 9 (1984),
337-408.
- [HS2] B. Helffer, J. Sjöstrand, Puits multiples en mécanique semi-classique, IV Etude du complexe
de Witten, Comm PDE 10 (1985), 245-340.
- [Hö] L. Hörmander, The analysis of linear partial differential operators, Vol. III, Springer
Verlag, New York, 1985.
- [Lee] Y. Lee, Mayer-Vietoris type formula for determinants, preprint.
- [Le] S. Levendorskii, Degenerate elliptic equations, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht,
1993.
- [Lo] J. Lott, Heat kernels on covering spaces and topological invariants, J. of Diff. Geo. 35
(1992), 471-510.
- [LL] J. Lott, W. Lück, L2-topological invariants of 3-manifolds, preprint.
- [Lu] G. Luke, Pseudodifferential operators on Hilbert bundles, J. of Diff. Equ. 12 (1972),
- 58 ANALYTIC AND REIDEMIESTER TORSION ... PART II566-589.
- [Lü1] W. Lück, Analytic and algebraic torsion for manifolds with boundary and symmetries,
J. of Diff. Geo. 37 (1993), 263-322.
- [Lü2] W. Lück, L2-torsion and 3-manifolds, preprint.
- [Lü3] W. Lück, Approximating L2-invariants by their finite dimensional analogues, GAFA 4
(1994), 455-481.
- [LR] W. Lück, M. Rothenberg, Reidemeister torsion and the K-theory of von Neumann algebras,
K-theory 5 (1991), 213-264.
- [Ma] V. Mathai, L2 analytic torsion, J. of Funct. Anal. 107 (1992), 369-386.
- [Mi1] J. Milnor, Whitehead torsion, Bull. AMS 72 (1966), 358-426.
- [Mi2] J. Milnor, Lectures on h-cobordism theorem, Princeton University Press.
- [Mü] W. Müller, Analytic torsion and R-torsion on Riemannian manifolds, Adv. in Math. 28
(1978), 233-305.
- [NS1] S. P. Novikov, M. A. Shubin, Morse theory and von Neumann II1-factors, Dokl. Akad.
Nauk SSSR 289 (1986), 289-292.
- [NS2] S. P. Novikov, M. A. Shubin, Morse theory and von Neumann invariants on non-simply
connected manifolds, Uspekhi Nauk 41 (1986), 222-223.
- [Po] M. Po?zniak, Triangulation of smooth compact manifolds and Morse theory, Warwick
preprint 11 (1990).
- [RS] D. B. Ray, I. Singer, R-torsion and the Laplacian on Riemannian manifolds, Adv. in
Math. 7 (1971), 145-210.
- [Se1] R. Seeley, Complex powers of elliptic operators, Proc. Symp. Pure and Appl. Math.
AMS 10 (1967), 288-307.
- [Se2] R. Seeley, Analytic extension of the trace associated with elliptic boundary problems,
Amer. J. Math 91 (1969), 963-983.
- [Sh1] M. Shubin, Pseudodifferential operators and spectral theory, Springer Verlag, New York,
1980.
- [Sh2] M. Shubin, Pseudodifferential almost-periodic operators and von Neumann algebras,
Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 1 (1979), 103-166.
- [Si] I. M. Singer, Some remarks on operator theory and index theory, in K-Theory and
Operator Algebras, Proceedings 1975, Lecture Notes in Mathematics, vol. 575, 1977,
Springer Verlag.
- [Vi1] S. M. Vishik, Analytic torsion of boundary value problems, Soviet Math. Dokl. 36 (1988),
174-179.
- [Vi2] S. M. Vishik, The analytic torsion of finite dimensional local systems, Soviet Math.
Dokl. 37 (1988), 803-807.
- [Vi3] S. M. Vishik, Generalized Ray-Singer conjecture. I: a manifold with a smooth boundary,
preprint.
- [Wi] E. Witten, Supersymmetry and Morse theory, J. of Diff. Geom. 17 (1982), 661-692.
File: file194.html
Abstract:This paper describes a new heuristic for vehicle routing problems
with narrow time windows. The problem arises in the context of the
delivery of groceries to restaurants. For most of the instances the given
time window distribution does not allow solutions where no time restrictions
are violated. The aim is to schedule most of the customers in
time building regionally bounded tours. The few remaining customers
have to be scheduled manually. If the disponent decides to serve one or
more of the remaining customers in time, he has to allow out-of-time
deliveries for some of the automatically planned stops. The algorithm
is based on a clustering procedure where a tree with multiple node
weights is divided into subtrees. Upper bounds restrict the sums of
the weight functions in each subtree. This problem is NP-complete for
trees with a restricted number of weight functions. A greedy algorithm
is developed to determine the tree partition. For our application it is
extended to a version which also checks if each subtree can be routed
regarding the problem specific requirements. Although the algorithm
was developed for a specific real world problem, the ideas can also be
applied to other vehicle routing problems - even to those with more
complicated constraints.
Keywords: vehicle routing, time windows, tree partition, minimal spanning
tree, greedy algorithm
MSC:
- 05C05
- 05C85
- 05C90
- 68R10
- 90B06
- 90C27
- 90C35
References:
- [1] E. Agasi, R. I. Becker, Y. Perl A shifting algorithm for constrained
min-max partition on trees, Discrete Applied Mathematics 45, 1993,
pp. 1-28
- [2] K. R. Ahuja, T. L. Magnanti, J. B. Orlin Network Flows, p. 23
and pp. 523, Prentice{Hall, 1993
- [3] A. Bachem, W. Hochstättler, M. Malich, The Simulated Trading
Heuristic for Solving Vehicle Routing Problems, Working Paper, University
of Cologne, ZPR Publication 93-139
- [4] N. Balakrishnan, Simple heuristics for the vehicle routing problem
with soft time windows, Journal of the Operations Research Soc. 44,
No. 3, pp. 279-287 (1993)
- [5] Garey, Johnson, Computers and Intractibility, W.H. Freeman and
Company, New York (1979), p. 221
- [6] Y. A. Koskosidis, W. B. Powell, M. M. Solomon, An
optimization-based heuristic for vehicle routing with soft time window
constraints, Transportation Science, No. 2, pp. 69-85 (1992)
- [7] Shen Lin, Computer Solutions of the Traveling Salesman Problem, The
Bell System Technical Journal (Dezember 1965), pp. 2245{2269
- [8] M. Malich, Simulated Trading - Ein paralleles Verfahren zur Lösung
von kombinatorischen Optimierungsproblemen, Dissertation 1994, Universität
zu Köln, (ZPR Publication 94-170)
File: file195.html
Abstract:We present a mathematical model for the laser surface hardening of steel. It consists
of a nonlinear heat equation coupled with a system of five ordinary differential
equations to describe the volume fractions of the occuring phases.
Existence, regularity and stability results are discussed.
Since the resulting hardness can be estimated by the volume fraction of martensite,
we formulate the problem of surface hardening in terms of an optimal control
problem. To avoid surface melting, which would decrease the workpiece's quality,
state constraints for the temperature are included.
We prove differentiability of the solution operator and derive necessary conditions
for optimality.
References:
- [1] Brokate, M., Sprekels, J., Hysteresis and Phase Transitions, Springer{Verlag, New
York, 1996.
- [2] Casas, E., Boundary control of semilinear elliptic equations with pointwise state
constraints, SIAM J. Control and Optimization 31 (1993) 993{1006.
- [3] Fuhrmann, J., Hömberg, D., Numerical simulation of surface heat treatments, in
preparation.
- [4] Hömberg, D., A mathematical model for the phase transitions in eutectoid carbon
steel, IMA J. Appl. Math. 54 (1995) 31{57.
- [5] Hömberg, D., Irreversible phase transitions in steel, Math. Meth. Appl. Sci. 20 (1997)
59-77.
- [6] Hömberg, D., Rodrigues, J.{F., A mathematical model for induction heat treatments,
in preparation.
- [7] Lady<=zenskaja, O.A., Solonnikov, V.A., Ural'ceva, N.N., Linear and quasilinear equations
of parabolic type, Amer. Math. Soc. Transl., Vol. 23, Providence, 1968.
- [8] Leblond, J.{B., Devaux, J., A new kinetic model for anisothermal metallurgical transformations
in steels including effect of austenite grain size, Acta Met. 32 (1984)
137{146.
- [9] Mazhukin, V.I., Samarskii, A.A., Mathematical modeling in the technology of laser
treatments of materials, Surv. Math. Ind. 4 (1994) 85{149.
- [10] Tiba, D., Neittaanmäki, P., Optimal control of nonlinear parabolic systems, Monographs
in Pure and Appl. Math. 179, M.Dekker, New York, 1994.
- [11] Visintin, A., Mathematical models of solid{solid phase transitions in steel, IMA J.
Appl. Math. 39 (1987) 143{157.
- [12] Wang, L., On the Regularity Theory of Fully Nonlinear Parabolic Equations: I,
Comm. Pure Appl. Math. XLV (1992) 27{76.
- [13] Zeidler, E., Nonlinear Functional Analysis and its Applications, Vol. I, Springer{
Verlag, New York, 1987.
File: file196.html
Abstract:We consider the Dirichlet problem for equations of elliptic type in a domain G
with a boundary @G: A probabilistic representation of solutions to the problem is connected
with a system of stochastic differential equations (SDE). Unlike usual approximation of SDE
when a time-discretization is exploited, here a space-discretization is recommended. We
construct weak approximations for which an estimate of their errors contains derivatives
of the required solution to the Dirichlet problem only of lower order. In particular, it is
important for problems with a boundary layer. We simulate a Markov chain in G on the
basis of a one-step approximation using variable step in the space. The chain should be
stopped entering a sufficiently small neighborhood of the boundary @G. We estimate the
average number of steps before stopping and state some convergence theorems.
Keywords: Boundary value problem, weak methods of numerical integration of SDE,
random walk, boundary layer.
MSC:
References:
- [1] E.B. Dynkin. Markov Processes (engl. transl.). Springer, Berlin, 1965.
- [2] S.M. Ermakov, V.V. Nekrutkin, A.S. Spirin. Random Processes for Solving the Equations of
Mathematical Physics. Nauka, Moscow, 1984.
- [3] I.I. Gichman, A.V. Skorochod. Stochastic Differential Equations. Naukova Dumka, Kiev, 1968.
- [4] A.M. Ilyin. Matching of Asymptotic Expansions of Solutions of Boundary Value Problems. Nauka,
Moscow, 1989.
- [5] P.E. Kloeden, E. Platen. Numerical Solution of Stochastic Differential Equations. Springer, Berlin,
1992.
- [6] H.J. Kushner. Probability Methods for Approximations in Stochastic Control and for Elliptic
Equations. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
- [7] G.N. Milstein. A method of second-order accuracy integration of stochastic differential equations.
Theory Prob. Appl. 23(1978), 396-401.
- [8] G.N. Milstein. Numerical Integration of Stochastic Differential Equations (engl. transl.). Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 1995.
- [9] G.N. Milstein. Solving the first boundary value problem of parabolic type by numerical integration
of stochastic differential equations. Theory Prob. Appl. 40(1995), 657-665.
- [10] G.N. Milstein. The simulation of phase trajectories of a diffusion process in a bounded domain.
Stochastics and Stochastic Reports, 1996 (accepted)
- [11] G.N. Milstein and N.F. Rybkina. An algorithm for random walks over small ellipsoids for solving
the general Dirichlet problem. Comput. Maths Math. Phys. 33(1993), No. 5, 631-647.
- [12] G.N. Milstein and M.V. Tret'yakov. Mean-square numerical methods for stochastic differential
equations with small noises. SIAM J. on Scientific Computing, 1997 (accepted)
- [13] G.N. Milstein and M.V. Tret'yakov. Numerical methods in the weak sense for stochastic differential
equations with small noise. SIAM J. on Numerical Analysis, 1997 (accepted)
- [14] C. Miranda. Partial Differential Equations of Elliptic Type. Springer, 1970.
- [15] E. Pardoux and D. Talay. Discretization and simulation of stochastic differential equations. Acta
Appl. Math. 3(1985), 23-47.
- [16] K.K. Sabelfeld. Monte-Carlo methods for boundary problems. Nauka, Novosibirsk, 1989.
- [17] D. Talay. Efficient numerical schemes for the approximation of expectations of functionals of the
solution of a stochastic differential equation, and applications. Lecture Notes Control Inform. Sci.
61(1984), 294-313.
- [18] W. Wagner and E. Platen. Approximation of Ito integral equations. Preprint ZIMM, Akad. der
Wiss. der DDR, Berlin, 1978.
- [19] A.D. Wentsell. A Course in the Theory of Random Processes. Nauka, Moscow, 1975.
File: file199.html
Abstract:We extend the quasi-steady state approximation (QSSA) as well with respect
to the class of diöerential systems as with respect to the order of approximation.
As an application we prove that the trimolecular autocatalator can
be approximated by a fast bimolecular reaction system. Finally we describe a
class of singularly perturbed systems for which the ørst order QSSA can easily
be obtained.
Keywords: Quasi-steady-state approximation, singularly perturbed systems, trimolecular
autocatalator.
MSC:
References:
- [1] J. D. Murray, Asymptotic Analysis (Springer, 1984).
- [2] F. W. J. Olver, Introduction to Asymptotics and Special Functions (Academic
Press, 1974).
- [3] J. Kevorkian and J. D. Cole, Perturbation Methods in Applied Mathematics
(Springer, 1981).
- [4] A. B. Vasil'eva, V. F. Butuzov, and L. V. Kalachev, The Boundary Function
Method for Singular Perturbation Problems (SIAM 1995).
- [5] N. N. Bogoliubov and Yu. A. Mitropolskii, Asymptotic methods in the theory
of nonlinear oscillations (Hindustan Publ. Corp., 1961).
- [6] L. Y. Chen, N. Goldenfeld, and Y. Oono, Phys. Rev. Lett. 73, 1311 (1994).
- [7] N. Fenichel, J. Diö. Eq. 31, 53 (1979).
- [8] A. N. Tichonov, Mat. Sbornik 31, 575 (1952).
- [9] R. Heinrich and S. Schuster, The Regulation of Cellular Systems (Chapman
Hall, New York 1996).
- [10] P. ?rdi and J. T?th, Mathematical Models of Chemical Reactions (Manchester,
1989).
- [11] L. O. Jay, A. Sandu, F. A. Potra, and G. R. Garmichael, SIAM J. Sci. Comput.
18, 182 (1997).
- [12] N. Peters and B. Rogg, Eds., Reduced Kinetic Mechanisms for Applications in
Combustion Systems (Springer, 1993).
- [13] H. Haken, Synergetics. An Introduction. (Springer, 1983).
- [14] S. A. Kuby, A Study of Enzymes. I. Enzyme Catalysis, Kinetics, and Substrate
Binding (CRC Press, 1991).
- [15] J. A. M. Borghans, R. J. De Boer, and L. A. Segel, Bull. Math. Biol. 18, 43
(1995).
- [16] P. K. Maini, M. A. Burke, and J. D. Murray, Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. A 337,
299 (1991).
- [17] G. Pota, J. Chem. Phys. 78, 1621 (1983).
- [18] R. Lefever, G. Nicolis, and P. Borckmans, J. Chem. Soc., Faraday Trans. I 84,
1013 (1988).
- [19] G. B. Cook, P. Gray, D. G. Knapp, and S. K. Scott, J. Phys. Chem. 93, 2749
(1989).
- [20] K. Alhumaizi and R. Aris, Surveying a Dynamical System: A Study of the
Gray-Scott Reaction in a Two-Phase Reactor, Pitman Research Notes in Mathematics,
341, Essex (Longman, 1995).
File: file2.html
Abstract:We show that one can lift locally real analytic curves from the orbit
space of a compact Lie group representation, and that one can lift smooth curves
even globally, but under an assumption.
Keywords: invariants, representations.
MSC:
References:
- 1. Alekseevky, Dmitri; Kriegl, Andreas; Losik, Mark; Michor; Peter W., Choosing roots of polynomials
smoothly, to appear, Israel J. Math. (1997), 23, ESI Preprint 314, www.esi.ac.at.
- 2. Dadok, J., Polar coordinates induced by actions of compact Lie groups, TAMS 288 (1985),
125{137.
- 3. Losik, M., Lifts of diffeomorphisms of the orbit space for a finite reflection group, Preprint
MPI Bonn (1997).
- 4. Procesi, C.; Schwarz, G., Inequalities defining orbit spaces, Invent. Math. 81 (1985), 539{554.
- 5. Kolá<=r, I.; Michor, Peter W.; Slovák, J., Natural operations in differential geometry, SpringerVerlag,
Berlin Heidelberg New York, 1993.
- 6. Palais, R. S.; Terng, C. L., A general theory of canonical forms, Trans. AMS 300 (1987),
771-789.
- 7. Sartori, G, A theorem on orbit structures (strata) of compact linear Lie groups, J. Math.
Phys. 24 (1983), 765{768.
- 8. Schwarz, G. W., Smooth functions invariant under the action of a compact Lie group, Topology
14 (1975), 63{68.
- 9. Schwarz, G. W., Lifting smooth homotopies of orbit spaces, Publ. Math. IHES 51 (1980),
37{136.Lifting smooth curves over invariants 15
- 10. Terng, C. L., Isoparametric submanifolds and their Coxeter groups, J. Diff. Geom. 1985 (21),
79{107.
File: file201.html
Abstract:The n-dimensional orthogonal knapsack problem has a wide range of
practical applications, including packing, cutting and scheduling. We present
a new approach for its exact solution using a two-level tree search
algorithm. A key role plays a graph{theoretical characterization of packing
patterns that allows us to deal with classes of packing pattern that are symmetrical
in a certain sense, instead of single ones. Computational results
are reported for two{dimensional test problems from literature.
References:
- [1] Arenales, M., Morabito, R. An AND/OR{graph approach to the solution
of two{dimensional non{guillotine cutting problems, Europ. J. Oper.
Res. 84, 599-617, 1995.
- [2] Beasley, J. E., An exact two{dimensional non-guillotine cutting stock tree
search procedure, Oper. Res. 33, 49-64, 1985.
- [3] Beasley, J. E., OR-Library: distributing test problems by electronic mail,
J. Oper. Res. Soc. 41, 1069-1072, 1990.
- [4] Biró, M., Boros, E. Network flows and non-guillotine cutting patterns,
Europ. J. Oper. Res. 16, 215-221, 1984.
- [5] Dowsland, K. A. An exact algorithm for the pallet loading problem, Europ.
J. Oper. Res. 31, 78-84, 1987.
- [6] Golumbic, M. C., Algorithmic graph theory and perfect graphs, Academic
Press, New York, 1980.
- [7] Hadjiconstantinou, E., Christofides, N., An exact algorithm for general,
orthogonal, two{dimensional knapsack problems, Europ. J. Oper. Res.
83, 39-56, 1995.
- [8] Korte, N., Möhring, R. H., An incremental linear{time algorithm for
recognizing interval graphs, Siam J. Comput. 18, 68-81, 1989.
- [9] Martello, S., Toth, P., Knapsack Problems { Algorithms and Computer
Implementations, Wiley, Chichester, 1990.
File: file202.html
Abstract:We consider a two-scaled diffusion system, when drift and diffusion
parameters of a \slow" component are contaminated by an unobservable \ fast"
one. The goal is to estimate the dynamic function which is defined by averaging
the drift coefficient of the \slow" component w.r.t. the stationary distribution
of the \fast" one. For estimation we use a locally linear smoother with a datadriven
choice of bandwidth. A procedure proposed is fully adaptive and nearly
optimal up to a log log factor.
Keywords: fast and slow components, drift and diffusion coefficients, ergodic
property, nonparametric estimation, bandwidth selection.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Brown, L.D. and Low, M.G. (1992). Superefficiency and lack of adaptability in functional
estimation. Technical Report, Cornell University.
- [2] G. Collomb and P. Doukhan (1983). Estimation non parametrique de la fonction
d'autoregression d'un processus stationnaire et phi melangeant: risques quadratiques pour
la methode du noyau, C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, Ser. I 296, 859-862 .
- [3] Delyon, B. and Juditsky, A. (1997). On minimax prediction for nonparametric autoregressive
models. Unpublished manuscript.
- [4] P. Doukhan and M. Ghindes (1980). Estimations dans le processus \Xn+1 = f(Xn) +
epsilonn", C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, Ser. A 291, 61-64.
- [5] Doukhan, P. and Tsybakov, A.B. (1993). Nonparametric recurrent estimation in nonlinear
ARX models. Problemy-Peredachi-Informatsii 29, no. 4, 24{34. Translation: Problems
Inform. Trans. 29, no. 4, 318{327.
- [6] Fan, J. and Gijbels, I. (1996). Local polynomial modelling and its applications. Chapman
and Hall, London.
- [7] Freidlin, M.I., Wentzell A.D. (1984). Random Perturbations of Dynamical Systems. N.Y.
Springer.
- [8] W. Häerdle and P. Vieu \Kernel regression smoothing of time series", J. Time Ser. Anal.
13, No.3, 209-232 (1992).
- [9] Ibragimov,I.A. and Khasminskii,R.Z. (1981). Statistical Estimation: Asymptotic Theory
Springer, New York.
- [10] Katkovnik, V. Ja. (1985). Nonparametric Identification and Data Smoothing: Local Approximation
Approach. Nauka, Moscow (in Russian).
- [11] Khasminskii, R.Z. (1980). Stochastic stability of differential equations. Sijthoff & Noordhoff.
[12] Kutoyants, Yu.A. (1984a). On nonparametric estimation of trend coefficients in a diffusion
process. Collection: Statistics and control of stochastic processes, Moscow, 230{250.
- [13] Kutoyants, Yu.A. (1984b). Parameter estimation for stochastic processes. Translated from
the Russian and edited by B. L. S. Prakasa Rao. R & E Research and Exposition in Mathematics,
6. Heldermann Verlag, Berlin.
- [14] Lepski, O. (1990). One problem of adaptive estimation in Gaussian white noise. Theory
Probab. Appl. 35, no. 3, 459{470.
- 18 LIPTSER, R. AND SPOKOINY, V.
- [15] Lepski, O. and Levit, B. (1997). Efficient adaptive estimation of infinitely differentiable
function. Math. Methods of Statistics, submitted.
- [16] Lepski, O., Mammen, E. and Spokoiny, V. (1997). Ideal spatial adaptation to inhomogeneous
smoothness: an approach based on kernel estimates with variable bandwidth selection. Annals
of Statistics, 25, no.3, 929{947.
- [17] Lepski, O. and Spokoiny, V. (1997). Optimal pointwise adaptive methods in nonparametric
estimation. Annals of Statistics, 25, no.6,
- [18] Liptser, R. and Shiryaev, A. (1989).Theory of Martingales. Kluwer Acad. Publ. 1989.
- [19] Liptser, R. and Spokoiny, V. (1997). Moderate Deviations for integral functionals of diffusion
process. Unpublished manuscript.
- [20] Spokoiny, V. (1996). Adaptive hypothesis testing using wavelets. Annals of Stat., 24, no.6.
2477{2498.
- [21] Tsybakov, A. (1986). Robust reconstruction of functions by the local approximation. Prob.
Inf. Transm., 22, 133-146.
- [22] Veretennikov, A. Yu. (1991) On the averaging principle for systems of stochastic differential
equations. Math. USSR Sborn., 69, No. 1, 271-284.
- [23] Veretennikov, A. Yu. (1992) On large deviations for ergodic empirical measures, Topics in
Nonparametric Estimation. Advances in Soviet Mathematics, AMS 12, 125-133.
File: file205.html
References:
- [BrS1] J. Brüning and T. Sunada, On the spectrum of gauge-periodic elliptic operators.
Soc. Math. France Astérisque 210 (1992), 65|74.
- [BrS2] J. Brüning and T. Sunada, in preparation.
- [F] M. Field, Several complex variables and complex manifolds I. Cambridge University
press, Cambridge 1982.
- [G] Chr. Gérard, Resonance theory for periodic Schrödinger operators. Bull. Soc. Math.
France 118 (1990), 27|54.
- [GrFr] H. Grauert and K. Fritzsche, Several complex variables. Springer Verlag, 1976.R. Hempel and I. Herbst 11
- [HH] R. Hempel and I. Herbst, Strong magnetic fields, Dirichlet boundaries, and spectral
gaps. Preprint 1994. To appear in Commun. Math. Phys.
- [Iw] A. Iwatsuka, On Schrödinger operators with magnetic fields. In: Lecture Notes in
Mathematics, vol. 1450 (Conf. Proc., ed. by H. Fujita, T. Ikebe, S. T. Kuroda),
pp. 157|172. Springer Verlag, Berlin 1990.
- [K] T. Kato, Perturbation theory for linear operators. Springer Verlag, New York 1966.
- [Ku] P. Kuchment, Floquet theory for partial differential equations. Birkhäuser, Basel
1993.
- [RS-IV] M. Reed and B. Simon, Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics, Vol. IV. Analysis
of Operators. Academic Press, New York 1978.
- [St] E. Stein, Singular Integrals and differentiability properties of functions. Princeton
University Press, Princeton 1986.
- [StZ] R. Stöcker und H. Zieschang, Algebraische Topologie. Teubner, Stuttgart 1989.
- [Th] L. E. Thomas, Time dependent approach to scattering from impurities in a crystal.
Commun. Math. Phys. 33 (1973), 335|343.
- [vdW] B. L. van der Waerden, Modern Algebra, vol. I. Frederick Unger 1966
- [W] C. H. Wilcox, Theory of Bloch waves. J. Analyse Math. 33 (1978), 146|167.
File: file207.html
Abstract:We consider the Dirichlet problem for equations of elliptic type in a domain G
with a boundary @G: A probabilistic representation of solutions to the problem is connected
with a system of stochastic differential equations (SDE). Unlike usual approximation of SDE
when a time-discretization is exploited, here a space-discretization is recommended. We
construct weak approximations for which an estimate of their errors contains derivatives
of the required solution to the Dirichlet problem only of lower order. In particular, it is
important for problems with a boundary layer. We simulate a Markov chain in G on the
basis of a one-step approximation using variable step in the space. The chain should be
stopped entering a sufficiently small neighborhood of the boundary @G. We estimate the
average number of steps before stopping and state some convergence theorems.
Keywords: Boundary value problem, weak methods of numerical integration of SDE,
random walk, boundary layer.
MSC:
References:
- [1] E.B. Dynkin. Markov Processes (engl. transl.). Springer, Berlin, 1965.
- [2] S.M. Ermakov, V.V. Nekrutkin, A.S. Spirin. Random Processes for Solving the Equations of
Mathematical Physics. Nauka, Moscow, 1984.
- [3] I.I. Gichman, A.V. Skorochod. Stochastic Differential Equations. Naukova Dumka, Kiev, 1968.
- [4] A.M. Ilyin. Matching of Asymptotic Expansions of Solutions of Boundary Value Problems. Nauka,
Moscow, 1989.
- [5] P.E. Kloeden, E. Platen. Numerical Solution of Stochastic Differential Equations. Springer, Berlin,
1992.
- [6] H.J. Kushner. Probability Methods for Approximations in Stochastic Control and for Elliptic
Equations. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
- [7] G.N. Milstein. A method of second-order accuracy integration of stochastic differential equations.
Theory Prob. Appl. 23(1978), 396-401.
- [8] G.N. Milstein. Numerical Integration of Stochastic Differential Equations (engl. transl.). Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 1995.
- [9] G.N. Milstein. Solving the first boundary value problem of parabolic type by numerical integration
of stochastic differential equations. Theory Prob. Appl. 40(1995), 657-665.
- [10] G.N. Milstein. The simulation of phase trajectories of a diffusion process in a bounded domain.
Stochastics and Stochastic Reports, 1996 (accepted)
- [11] G.N. Milstein and N.F. Rybkina. An algorithm for random walks over small ellipsoids for solving
the general Dirichlet problem. Comput. Maths Math. Phys. 33(1993), No. 5, 631-647.
- [12] G.N. Milstein and M.V. Tret'yakov. Mean-square numerical methods for stochastic differential
equations with small noises. SIAM J. on Scientific Computing, 1997 (accepted)
- [13] G.N. Milstein and M.V. Tret'yakov. Numerical methods in the weak sense for stochastic differential
equations with small noise. SIAM J. on Numerical Analysis, 1997 (accepted)
- [14] C. Miranda. Partial Differential Equations of Elliptic Type. Springer, 1970.
- [15] E. Pardoux and D. Talay. Discretization and simulation of stochastic differential equations. Acta
Appl. Math. 3(1985), 23-47.
- [16] K.K. Sabelfeld. Monte-Carlo methods for boundary problems. Nauka, Novosibirsk, 1989.
- [17] D. Talay. Efficient numerical schemes for the approximation of expectations of functionals of the
solution of a stochastic differential equation, and applications. Lecture Notes Control Inform. Sci.
61(1984), 294-313.
- [18] W. Wagner and E. Platen. Approximation of Ito integral equations. Preprint ZIMM, Akad. der
Wiss. der DDR, Berlin, 1978.
- [19] A.D. Wentsell. A Course in the Theory of Random Processes. Nauka, Moscow, 1975.
File: file212.html
Abstract:Our aim is a stochastic model for the average income of a given annuity
fund. We consider a time-continous model, and therefore we regard a special kind of
time-continous processes fX(t) : t >= 0g satisfying a condition of the form: E(X(t)11EtjFs) <= (ffs X(s) + fis)11Es [P ] for all 0 <= s <= t(0.1)
E(X(t)11Ect jFs) >= (ffs X(s) + fis)11Ecs [P ] for all 0 <= s <= t:
Keywords: time-continous stochastic processes, disturbed martingales, income of
annuity funds, P-almost sure convergence, Doob's theorem.
MSC:
- 0.1
- 60G44
- 60G48
- 62P20
- 60F17
- 90A09
References:
- [1] J. Harrison, D.M. Kreps, Martingales and arbitrage in multiperiod securities
markets, Journal of Economic Theory 20, (1979), 381-408.
- [2] I. Karatzas, On the pricing of american options, Appl. Math. Optim. 17,
(1988), 37-60.
- [3] P.E. Knopp, Martingales and stochastic integrals (Cambridge University Press,
1984).
- [4] D.O. Kramkov, Optional decomposition of supermartingales and hedging claims
in incomplete security markets, Probability Theory and Related Fields 105, (1995),
249-273.
- [5] M. Reimer, K. Sandmann, A discrete time approach for european and american
Barrier options, Working paper of the Sonderforschungsbereich 303 at the
University of Bonn, 1996.
- [6] R. Rfidler, A convergence theorem for a special class of stochastic processes,
Journal of Stochastic Analysis and Applications (1) 16, (1998), 153-162.
- [7] R. Rfidler, Almost sure convergence of set-valued generalized martingales and
submartingales, Indian Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics (7) 27, (1996),
659-666.
- [8] R. Rfidler, Convergence of disturbed martingals and a stochastic model for annuity
funds, Communications in Statistics - Stochastic Models (1) 15 (1999).
- 10 Richard Rfidler
- [9] M. Rubinstein, E. Reiner, Breaking down the barriers, Risk, September 1991.
- [10] D. Sondermann, Option pricing with Bounds on the underlying securities, Bankpoli-
File: file213.html
File: file214.html
Abstract:In this paper we study an initial{boundary value Stefan{type problem with phase relaxation
where the heat flux is proportional to the gradient of the inverse absolute temperature.
This problem arises naturally as limiting case of the Penrose{Fife model for diffusive phase
transitions with non{conserved order parameter if the coefficient of the interfacial energy is
taken as zero. It is shown that the relaxed Stefan problem admits a weak solution which is
obtained as limit of solutions to the Penrose{Fife phase{field equations. For a special boundary
condition involving the heat exchange with the surrounding medium, also uniqueness of
the solution is proved.
Keywords: Stefan problems, phase transitions, phase{field models, singular parabolic systems.
MSC:
References:
- [1] H. W. Alt and I. Pawlow, Existence of solutions for non-isothermal phase separation,
Adv. Math. Sci. Appl. 1 (1992), 319{409.
- [2] H. Amann, Nonhomogeneous linear and quasilinear elliptic and parabolic boundary value
problems, to appear in \Function spaces, differential operators and nonlinear analysis",
H. Triebel and H. J. Schmeisser eds., Teubner, Stuttgart, 1993.
- [3] V. Barbu, \Nonlinear semigroups and differential equations in Banach spaces", Noordhoff
International Publishing, Leyden, 1976.
- [4] M. Frémond and A. Visintin, Dissipation dans le changement de phase. Surfusion.
Changement de phase irréversible, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. II Méc. Phys. Chim.
Sci. Univers Sci. Terre 301 (1985), 1265{1268.
- [5] W. Horn, Ph. Laurençot, and J. Sprekels, Global solutions to a Penrose{Fife phase{field
model under flux boundary conditions for the inverse temperature, submitted.
- [6] W. Horn, J. Sprekels, and S. Zheng, Global existence of smooth solutions to the Penrose{
Fife model for Ising ferromagnets, submitted.
- [7] N. Kenmochi and M. Niezgódka, Systems of nonlinear parabolic equations for phase
change problems, Tech. Report Math. Sci. Chiba University 9, No. 2, Chiba, Japan
1993.
- [8] Ph. Laurençot, Solutions to a Penrose{Fife model of phase{field type, J. Math. Anal.
Appl., to appear.
- [9] Ph. Laurençot, Weak solutions to a Penrose{Fife model for phase transitions, Adv.
Math. Sci. Appl., to appear.
- [10] J. L. Lions, \Quelques méthodes de résolution des problèmes aux limites non linéaires",
Dunod Gauthier{Villars, Paris, 1969.
- [11] J. L. Lions, \Perturbations singulières dans les problèmes aux limites et en contrôle
optimal", Springer, Berlin, 1973.
- [12] O. Penrose and P. C. Fife, Thermodynamically consistent models of phase field type,
Physica D 43 (1990), 44{62.
- [13] J. Sprekels and S. Zheng, Global smooth solutions to a thermodynamically consistent
model of phase{field type in higher space dimensions, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 176 (1993),
200{223.
- [14] S. Zheng, Global existence for a thermodynamically consistent model of phase field type,
Differential Integral Equations 5 (1992), 241{253.
File: file215.html
Abstract:Linear Programming based lower bounds have been considered both for the general as well as
for the symmetric quadratic assignment problem several times in the recent years. They have
turned out to be quite good in practice. Investigations of the polytopes underlying the corresponding
integer linear programming formulations (the non-symmetric and the symmetric
quadratic assignment polytope) have been started by Rijal (1995), Padberg and Rijal (1996),
and Jünger and Kaibel (1996, 1997). They have lead to basic knowledge on these polytopes
concerning questions like their dimensions, affine hulls, and trivial facets. However, no large
class of (facet-defining) inequalities that could be used in cutting plane procedures had been
found. We present in this paper the first such class of inequalities, the box inequalities, which
have an interesting origin in some well-known hypermetric inequalities for the cut polytope.
Computational experiments with a cutting plane algorithm based on these inequalities show
that they are very useful with respect to the goal of solving quadratic assignment problems
to optimality or to compute tight lower bounds. The most effective ones among the new
inequalities turn out to be indeed facet-defining for both the non-symmetric as well as for
the symmetric quadratic assignment polytope.
Keywords: Quadratic Assignment Problem, Polyhedral Combinatorics, QAP-Polytope,
Facets, Cutting Plane Procedure
MSC Classification: 90C09, 90C10, 90C27
Keywords: Quadratic Assignment Problem, Polyhedral Combinatorics, QAP-Polytope,
Facets, Cutting Plane Procedure
MSC Classification: 90C09, 90C10, 90C27
MSC:
References:
- 0.1
- 0.2
- 0.3
- 0.4
- 0.5
- 0.6
- 0.7
- 0.8
- 0.9
File: file217.html
Abstract:A simple numerical argument is given that the minimal (Jones)
index of an inclusion of (isomorphic) factors is strongly restricted if the
square of the inclusion contains a sub-inclusion with index from the Jones
series 4 cos2 ssm . As a corollary extending results of Longo, the range of
the index of braided inclusions is completely computed up to the value
Ind = 6. An algebraic version of the argument is outlined and is expected
to generalize to braided inclusions the square of which contains an inclusion
from the Hecke or Birman-Wenzl-Murakami series. This would allow
to push the determination of the range of the index beyond 6.
References:
- [1] K. Fredenhagen, K.-H. Rehren, B. Schroer: Superselection sectors with braid group
statistics and exchange algebras. I: general theory, Commun. Math. Phys. 125, 201 {
226 (1989).
- [2] R. Haag: Local Quantum Physics, Texts and Monographs in Physics, Springer 1992.
- [3] F. Hiai: Minimizing indices of conditional expectations on a subfactor, RIMS Kyoto
Publ. 24, 673 { 678 (1988).
- [4] M. Izumi: Application of fusion rules to classification of subfactors, RIMS Kyoto Publ.
Vol. 27 (1991).
- [5] M. Izumi: Subalgebras of finite C?-algebras with finite Watatani indices. I. Cuntz algebras,
Commun. Math. Phys. 155, 157 (1993); and private communication.
- [6] V.F.R. Jones: Index for subfactors, Invent. Math. 72, 1 { 25 (1983).
- [7] H. Kosaki: Extension of Jones' theory on index to arbitrary factors, J. Funct. Anal.
66, 123 { 140 (1986).
- [8] R. Longo: Index of subfactors and statistics of quantum fields. I, Commun. Math.
Phys. 126, 217 { 247 (1989).
- [9] R. Longo: Index of subfactors and statistics of quantum fields. II, Commun. Math.
Phys. 130, 285 { 309 (1990).
- [10] R. Longo: Minimal index and braided subfactors, J. Funct. Anal. 109, 98 { 112 (1992).
- [11] M. Pimsner, S. Popa: Entropy and index for subfactors, Ann. Sci. ?Ec. Norm. Sup. 19,
57 { 106 (1986).
- [12] K.-H.Rehren: Braid group statistics and their superselection rules; in: Algebraic Theory
of Superselection Sectors, ed. D. Kastler, p. 333 { 355 (World Scientific 1990).
- [13] H. Wenzl: Hecke algebras of type An and subfactors, Invent. Math. 92, 349 { 383
(1988).
- [14] H. Wenzl: Quantum groups and subfactors of type B, C, and D, Commun. Math.
Phys. 133, 383 { 432 (1990). An error in the relevant Table 1 is corrected in: H.
Wenzl: Braids and invariants of 3-manifolds, to appear in Invent. Math.
File: file218.html
Abstract:We classify all local extensions of the chiral algebra of observables for SU3 level k conformal current
algebra models. Our method is based on analyzing the polynomial solutions of the corresponding
Knizhnik-Zamolodchikov equations.
References:
- 1. P. Di Francesco, H. Saleur, J.B. Zuber, Modular invariance in non minimal two-dimensional conformal
theories, Nucl. Phys. B 285 [FS 19] (1987) 454-480.R.R. Paunov, I.T. Todorov, Modular invariant QFT models of u(1) conformal current algebra, Phys.Lett
B 196 (1987) 519-526.P. Ginsparg, Curiosities at c = 1, Nucl. Phys. B 295 [FS 21] (1988) 153.
- 2. A. Cappelli, C. Itzykson, J.B. Zuber, Modular invariant partition functions in two dimensions, Nucl.Phys.B 280 [FS 18] (1987) 445-465; The A-D-E classification of minimal and A(1)
- 1 conformal invariant
theories, Commun. Math. Phys. 113 (1987) 1-26.
- 3. T. Gannon, The classification of affine SU(3) modular partition functions, Carleton preprint (1992).
- 4. C. Itzykson, Level one Kac-Moody characters and modular invariance, Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.)
5B (1988) 150-165 ;T. Gannon, WZW commutants, lattices, and level 1 partition functions, Carleton preprint (1992).
- 5. G. Moore, N. Seiberg, Naturality in conformal field theory, Nucl. Phys. B 313 (1989) 16-40.
- 6. V.G. Knizhnik, A.B. Zamolodchikov, Current algebra and Wess-Zumino model in two dimensions, Nucl.
Phys. B 247 (1984) 83-103.
- 7. L. Michel, Ya.S. Stanev, I.T. Todorov, D-E classification of the local extensions of the su2 current
algebras, Theor.Math.Phys. (Moscow) 92 (1992) 507-521.
- 8. H. Sazdjian, Ya.S. Stanev, I.T. Todorov, SLq (3): a non-commutative homogeneous space and coherent
state operators, (in preparation).
- 9. I.M. Gel'fand, M.L. Zetlin, Dokl. Acad. Nauk SSSR 71 (1950) 1017 (in Russian);A.O. Barut, R. Raczka, Theory of Group Representations and Applications (Second Revised Edition,
World Scientific, Singapore 1986) Chapter 10.
- 10. P. Goddard, D. Olive, Kac-Moody and Virasoro algebras in relation to quantum physics, Int. J. Mod.
Phys. 1 (1986) 303-414.
- 11. L. B?egin, P. Mathieu, M. Walton, csu(3) fusion coefficients, Laval preprint PHY-22, 1992.
File: file219.html
Abstract:In the theoretical description of recent experiments with dilute Bose gases
confined in external potentials the Gross-Pitaevskii equation plays an important
role. Its status as an approximation for the quantum mechanical many-body
ground state problem has recently been rigorously clarified. A summary of this
work is presented here.
References:
- [1] E.P. Gross, Structure of a Quantized Vortex in Boson Systems, Nuovo Cimento
20, 454{466 (1961).
- [2] L.P. Pitaevskii, Vortex lines in an imperfect Bose gas, Sov. Phys. JETP, 13,
451{454 (1961).
- [3] E.P. Gross, Hydrodynamics of a superfluid condensate, J. Math. Phys. 4, 195{207
(1963).
- [4] F. Dalfovo, S. Giorgini, L.P. Pitaevskii, S. Stringari, Theory of Bose-Einstein
condensation in trapped gases, Rev. Mod. Phys. 71, 463{512 (1999).
- [5] E.H. Lieb, J. Yngvason, Ground state energy of the low density Bose gas, Phys.
Rev. Lett. 80, 2504{2507 (1998).
- [6] E.H. Lieb, J. Yngvason, Ground State Energy a Dilute Bose Gas, in Differential
Equations and mathematical Physics, Proceedings of an International Conference
held at the University of Alabama at Birmingham, March 16{20 1999, pp. 271{
282 (1999).
- [7] E.H. Lieb, R. Seiringer, and J. Yngvason, Bosons in a trap: a rigorous derivation
of the Gross-Pitaevskii energy functional, Phys. Rev. A, in press (1999).
- [8] E.H. Lieb, Thomas-fermi and related theories of atoms and molecules, Rev. Mod.
Phys. 53, 603{641 (1981).
- [9] N.N. Bogoliubov, J. Phys. (U.S.S.R.) 11, 23 (1947); N.N. Bogoliubov and D.N.
Zubarev, Sov. Phys.-JETP 1, 83 (1955).
- [10] K. Huang, C.N. Yang, Phys. Rev. 105, 767-775 (1957); T.D. Lee, K. Huang,
and C.N. Yang, Phys. Rev. 106, 1135-1145 (1957); K.A. Brueckner, K. Sawada,
Phys. Rev. 106, 1117-1127, 1128-1135 (1957); S.T. Beliaev, Sov. Phys.-JETP
7, 299-307 (1958); T.T. Wu, Phys. Rev. 115, 1390 (1959); N. Hugenholtz, D.
Pines, Phys. Rev. 116, 489 (1959); M. Girardeau, R. Arnowitt, Phys. Rev. 113,
755 (1959); T.D. Lee, C.N. Yang, Phys. Rev. 117, 12 (1960); E.H. Lieb, Phys.
Rev. 130, 2518{2528 (1963).
- [11] F.J. Dyson, Ground-State Energy of a Hard-Sphere Gas, Phys. Rev. 106, 20{24
(1957).
- [12] E.H. Lieb, F.J. Dyson and B. Simon, Phase Transitions in Quantum Spin Systems
with Isotropic and Non-Isotropic Interactions, J. Stat. Phys. 18, 335-383
(1978).
- [13] E.H. Lieb, T. Kennedy and S. Shastry, The XY Model has Long-Range Order for
all Spins and all Dimensions Greater than One, Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 2582-2584
(1988).
- [14] E.H. Lieb, T. Kennedy and S. Shastry, Existence of N?eel Order in Some Spin
1/2 Heisenberg Antiferromagnets, J. Stat. Phys. 53, 1019 (1988).
File: file22.html
Abstract:In this paper the behaviour of the causal variant of the ideal low-pass is
investigated. It is shown that this system is not stable with respect to the energy norm. A
construction of an input signal with finite energy is given in the paper such that the output
signal has an infinite energy. This result solves a problem proposed by Professor Mathis.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Boche, H. : Complete Characterization of the Structure of Discrete-Time Linear Systems.
In: Proc. of 15th IMACS World Congress on Scientific Computation, Modelling
and Applied Mathematics. pp. 6-12, Berlin 1997
- [2] Boche, H. und Reissig, G. : Complete Characterization of all Discrete-Time Linear
Systems of Convolution Type. In: Proc. of ECCTD'97, European Conference on Circuit
Theory and Design. Vol. III, pp. 1185-1192, Budapest 1997
- [3] Boyd, S.P. : Volterra Series: Engineering Fundamentals. PhD Thesis, Univ. California,
Berkeley 1985
- [4] Couch II, L.W. : Digital and Analog Communication Systems. 3rd. Ed., New York
1990
- [5] Crochiere, R.E. und Rabiner, L.R. : Multirate Signal Processing. Prentice-Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, New York 1983
- [6] Fettweis, A. : Elemente nachrichtentechnischer Systeme. Teubner Studienb?ucher
Elektrotechnik, Stuttgart 1990
- [7] Kammeyer, K.D. und Kroschel, K. : Digitale Signalverarbeitung; Filterung und
Spektralanalyse. Teubner Studienb?ucher Elektrotechnik, Stuttgart 1992Stabilit?atsverhalten der kausalen Variante des idealen Tiefpasses 123
- [8] Mathis, W. : Pers?onliche Mitteilung auf der Kleinheubacher Tagung. Kleinheubach,
Oktober 1995
- [9] Mathis, W. : Pers?onliche Mitteilung an der Universit?at Wuppertal. Mai 1996
- [10] Mathis, W. : Die begrifflichen Grundlagen der Netzwerk- und Systemtheorie - ein Beitrag
zur Mathematisierung der Elektrotechnik. Vortrag an der Rheinisch-Westph?alischen
Akademie der Wissenschaften in D?usseldorf, 24 Seiten, Akademie-Bericht im Westdeutschen
Verlag, Oppladen 1997
- [11] Proakis, J.H., Rader, Ch.M., Ling, F. und Nikias, Ch.L. : Advanced Digital
Signal Processing. New York 1992
- [12] Rabiner, L.R. und Gold, B. : Theory and Application of Digital Signal Processing.
Prentice-Hall, Englewood-Cliffs, New Jersey 1975
- [13] Sandberg, I.W. : A Representation Theorem for Linear Systems. IEEE Trans. Circuits
and Systems-I: Fundamental Theory and Applications 45, No. 5, 578-581 (1998)
- [14] Ziehmer, R.E. und Tranter, W.H. : Principles of Communications; Systems, Modulation
and Noise. 4rd Ed., New York 1995
File: file220.html
Keywords: Highway traffic, Statistical processes: Applications, Transport processes
MSC:
File: file226.html
Abstract:The application of concepts and methods of statistical mechanics to biological
problems is one of the most promising frontiers of computational physics.
References:
- [1] N. Vanderwalle, M. Auslos,Ann. Rev. of Comp. Phys. II, D. Stauffer ed., (1995), 45.
- [2] M. Bernaschi,\Efficient Message Passing on UNIX Shared Memory Multiprocessors",accepted for publication in the Future Generation Computer System Journal.
- [3] D. Stauffer, R. Pandey,Computers in Physicics, vol. 6 n. 4, 404, 1992.
- [4] M. Nowak, R. Anderson, A. Mc lean, T. Wolfs, J. Goudsmit R. May,Science, 254, 963, 1991.
- [5] M. Kaufman, J. Urbain, R. Thomas,J. Theo. Bio. 114, (1985), 527.
- [6] D. Stauffer, M. Sahimi,J. Theo. Bio. 166, (1994), 289.
- [7] P. Seiden, F. Celada,J. theor. Biol 158, (1992), 329-357.
- [8] F. Celada and P. Seiden,Immunology Today 13 No. 2, (1992), 56-62.
- [9] R. Pandey, D. Stauffer,J. Sta. Phys. 61, (1990), 235
- [10] V.S. Sunderam, G.A. Geist, J. Dongarra and R. Manchek,Parallel Computing, vol. 20, n. 4 (1994).
- [11] M. Bernaschi and G. Richelli,Proc. of HPCN Europe 1995, Bob Hertzberger and Giuseppe Serazzi Editors,Lecture Notes in Computer Science (Springer) n.919.
- [12] F. Celada and P. E. Seiden,Eur.J. of Immunology 26, (1996), 1350-1358.
- [13] M. Bernaschi, F. Castiglione, and S. Succi,\Collective dynamics in the immune system response",Physical Review Letters vol. 79, Number 22 (1997).
- [14] R.M. Zorzenon dos Santos, A.T. Bernades,
File: file230.html
Abstract:The aim of the present paper is to extent the well known fundamental estimates (w.r.t. the L2-norm) for weak solutions of a linear elliptic system with constant coef- ficients:
N
Keywords: elliptic systems, multiplicative inequality, fundamental estimate
References:
- [1] Campanato, S.: Propieta di h?olderianista di alcune classi di funzioni. ? Annali Scuola
Normale Superiore Pisa, Vol. 17 (1963), 175-188.
- [2] Campanato, S.: Sistemi parabolici del secondo ordine, non variazionali, a coefficienti
discontinui. ? Ann Univ. Ferrara, Vol. 23 (1977), 169-187.
- [3] Campanato, S.: Fundamental interior estimates for a class of second order elliptic
operators. ? Printed in: Partial Differential Equations and Calculus of Variations, Vol.
I, Eds. F. Columbini, A. Marino, L. Modica, S. Spangolo, Birkh?auser Boston Inc (1989),
251-259.
- [4] Gilbarg, D. and Trudinger, N.S.: Elliptic partial differential equations of second
order. ? Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften 224, Springer (1977).
- [5] Giuaquinta, M.: Multiple integrals in calculus of variations and nonlinear elliptic
systems. - Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 1983.
- [6] Giusti, E.: Regularit?a partiale delle solutioni di sistemi ellitici quasilineari di ordine
arbitario. ? Annali Scuola Normale Superiore Pisa, Vol. 23 (1969), 115-141.
- [7] Nirenberg, L.: An extended interpolation - inequality. ? Annali Scuola Normale
Superiore Pisa, Vol. 20 (1966), 733-737.
- [8] Pepe, L.: Risultati di regularita parziale per solutione H1; p(1 < p < 2) di sistemi
ellittici quasi lineari. ? Ann. Ferrara, Sez. VII (Sci. Mat.), 16 (1971), 129-148
File: file232.html
Abstract:We consider a problem related to resistance spot welding. The
mathematical model describes the equilibrium state of an elastic, cracked
body subjected to heat transfer and electroconductivity and can be
viewed as an extension to the classical thermistor problem.
We prove existence of a solution in Sobolev spaces.
Keywords: crack, thermistor, thermoelastic contact, spot welding
References:
- [1] Antontsev S.N., Chipot M. The thermistor problem: existence,
smoothness, uniqueness, blowup, SIAM J. Math. Anal., 1994, 25,N4,
1128-1156.
- [2] Chipot M., Cimatti G. A uniqueness result for the thermistor problem,
Europ. J. Appl. Math., 1991, 2, 97-103.
- [3] Shi P., Shillor M. Existence of a solution to the N?dimensional
problem of thermoelastic contact, Comm. Part. Dioe. Eqs, 1992, 17, N9-
10, 1597-1618.
- [4] Xu X. The N?dimensional quasistatic problem of thermoelastic contact
with Barber's heat exchange conditions, Adv. Math. Sc. Appl., 1996, 6,
N2, 559-587.
- [5] Shi P., Shillor M., Xu X. Existence of a solution to the Stefan problem
with Joule's heating, J. Dioe. Eqs, 1993, 105, 239-263.
- [6] Andrews K.T., Shillor M. A parabolic initial-boundary value problem
modelling axially symmetric thermoelastic contact, Nonlinear Anal.,
1994, 22, 1529-1551.
- [7] Khludnev A.M. The equilibrium problem for a thermoelastic plate with
a crack, Siber. Math.J., 37, N2, 394-404.
- [8] Yuan G. W. Regularity of solution of the thermistor problem. Applicable
Anal, 1994,53, N3-4, 149-155.
- [9] Yuan G.W., Liu Z.H. Existence and uniqueness of the Cff solution
for the thermistor problem with mixed boundary value, SIAM J. Math.
Anal., 1994, 25, N4, 1157-1166.
- [10] Ames K.A., Payne L.E. Uniqueness and continuous dependence of
solutions to a multidimensional thermoelastic contact problem, J. Elasticity,
1994, 34, N2, 139-148.
- [11] Andrews K.T., Shillor M., Wright S. A hyperbolic-parabolic system
modelling the thermoelastic impact of two rods, Math. Meth. Appl.
Sciences,1994, 17, N11, 901-918.
- [12] Khludnev A.M., Sokolowski J. Modelling and Control in Solid
Mechanics, Birkhauser, Basel-Boston-Berlin, 1997.
- [13] Khludnev A.M. The contact problem for a shallow shell having the
crack, Appls Maths Mechs, 1995, 59, N2, 299-306.
- [14] Khludnev A.M. Contact problem for a plate having a crack of minimal
opening, Control and Cybernetics, 1996, 25, N3, 605-620.
- [15] Simon J. Compact sets in the space Lp(0; T ; B), Annali di Matematica
pura ad applicata, 1987 (IV), CXLVI, 65-96.
- [16] Troianiello G.M. Elliptic Dioeerential Equations and Obstacle Problems,
Plenum Press, New-York, 1987.
File: file233.html
Abstract:In this paper is constructed an aproximate solution to P (x; D)G = H,
Gj@? = F in the space of generaliaed Colombeau functions on ?. Here P is a differential
operator with coefficients which are generalized functions (for example singular
distributions), ? is a bounded open set, and H and F are generalized functions. Also,
solutions to a class of elliptic equations with coefficients in G are obtained in somewhat
different way. In the case of smooth coefficients, the consistency of the classical
weak solution and the generalized solution is proved. Specially, for a class of second
order elliptic equations with bounded coefficients the proposed method of finding
generalized solutions produces the approximate solutions to the classical Dirichlet
problem.
Keywords: generalized solutions, Dirichlet problem, elliptic second order linear
PDE, singular perturbations.
MSC:
- 35D05
- 35A35
- 35J25
- 35J40
- 46F10
References:
- 1. H. A. Biagioni, J. F. Colombeau, Whitney's extension theorem for generalized functions, J.
Math. Anal. Appl. 10, 2 (1986).
- 2. H. A. Biagioni, A Nonlinear Theory of Generalized Functions, Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg
New York London Paris Tokyo Hong Kong, 1990.
- 3. J. F. Colombeau, Elementary Introduction in New Generalized Functions, North Holland,
1985.
- 4. Yu. V. Egorov, A contribution to the theory of generalized functions, Russian Math. Surveys
45:5 (1990), 1-49.
- 5. D. Gilbarg, N. S. Trudinger, Elliptic Partial Differential Equations of Second Order, Springer-Verlag,
Berlin Heidelberg New York Tokyo, 1983.
- 6. M. Nedeljkov, S. Pilipovi?c, Convolution in new generalized function spaces, Part I, II, Publ.
Inst. Math. de Belgrad 52(66) (1992), 95-105 and 105-9.
- 7. M. Nedeljkov, S. Pilipovi?c, D. Scarpal?ezos, Division problem and partial differential equations
with constant coefficients in Colombeau's space of new generalized functions, Monatsch. Math.
122, 2 (1996), 157-170.
- 8. M. Nedeljkov, S. Pilipovi?c, Hypoelliptic differential operators with generalized constant coefficients,
to appear in Proc. Edinb. Math. Soc..APPROXIMATED SOLUTIONS TO A DIRICHLET PROBLEM 15
- 9. M. Oberguggenberger, Multiplication of Distributions and Applications to Partial Differential
Equations, Pitman Res. Not. Math. 259, Longman Sci. Techn., Essex, 1992.
- 10. S. Pilipovi?c, D. Scarpal?ezos, Differential operators with generalized constant coefficients in
Colombeau algebra, Port. Math. 53, 3 (1996), 305-324.
- 11. E. E. Rosinger, Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations - An Algebraic View of Generalized
Solutions, North Holland, Amsterdam, 1990.
- 12. F. Treves, Basic Linear Partial Differential Equations, Academic Press, New York San Francisco
London, 1975.
File: file235.html
Abstract:The Novikov-Shubin numbers are defined for open manifolds with
bounded geometry, the ?-trace of Atiyah being replaced by a semicontinuous
semifinite trace on the C?-algebra of almost local operators. It is
proved that they are invariant under quasi-isometries and, making use of
the theory of singular traces for C?-algebras developed in [29], they are
interpreted as asymptotic dimensions since, in analogy with what happens
in Connes' noncommutative geometry, they indicate which power of the
Laplacian gives rise to a singular trace. Therefore, as in geometric measure
theory, these numbers furnish the order of infinitesimal giving rise to
a non trivial measure. The dimensional interpretation is strenghtened in
the case of the 0-th Novikov-Shubin invariant, which is shown to coincide,
under suitable geometric conditions, with the asymptotic counterpart of
the box dimension of a metric space. Since this asymptotic dimension
coincides with the polynomial growth of a discrete group, the previous
equality generalises a result by Varopoulos [52] for covering manifolds.
References:
- [1] S. Albeverio, D. Guido, A. Ponosov, S. Scarlatti. Singular traces and compact
operators. J. Funct. Anal., 137 (1996), 281{302.
- [2] M. F. Atiyah. Elliptic operators, discrete groups and von Neumann algebras.
Soc. Math. de France, Ast?erisque 32{33 (1976), 43{72.
- [3] D. Burghelea, L. Friedlander, T. Kappeler. Relative torsion for representations
in finite type Hilbert modules. Preprint dg-ga/9711018.
- [4] I. Buttig, J. Eichhorn. The heat kernel for p-forms on manifolds of bounded
geometry. Acta Sci. Math., 55 (1991), 33{51.
- [5] A. Carey, M. Farber, V. Mathai. Determinant lines, von Neumann algebras
and L2-torsion. Journal f?ur die reine und angewandte Mathematik, 484
(1997), 153{181.
- [6] I. Chavel. Riemannian geometry - A modern introduction. Cambridge Univ.
Press, Cambridge, 1993.
- [7] I. Chavel, E. A. Feldman. Modified isoperimetric constants, and large time
heat diffusion in Riemannian manifolds. Duke J. Math., 64 (1991), 473{
499.
- [8] E. Christensen. Non commutative integration for monotone sequentially
closed C?-algebras. Math. Scand., 31 (1972), 171{190.
- [9] F. Combes. Poids sur une C?-alg?ebre. J. Math. pures et appl., 47 (1968),
57{100.
- [10] A. Connes. The action functional in non commutative geometry. Commun.
Math. Phys., 117 (1988), 673{683.
- [11] A. Connes. Non Commutative Geometry. Academic Press, 1994.
- [12] A. Connes, H. Moscovici. The local index formula in noncommutative geometry.
GAFA, 5 (1995), 174{243.
- [13] T. Coulhon. Dimension ?a l' infini d' un semi-groupe analytique. Bull. Sc.
Math., 2?eme s?erie, 114 (1990), 485{500.
- [14] T. Coulhon, A. Grigor'yan. On-diagonal lower bounds for heat kernels and
Markov chains. Duke Math. J., 89 (1997), 133{199.
- [15] E. B. Davies. Gaussian upper bounds for the heat kernels of some second{
order operators on Riemannian manifolds. J. Funct. Anal., 80 (1988), 16{
32.
- [16] E. B. Davies. Pointwise bounds on the space and time derivatives of heat
kernels. J. Oper. Th., 21 (1989), 367{378.REFERENCES 41
- [17] E. B. Davies. Heat kernels and spectral theory. Cambridge Univ. Press,
Cambridge, 1989.
- [18] E. B. Davies. Non-gaussian aspects of heat kernel behaviour. J. London
Math. Soc., 55 (1997), 105{125.
- [19] J. Dixmier. Existence de traces non normales. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 262
(1966), 1107{1108.
- [20] J. Dixmier. C?-algebras. North-Holland Publ., Amsterdam, 1977.
- [21] J. Dodziuk. De Rham-Hodge theory for L2-cohomology of infinite coverings.
Topology, 16 (1977), 157{165.
- [22] D. V. Efremov, M. A. Shubin. Spectrum distribution function and variational
principle for automorphic operators on hyperbolic space. S?eminaire
Equations aux Deriv?ees Partielles, Ecole Polytechnique, Centre de
Math?ematique, Expos?e VII (1988-89).
- [23] T. Fack, H. Kosaki. Generalized s-numbers of o-measurable operators. Pacific
J. Math., 123 (1986), 269.
- [24] K. Falconer. Fractal geometry. J. Wiley, New York, 1990.
- [25] M. Farber. Geometry of growth: approximation theorems for L2 invariants.
Math. Ann., 311 (1998), 335{375.
- [26] A. Grigor'yan. Heat kernel upper bounds on a complete non-compact manifold.
Revista Matematica Iberoamericana, 10 (1994), 395{452.
- [27] M. Gromov, M. Shubin. Von Neumann spectra near zero. Geometric and
Functional Analysis, 1 (1991), 375{404.
- [28] D. Guido, T. Isola. Singular traces for semifinite von Neumann algebras.
Journal of Functional Analysis, 134 (1995), 451{485.
- [29] D. Guido, T. Isola. Noncommutative Riemann integration and singular
traces for C?- algebras. Preprint.
- [30] D. Guido, T. Isola. Singular traces and Novikov-Shubin invariants.
Preprint.
- [31] E. Hewitt, K. Stromberg. Real and abstract analysis. Springer, New York,
1975.
- [32] I. Kolmogoroff, M.G. Tihomirov. "-Entropy and "-capacity of sets in functional
spaces. A. M. S. Transl., 17 (1961), 277{364.
- [33] J. Lott. Heat kernels on covering spaces and topological invariants. J. Diff.
Geom., 35 (1992), 471{510.
- [34] J. Lott. Invariant Currents on Limit Sets. Preprint math/9807025.REFERENCES 42
- [35] W. L?uck. L2-invariants of regular coverings of compact manifolds and CW-
complexes. To appear in "Handbook of geometry", R.J. Davermann and
R.B. Sher (eds.), Elsevier (1997)
- [36] W. L?uck. Dimension theory of arbitrary modules over finite von Neumann
algebras and L2-Betti numbers I: Foundations. Journal f?ur reine und angewandte
Mathematik, 495 (1998),135 { 162.
- [37] C. C. Moore, C. Schochet. Global analysis on foliated spaces. Springer, New
York, 1988.
- [38] E. Nelson. Notes on non-commutative integration. Journ. Funct. An., 15
(1974), 103.
- [39] S. P. Novikov, M. A. Shubin. Morse theory and von Neumann II1 factors.
Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR, 289 (1986), 289{292.
- [40] S. P. Novikov, M. A. Shubin. Morse theory and von Neumann invariants
on non-simply connected manifolds. Uspekhi Math. Nauk, 41, 5 (1986),
222{223 (in Russian).
- [41] G. K. Pedersen. C?-algebras and their automorphism groups. Academic
Press, London, 1979.
- [42] A. V. Arkhangel'skii, L. S. Pontryagin (eds.). General Topology I. Basic
concepts and constructions. Dimension theory. Enc. Math. Sci. 17,
Springer, New York, 1988.
- [43] J. Quaegebeur, J. Verding. A construction for weights on C?-algebras. Dual
weights on C?-crossed products. Preprint.
- [44] J. Roe. An index theorem on open manifolds. I. J. Diff. Geom., 27 (1988),
87{113.
- [45] J. Roe. An index theorem on open manifolds. II. J. Diff. Geom., 27 (1988),
115{136.
- [46] J. Roe. On the quasi-isometry invariance of L2 Betti numbers. Duke Math.
J., 59 (1989), 765{783.
- [47] J. Roe. Coarse cohomology and index theory on complete Riemannian manifolds.
Memoirs A.M.S., 497 (1993), 1{90.
- [48] A. Salli. On the Minkowski dimension of strongly porous fractal sets in Rn.
Proc. London Math. Soc., 62 (1991), 353{372.
- [49] I.E. Segal. A non-commutative extension of abstract integration. Ann.
Math. 57 (1953) 401.
- [50] S. Stratila. Modular theory in operator algebras, Abacus Press, Tunbridge
Wells, England, 1981.REFERENCES 43
- [51] C. Tricot. Two definitions of fractional dimension. Math. Proc. Camb. Phil.
Soc., 91 (1982), 57{74.
- [52] N. T. Varopoulos. Random walks and Brownian motion on manifolds. Symposia
Mathematica, XXIX (1987), 97{109.
- [53] N. T. Varopoulos. Brownian motion and random walks on manifolds. Ann.
Inst. Fourier, Grenoble, 34, 2, (1984), 243{269.
- [54] N. T. Varopoulos, L. Saloff-Coste, T. Couhlon. Analysis and geometry on
groups. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1992.
- [55] M. Wodzicki. Noncommutative residue, part I. Fundamentals. In \K-theory,
arithmetic and geometry" (Moskow, 1984-86), pp. 320{399, Lecture Notes
in Math. 1289, Springer, Berlin, 1987.
- [56] J. Wolf. Essential self-adjointness for the Dirac operator and its square.
Indiana Univ. Math. J. 22 (1972/73), 611{640.
File: file237.html
Abstract:The electric properties of monolithic microwave integrated circuits
can be described in terms of their scattering matrix using Maxwellian
equations. The corresponding three-dimensional boundary value problem
of Maxwell's equations can be solved by means of a finite-volume
scheme in the frequency domain. This results in a two-step procedure:
a time and memory consuming eigenvalue problem for nonsymmetric
matrices and the solution of a large-scale system of linear equations
with indefinite symmetric matrices. Improved numerical solutions for
these two linear algebraic problems are treated.
MSC:
- 35Q60
- 35L20
- 65N22
- 65F10
- 65F15
References:
- [1] Beilenhoff, K., Heinrich, W., Hartnagel, H. L., Improved FiniteDifference
Formulation in Frequency Domain for Three-Dimensional
Scattering Problems, IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and
Techniques, Vol. 40, No. 3, 1992, pp. 540-546.
- [2] Christ, A., Hartnagel, H. L., Three-Dimensional Finite-Difference
Method for the Analysis of Microwave-Device Embedding, IEEE Transactions
on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Vol. MTT-35, No. 8, 1987,
pp. 688-696.
- [3] Christ, A., Streumatrixberechnung mit dreidimensionalen FiniteDifferenzen
f?ur Mikrowellen-Chip-Verbindungen und deren CAD-Modelle, Fortschrittberichte VDI, Reihe 21: Elektrotechnik, Nr. 31,
1988, pp. 1-154.
- [4] Hebermehl, G., Schlundt, R., Zscheile, H., Heinrich, W., Simulation
of Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits, Weierstrass-Institut f?ur
Angewandte Analysis und Stochastik im Forschungsverbund Berlin e.V.,
Preprint No. 235, 1996, pp. 1-37.
- [5] Hebermehl, G., Schlundt, R., Zscheile, H., Heinrich, W., Improved Numerical
Solutions for the Simulation of Monolithic Microwave Integrated
Circuits, Weierstrass-Institut f?ur Angewandte Analysis und Stochastik
im Forschungsverbund Berlin e.V., Preprint No. 236, 1996, pp. 1-43.
- [6] Lehoucq, R. B., Analysis and Implementation of an Implicitly Restarted
Arnoldi Iteration, Rice University, Houston, Texas, Technical Report
TR95-13, 1995, pp. 1-135.
- [7] Sorensen, D. C., Implicit Application of Polynomial Filters in a k-Step
Arnoldi Method, SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications.,
Vol. 13, No.1, 1992, pp. 357-385.
- [8] Weiland, T., Eine numerische Methode zur L?osung des Eigenwellenproblems
l?angshomogener Wellenleiter, Archiv f?ur Elektronik und ?Ubertragungstechnik,
Band 31, Heft 7/8, 1977, pp. 308-314.
- [9] Yee, K. S., Numerical Solution of Initial Boundary Value Problems Involving
Maxwell's Equations in Isotropic Media, IEEE Transactions on
Antennas and Propagation, Vol. AP-14, No. 3, 1966, pp. 302-307.
File: file238.html
Abstract:This is a study on the initial and boundary value problem of a symmetric
hyperbolic system which is related to the conduction of heat in solids at low
temperatures. The nonlinear system consists of a conservation equation for
the energy density e and a balance equation for the heat AEux Qi, where e
and Qi are the four basic oelds of the theory. The initial and boundary value
problem that uses exclusively prescribed boundary data for the energy density
e is solved by a new kinetic approach that was introduced and evaluated by
Dreyer and Kunik in [1], [2] and Pertame [3]. This method includes the formation
of shock fronts and the broadening of heat pulses. These eoeects cannot
be observed in the linearized theory, as it is described in [4].
Keywords: Heat transfer, initial and boundary value problems for a hyperbolic
system, shock waves, kinetic theory.
MSC:
- 80-99
- 35L15
- 35L20
- 35L65
- 35L67
References:
- [1] W. Dreyer, M. Kunik, The Maximum Entropy Principle Revisited. WIAS-
Preprint No. 367 (1997). Cont. Mech. Thermodyn. 1 (1999).
- [2] W. Dreyer, M. Kunik, ReAEections of Eulerian shock waves at moving adiabatic
boundaries. WIAS-Preprint No. 383 (1997). Monte Carlo Methods and
Applications 4 (1998), 231-252.
- [3] B. Pertame, The kinetic approach to systems of conservation laws, recent
advances in partial dioeerential equations, editors M.A. Herrero and E. Zuazua,
Wiley and Mason (1994), 85-97.
- [4] W. Dreyer, H. Struchtrup, Heat pulse experiments revisited. Cont. Mech.
Thermodyn. 5 (1993), 3-50.
- [5] I. M?ller, T. Ruggeri, Rational Extended Thermodynamics. 2nd Edition,
Springer Tracts in Natural Philosophy, Springer New York, 1998.
- [6] W. Dreyer, S. Seelecke, Entropy and causality as criteria for the existence
of shock waves in low temperature heat conduction. Cont. Mech. Thermodyn. 4
(1992), 23-36
- [7] W. Dreyer, Maximization of the Entropy in Non-Equilibrium. J. Phys. A.:
Math. Gen. 20 (1987), 6505-6517.
- [8] G. Boillat, T. Ruggeri, Moment equations in the kinetic theory of gases
and wave velocities. Cont. Mech. Thermodyn., 9 (1987).
- [9] W. Larecki, S. Piekarski, Phonon gas hydrodynamics based on the maximum
entropy principle and the extended oeld theory of a rigid conductor of
heat. Arch. Mech. 43 (1992), pp 163.
File: file240.html
Abstract:Let n-dimensional Gaussian random vector x = ? + v be observed where
? is a standard n-dimensional Gaussian vector and v 2 Rn is the unknown
mean. In the papers [3, 5] there were studied minimax hypothesis testing
problems: to test null - hypothesis H0 : v = 0 against two types of alternatives
H1 = H1(?n) : v 2 Vn(?n). The orst one corresponds to multi-channels signal
detection problem for given value b of a signal and number k of channels
containing a signal, ?n = (b; k). The second one corresponds to lnq -ball of
radius R1;n with the lnp -ball of radius R2;n removed, ?n = (R1;n; R2;n; p; q) 2
R4+. It was shown in [3, 5] that often there are essential dependences of
the structure of asymptotically minimax tests and of the asymptotics of the
minimax second kind errors on parameters ?n. These imply the problem:
to construct adaptive tests having good minimax property for large enough
regions ?n of parameters ?n.
This problem is studied here. We describe the sets ?n such that adaptation
is possible without loss of eOEciency. For other sets we present wide
enough class of asymptotically exact bounds of adaptive eOEciency and construct
asymptotically minimax test procedures.
Keywords: minimax hypotheses testing, adaptive hypotheses testing, asymptotics
of error probabilities.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Ingster, Yu. I. (1993). Asymptotically minimax hypothesis testing for nonparametric
alternatives. I, II, III. Mathematical Methods of Statistics, v. 2,
85>=114, 171 >= 189, 249 >= 268.
- [2] Ingster, Yu.I. (1996). Minimax hypotheses testing for non-degenerate loss
functions and extreme convex problems. Zapiski Nauchn. Seminar. POMI., v.
228, 162 >= 188. (In Russian)
- [3] Ingster, Yu. I. (1997). Some problems of hypothesis testing leading to inonitely
divisible distributions. Mathematical Methods of Statistics, v.6 , No 1, 47 >=
69.
- [4] Ingster, Yu. I. (1997) Adaptive chi-square tests. Zapiski Nauchn. Seminar.
POMI, , Probability and Statistics. 2., v.244 (1997), pp. 150 >= 166.
- [5] Ingster, Yu. I. (1998) Minimax detection of a signal for ln-balls. Mathematical
Methods of Statistics, v.7, No 4, 401 >= 428.
- [6] Ingster, Yu. I. (1998) Adaptation in Minimax Non-parametric Hypothesis
Testing. Weierstrass Institute for Applied Analilysis and Stochastics. Preprint
No. 419. Berlin.
- [7] Iooee, A.D. and Tikhomirov, V.M. (1974) The Theory of Extreme Problems.
Nauka, Moscow (In Russian)
- [8] Spokoiny, V.G. (1996). Adaptive and spatially adaptive testing of nonparametric
hypothesis. Ann. Stat., No. 6, 2477 >= 2498
- [9] Spokoiny, V.G. (1998). Adaptive and spatially adaptive testing of nonparametric
hypothesis. Mathematical Methods of Statistics, v.7, No 3, 245 >= 273.
- [10] Suslina, I.A. (1996). Extreme problems arising in minimax detection of a
signal for lq-ellipsoids with a removed lp-ball. Zapisky Nauchn. Seminar. POMI,
v. 228, pp. 312 >= 332. (In Russian)
File: file242.html
Keywords: traffic simulation, combinatorial optimization, scheduling
MSC:
References:
- [BBH90] P. Brucker, R.E. Burkard, and J. Hurink. Cyclic schedules for r
irregularity occurring events. J. Comput. Appl. Mat., 30(2):173{
189, 1990.
- [Bur86] R.E. Burkard. Optimal schedules for periodically recurring
events. Discrete Appl. Math., 15:167{180, 1986.
- [DFV92] W. Domschke, P. Forst, and S. Voss. Tabu search techniques for
the quadratic semi-assignment problem. In G. Fandel, T. Gullegde,
and A. Jones, editors, New Directions for Operations Research
in Manufacturing, pages 389{405. Springer, 1992.
- [Dom89] W. Domschke. Schedule synchronization for public transit networks.
OR Spektrum, 11:17{24, 1989.
- [GJ79] M. R. Garey and D. S. Johnson. Computers and Intractability: A
Guide to the Theory of NP-Completeness. Freeman, New York,
1979.
- [Gul80] F. Guldan. Maximization of distances of regular polygons on a
circle. Apl. Mat., 25:182{195, 1980.
- [JV95] J.R. Daduna and S. Voss. Practical experiences in schedule synchronization.
In J.R. Daduna, I. Branco, and J.M. Pinto Paix~ao,
editors, Computer-Aided Transit Scheduling, volume 430 of Lecture
Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems, pages 39{
55. Springer, 1995.
- [LS96] A. L?obel and U. Strubbe. Wagenumlaufoptimierung - Methodischer
Ansatz und praktische Anwendung. In H. Keller, editor,
Heureka `96: Optimierung in Verkehr und Transport, pages 341{
355, K?oln, M?arz 1996. Forschungsgesellschaft f?ur Strassen und
Verkehrswesen.
- [Voss92] S. Voss. Network design formulations in schedule synchronization.
In M. Desrochers and J.M. Rousseau, editors, Computer-Aided
Transit Scheduling, volume 386 of Lecture Notes in Economics
and Mathematical Systems, pages 137{152. Springer, 1992.
- [ZBKW97] U.T. Zimmermann, M.R. Bussieck, M. Krista, and K.-D. Wiegand.
Linienoptimierung { Modellierung und praktischer Einsatz.
(Line optimization { modelling and practical service). In
Karl-Heinz Hoffmann, editor, Mathematik: Schl?usseltechnologie
f?ur die Zukunft. Verbundprojekte zwischen Universit?at und Industrie,
pages 595{607. Springer, 1997.
File: file243.html
Abstract:This paper is devoted to the study of nonlinear geometric optics in Colombeau
algebras of generalized functions in the case of Cauchy problems for semilinear hyperbolic
systems in one space variable. Extending classical results, we establish a generalized variant
of nonlinear geometric optics. As an application, a nonlinear superposition principle
is obtained when distributional initial data are perturbed by rapid oscillations.
Keywords: Semilinear hyperbolic systems, Cauchy problems, nonlinear geometric optics,
generalized solutions, delta waves.
MSC:
References:
- 1. Biagioni, H.A.: A Nonlinear Theory of Generalized Functions. Lecture Notes in
Math., Vol. 1401, Springer-Verlag, New York 1990.
- 2. Biagioni, H.A. & Colombeau, J.F.: New generalized functions and C1 functions
with values in generalized complex numbers. J. London Math. Soc., 33(2),
1986, 169-179.
- 3. Colombeau, J.F.: New Generalized Functions and Multiplication of Distributions.
North-Holland Math. Studies, Vol. 84, 1985.
- 4. Colombeau, J.F.: Elementary Introduction to New Generalized Functions. NorthHolland
Math. Studies, Vol. 113, 1985.
- 5. Colombeau, J.F.: Multiplication of Distributions. Lecture Notes in Math., Vol.
1532, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg 1992.
- 6. DiPerna, R. & Majda, A.: The validity of nonlinear geometric optics for weak
solutions of conservation laws. Commun. Math. Phys., 98, 1985, 313-347.
- 7. Joly, J.L., M?etivier, G. & Rauch, J.: Resonant one dimensional nonlinear
geometric optics. J. Funct. Anal., 114(1), 1993, 106-231.
- 8. Katznelson, Y.: Introduction to Harmonic Analysis. Dover, New York 1976.
- 9. Majda, A. & Rosales, R.: Resonantly interacting weakly nonlinear hyperbolic
waves, I: A single space variable. Stud. Appl. Math., 71, 1984, 149-179.
- 10. Mikusi?nski, J. & Boehme, T.K.: Operational Calculus, Vol II. Polish Scientific
Pub., Warszawa 1987.
- 11. Nedeljkov, M., Pilipovi?c, S. & Scarpal?ezos, D.: The linear theory of
Colombeau generalized functions. Pitman Res. Notes in Math., Vol. 385, Longman,
Harlow 1998.
- 12. Oberguggenberger, M.: Multiplication of Distributions and Applications to
Partial Differential Equations. Pitman Res. Notes in Math., Vol. 259, Longman,
Harlow 1992.
- 13. Oberguggenberger, M.: Generalized solutions to semilinear hyperbolic systems.
Monatsh. Math., 103, 1987, 133-144.
- 14. Oberguggenberger, M.: Weak limits of solutions to semilinear hyperbolic systems.
Math. Ann., 274, 1986, 599-607.
- 15. Oberguggenberger, M. & Wang, Y. G.: Delta waves for semilinear hyperbolic
Cauchy problems. Math. Nachr., 166, 1994, 317-327.
- 16. Rauch, J. & Reed, M.C.: Nonlinear superposition and absorption of delta waves
in one space dimension. J. Funct. Anal., 73, 1987, 152-178.
- 17. Rosinger, E.E.: Generalized Solutions of Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations.
North-Holland Math. Studies, Vol. 144, 1987.
- 18. Rosinger, E.E.: Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations, An Algebraic View of
Generalized Solutions. North-Holland Math. Studies, Vol. 164, 1990.
- 19. Schochet, S.: Resonant nonlinear geometric optics for weak solutions of conservation
laws. J. Diff. Eqs., 113, 1994, 473-504.
- 20. Schwartz, L.: Th?eorie des Distributions. Hermann, Paris 1966.
- 21. Wang, Y.G.: Nonlinear geometric optics for shock waves, I: scalar case; II: system
case. Z. Anal. Anwendungen, 16, 1997, No. 3, 607-619; No. 4, 857-918.
- 22. Wang, Y.G.: Nonlinear geometric optics for two shock waves. Comm. Part. Diff.
Eqs., 23, 1998, No. 9-10, 1621-1692.
- 23. Williams, M.: Highly oscillatory multidimensional shocks. Comm. Pure Appl.
Math., 52, 1999, 129-192.
File: file244.html
Abstract:This paper modioes the coupled mode model for semiconductor lasers, taking
into account the gain dispersion of the optical waveguide. Fitting the true gain
curve by a Lorentzian, we obtain a correction for the dielectric function of the waveguide.
A review of the derivation of the coupled mode model from the Maxwell
Equations, including the corrected dielectric function, leads to an extended set of
model equations. This extended model consists of the modioed coupled mode equations
and additional polarization equations and reAEects spectral selectivity due to
the geometry (waveguide dispersion) as well as the material properties (material
dispersion). Although it is mathematically more complex, it does not increase the
computational eoeort for the dynamical simulation essentially and, thus, it should
replace the original model at least for numerical calculations.
Keywords: Semiconductor laser modelling, gain dispersion of semiconductors, DFB
Lasers.
References:
- [Agrawal80] G. P. Agrawal, N. K. Dutta: Long wavelength semiconductor Lasers. van
Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1980, chap. 7
- [Bandelow94] U. Bandelow: Theorie longitudinaler Eoeekte in 1.55 ?m MehrsektionsDFB-Laserdioden.
PhD thesis, Humboldt-Universit?t zu Berlin 1994
- [Chow,Koch, Sargent94] W. Chow, S. W. Koch, M. Sargent III: Semiconductor Laser
Physics. Springer Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 1994
- [ESA 13, 89] C. J. Armistead, A. J. Collar, R. W. Glew,m A. R. Goodwin, A. Hadjiftou,
G. H. B. Thompson, J. E. A. Whiteaway and P. Roussel: High-power coherent
semiconductor lasers ? state of the art. ESA J., vol. 13 part 1, pp. 271-302,
1989
- [Gardiner91] C. W. Gardiner: Quantum Noise. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1991
- [Hardy84] A. Hardy: Exact Derivation of the Coupling CoeOEcient in Corrugated
Waveguides with Rectangular Tooth Shape. IEEE Journal of Quantum Electronics
QE-20, No. 10, Oct. 1984, pp. 1132
- [Landau, Lifshitz 63] L. Landau, E. Lifshitz: Lehrbuch der Theoretischen Physik.
Akademie-Verlag Berlin, 1963 Vol. 8, chap. 9
- [Marcenac 93] D. Marcenac: Fundamentals of laser modelling. PhD thesis, St. Catharines
College, University of Cambridge, 1993
- [Ning, Indik, Moloney 97] C. Z. Ning, R. A. Indik, J. V. Moloney: Eoeective Bloch Equations
for Semiconductor Lasers and Amplioers. IEEE Journal of Quantum
Electronics, Vol. 33, No. 9, September 1997
- [Snyder, Love 91] A. W. Snyder and J. D. Love: Theory of optical waveguides. Chapman
& Hall, London, New York 1991
File: file245.html
Abstract:In this paper we study 2-dimensional Ising spin glasses on a grid with nearest
neighbor and periodic boundary interactions, based on a Gaussian bond distribution,
and an exterior magnetic field. We show how using a technique called branch
and cut, the exact ground states of grids of sizes up to 100 ? 100 can be determined
in a moderate amount of computation time, and we report on extensive
computational tests. With our method we produce results based on more than
20 000 experiments on the properties of spin glasses whose errors depend only on
the assumptions on the model and not on the computational process. This feature
is a clear advantage of the method over other more popular ways to compute the
ground state, like Monte Carlo simulation including simulated annealing, evolutionary,
and genetic algorithms, that provide only approximate ground states with
a degree of accuracy that cannot be determined a priori. Our ground state energy
estimation at zero field is ?1:317.
References:
- [1] J.C. Angles d'Auriac and R. Maynard, On the random antiphase state of the
?J spin glass model in two dimensions, Solid State Commun., 49, 785 (1984)
- [2] F. Barahona, Balancing signed toroidal graphs in polynomial time, unpublished
manuscript (1981)
- [3] F. Barahona, On the computational complexity of Ising spin glass models,
J. Phys. A: Math. Gen., 15, 3241 (1982)
- [4] F. Barahona, Ground-state magnetization of Ising spin glasses, Physical Review
B, 49, 12864 (1994)
- [5] F. Barahona, M. Gr?otschel, M. J?unger, and G. Reinelt, An application os
combinatorial optimization to statistical physics and circuit layout design,
Oper. Res., 36, 493 (1988)
- [6] F. Barahona and A.R. Mahjoub, On the cut polytope, Math. Progr., 36, 157
(1986)
- [7] J. Bendisch, Physica A, 202, 48 (1994)
- [8] I. Bieche, R. Maynard, R. Rammal, and J.P. Uhry, On the ground states of
the frustration model of a spin glass by a matching method of graph theory,
J. Phys. A. Math. Gen., 13, 2553 (1980)
- [9] K. Binder and A.P. Young, Spin glasses: experimental facts, theoretical concepts,
and open questions, Rev. Mod. Phys., 58, 801 (1986)
- [10] CPLEX, Using the CPLEX callable library and the CPLEX mixed integer
library, CPLEX Optimization Inc. (1993)
- [11] M. Gr?otschel, M. J?unger, and G. Reinelt, Calculating Exact Ground States
of Spin Glasses: A Polyhedral Approach, in Proceedings of the Heidelberg Colloquium
on Glassy Dynamics, edited by J.L. van Hemmen and I. Morgenstern
(Springer-Verlag, New York, 1987), 325
- [12] U. Gropengiesser, J. Stat. Phys., in press (1995)
- [13] F. Hadlock, Finding a maximum cut of a planar graph in polynomial time,
SIAM Journal on Computing, 4, 221 (1975)
- [14] N. Jan and T.S. Ray, J. Stat. Phys., 75, 1197 (1994)
- [15] N. Kawashima and M. Suzuki, J. Phys. A, 25, 1055 (1992)
- [16] M. Laurent, Preprint, (1992)
- [17] S. Liang, Application of cluster algorithms to spin glasses, Phys. Rev. Lett.,
69, 2145 (1992)
- [18] I. Morgenstern and K. Binder, Numerical simulation of spin glasses,
Phys. Rev. B, 22, 288 (1980)
- [19] G.I. Orlova and Y.G. Dorfman, Finding the maximal cut in a graph, Engrg.
Cybernetics, 10, 502 (1972)
- [20] E.S. Rodrigues and P.M.C. de Oliveira, J. Stat. Phys, 74, 1265 (1994)
- [21] L. Saul and M. Kardar, The 2D ?J Ising spin glass: exact partition function
in polynomial time, Preprint, MIT, (1994)
- [22] D. Stauffer, J. Stat. Phys., 74, 1293 (1994)
- [23] P. Sutton, D.L. Hunter, and N. Jan, The ground state energy of the ?J spin
glass from the genetic algorithm, J. Physique I, 4, 1281 (1994)
File: file247.html
Abstract:We consider disordered lattice spin models with finite volume Gibbs measures
??[?](doe). Here oe denotes a lattice spin-variable and ? a lattice random variable with product
distribution IP describing the disorder of the model. We ask: When will the joint measures
lim?"ZZd IP (d?)??[?](doe) be [non-] Gibbsian measures on the product of spin-space and disorderspace?
We obtain general criteria for both Gibbsianness and non-Gibbsianness providing an
interesting link between phase transitions at a fixed random configuration and Gibbsianness in
product space: Loosely speaking, a phase transition can lead to non-Gibbsianness, (only) if it
can be observed on the spin-observable conjugate to the independent disorder variables.
Keywords: Disordered Systems, Gibbs-measures, non-Gibbsianness, Random Field Model,
Random Bond Model, Spinglass
References:
- [AW] M.Aizenman, J.Wehr, Rounding Effects of Quenched Randomness on First-Order Phase Transitions, Comm.
Math.Phys 130, 489-528 (1990)
- [BK] J.Bricmont, A.Kupiainen, Phase transition in the 3d random field Ising model, Comm. Math.Phys. 142,
539-572 (1988)
- [BKL] J.Bricmont, A.Kupiainen, R. Lefevere, Renormalization Group Pathologies and the Definition of Gibbs
States, Comm. Math.Phys. 194 2, 359-388 (1998)
- [BoK1] A.Bovier, C.K?ulske, A rigorous renormalization group method for interfaces in random media, Rev.Math.Phys.6, no.3, 413-496 (1994)
- [BoK2] A.Bovier, C.K?ulske, There are no nice interfaces in 2 + 1 dimensional SOS-models in random media,
J.Stat.Phys. 83, 751-759 (1996)
- [Do1] R.L.Dobrushin, Gibbs states describing a coexistence of phases for the three-dimensional Ising model,
Th.Prob. and its Appl. 17, 582-600 (1972)
- [Do2] R.L.Dobrushin, Lecture given at the workshop `Probability and Physics', Renkum, August 1995
- [DS] R.L.Dobrushin, S.B.Shlosman, "Non-Gibbsian" states and their Gibbs description, Comm.Math.Phys. 200,
no.1, 125{179 (1999)
- [E] A.C.D.van Enter, The Renormalization-Group peculiarities of Griffiths and Pearce: What have we learned?
(53K, latex) Oct 30, available as preprint 98-692 at http://www.ma.utexas.edu/mp arc
- [ES] A.C.D.van Enter, S.B.Shlosman, (Almost) Gibbsian description of the sign fields of SOS fields. J.Stat.Phys.
92, no. 3-4, 353{368 (1998)
- [EFS] A.C.D.van Enter, R. Fern?andez, A.Sokal, Regularity properties and pathologies of position-space renormalization-group transformations: Scope and limitations of Gibbsian theory. J.Stat.Phys. 72, 879-1167 (1993)
- [EMMS] A.C.D.van Enter, C.Maes, R.H.Schonman, S.Shlosman, The Griffiths Singularity Random Field, available
as preprint 98-764 at http://www.ma.utexas.edu/mp arc (1998)
- [F] R. Fernandez, Measures for lattice systems, Physica A 263 (Invited papers from Statphys 20, Paris (1998)),
117-130 (1999), also available as preprint 98-567 at http://www.ma.utexas.edu/mp arc
- [Geo] H.O. Georgii, Gibbs measures and phase transitions, Studies in mathematics, vol. 9 (de Gruyter, Berlin,
New York, 1988)
- [K1] C.K?ulske, Ph.D. Thesis, Ruhr-Universit?at Bochum (1993)
- [K2] C.K?ulske, Metastates in Disordered Mean-Field Models: Random Field and Hopfield Models, J.Stat.Phys.
88 5/6, 1257-1293 (1997)
- [K3] C.K?ulske, Limiting behavior of random Gibbs measures: metastates in some disordered mean field models,
in: Mathematical aspects of spin glasses and neural networks, Progr. Probab. 41, 151-160, eds. A.Bovier,
P.Picco, Birkh?auser Boston, Boston (1998)
- [K4] C.K?ulske, Metastates in Disordered Mean-Field Models II: The Superstates, J.Stat.Phys. 91 1/2, 155-176
(1998)
- [K5] C.K?ulske, A random energy model for size dependence: recurrence vs. transience, Prob.Theor. Rel.Fields
111, 57-100 (1998)
- [K6] C.K?ulske, The continuous spin random field model: Ferromagnetic ordering in d >= 3, to be published in
Rev.Math.Phys, available at http://www.ma.utexas.edu/mp arc/, preprint 98-175 (1998)
- [K7] C.K?ulske, Stability for a continuous SOS-interface model in a randomly perturbed periodic potential, available
at http://www.ma.utexas.edu/mp arc/, preprint 98-768 (1998)
- [MRM] C.Maes, F.Redig, A.Van Moffaert, Almost Gibbsian versus Weakly Gibbsian measures, Stoch.Proc.Appl.
79 no. 1, 1{15 (1999), also available at http://www.ma.utexas.edu/mp arc/, preprint 98-193
- [N] C.M.Newman, Topics in disordered systems, Lectures in Mathematics ETH Zrich. Birkh?auser Verlag, Basel,
(1997)
- [NS1] C.M.Newman, D.L.Stein, Spatial Inhomogeneity and thermodynamic chaos, Phys.Rev.Lett. 76, No 25,
4821 (1996)
- [NS2] C.M.Newman, D.L.Stein, Metastate approach to thermodynamic chaos., Phys. Rev. E 3 55, no. 5, part A,
5194-5211 (1997)
- [NS3] C.M.Newman, D.L.Stein, Simplicity of state and overlap structure in finite-volume realistic spin glasses,
Phys.Rev.E 3 57, no. 2, part A, 1356-1366 (1998)
- [NS4] C.M.Newman, D.L.Stein, Thermodynamic chaos and the structure of short-range spin glasses, in: Mathematical
aspects of spin glasses and neural networks, 243-287, Progr. Probab., 41, Bovier, Picco (Eds.),
Birkhuser Boston, Boston, MA (1998)
- [Se] T. Sepp?al?ainen, Entropy, limit theorems, and variational principles for disordered lattice systems, Commun.Math.Phys
171,233-277 (1995)
- [S] R.H.Schonmann, Projections of Gibbs measures may be non-Gibbsian, Comm.Math.Phys. 124 1-7 (1989)
File: file248.html
Abstract:We are interested in algorithms for constructing surfaces ? of possibly
small measure that separate a given domain ? into two regions of equal measure.
Using the integral formula for the total gradient variation, we show that such separators
can be constructed approximatively by means of sign changing eigenfunctions of
the p-Laplacians, p ! 1, under homogeneous Neumann boundary conditions. These
eigenfunctions are proven to be limits of a steepest descent methods applied to suitable
norm quotients. Finally we use these ideas for the construction of separators
on simplex grids.
Keywords: p-Laplacian, eigenfunctions, separators.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Alt, H. W., S. Luckhaus, Quasilinear Elliptic-Parabolic Dioeerential Equations,
Math. Z. 183, 311-341 (1983)
- [2] Cianchi, A., On relative isoperimetric inequalities in the plane, Bollettino
U.M.I. (7) 3 - 13 (1989)
- [3] Di Benedetto, E., Degenerate parabolic equations, Springer-Verlag (1993)
- [4] Dr?bek, P., A. Kufner, F. Nicolosi, Quasilinear elliptic equations with degenerations
and singularities, Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, New York (1997)
- [5] Federer, H., W.H. Flemming, Normal and integral currents, Ann. of. Math 72
(1960), 458 -520.
- [6] Flemming, W.H., R. Rishel, An integral formula for total gradient variation,
Arch. Math. XI (1960), 218 - 222
- [7] Gajewski, H., K. G?rtner, On the discretization of van Roosbroeck's equations
with magnetic oeld, ZAMM 76, 247 >= 264 (1996)
- [8] Gajewski, H., K. Grfiger, K. Zacharias, Nichtlineare Operatorgleichungen ond
Operatordioeerentialgleichungen, Akademie-Verlag , Berlin, (1974)
- [9] Gilbarg, D., N.S. Trudinger, Elliptic partial dioeerential equations of second
order, Springer-Verlag (1983)
- [10] Giusti, E., Minimal surfaces and functions of bounded variation, Birkh?userVerlag
(1984)
- [11] Pothen, A., H.D. Simon, K. Liou, Partitioning sparse matrices with eigenvectors
of graphs, SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis & Applications 11, 430>=452 (1990)
- [12] Schenk, O., K. G?rtner, W. Fichtner, EOEcient Sparse LU Factorization with
Left-Right Looking Strategy on Shared Memory Multiprocessors, BIT 40:1, to
appear
- [13] Zeidler, E., Nonlinear functional Analysis and its applications II/B, SpringerVerlag
(1983)
File: file25.html
Abstract:The electrical properties of the circuits are described in terms of
their scattering matrix using Maxwellian equations. Using a finitevolume
scheme a three-dimensional boundary value problem for the
Maxwellian equations in the frequency domain can be solved. This
results in a two-step procedure: a time and memory consuming eigenvalue
problem for nonsymmetric matrices and the solution of a largescale
system of linear equations with indefinite symmetric matrices.
Improved numerical solutions for these two linear algebraic problems,
the computation of the scattering matrix and of the used orthogonality
relation are treated in this paper. The numerical effort could be
reduced considerably.
MSC:
- 35Q60
- 35L20
- 65N22
- 65F10
- 65F15
References:
- [1] Barret, R., Berry, M., Chan, T., Demmel, J., Donato, J., Dongarra, J.,
Eijkhout, V., Pozo, R., Romine, C., van der Vorst, H., Templates for the
solution of linear systems: Building blocks for iterative methods, SIAM,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1993.
- [2] Beilenhoff, K., Heinrich, W., Hartnagel, H. L., Improved FiniteDifference
Formulation in Frequency Domain for Three-DimensionalScattering Problems, IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and
Techniques, Vol. 40, No. 3, March 1992.
- [3] Burmeister, W., Programmpaket f?ur lineare Gleichungssysteme mit
schwach besetzten Matrizen, Moduln f?ur lineare Gleichungssysteme, in
Numerische Verfahren in Aktion 1, Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, S. 125-154,
1980.
- [4] Christ, A., Hartnagel, H. L., Three-Dimensional Finite-Difference
Method for the Analysis of Microwave-Device Embedding, IEEE Transactions
on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Vol. MTT-35, No. 8, pp.
688-696, June 1987.
- [5] Christ, A., Streumatrixberechnung mit dreidimensionalen FiniteDifferenzen
f?ur Mikrowellen-Chip-Verbindungen und deren CAD-
Modelle, Fortschrittberichte VDI, Reihe 21: Elektrotechnik, Nr. 31, S.
1-154, 1988.
- [6] Collin, R. E., Field Theory of Guided Waves, McGraw-Hill Book Company
New York, Toronto, London, 1960.
- [7] Deuflhard, P., A Study of Lanczos-Type Iterations for Symmetric Indefinite
Linear Systems, preprint SC 93-6, Konrad-Zuse-Zentrum f?ur
Informationstechnik Berlin, March 1993.
- [8] Freund, R.W., Nachtigal, N.M., A new Krylov-subspace method for symmetric
indefinite linear systems, AT&T Numerical Analysis Manuscript,
Bell Labs, Murry Hill, NJ, 1994.
- [9] Hebermehl, G., Binder, B., Brysch, R., Burmeister, W., Creutziger, J.,
Ehlert, J., Fiedler, O., Funke, R., Grohmann, U. R., H?ubner, F. K.,
Jahnke, R., Kehl, U., Keusch, C., Kleemann, B., Knauf, L., Luber,
H., Marx, M., Pohl, W., Reinhardt, G., Sandmann, H., Schalm, G.,
Schlundt, R., NUMATH - Software for Numerical Mathematics, KarlWeierstrass-Institut
f?ur Mathematik, Report R-MATH-05/89, Berlin
1989.
- [10] Hebermehl, G., Schlundt, R., Zscheile, H., Heinrich, W., Simulation of
Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits, Preprint No. 235, WeierstrassInstitut
f?ur Angewandte Analysis und Stochastik im Forschungsverbund
Berlin e.V., 1996.
- [11] R.B. Lehoucq, R. B., Analysis and Implementation of an Implicitly
Restarted Arnoldi Iteration, Rice University, Technical Report TR95-
13, Department of Computational and Applied Mathematics, 1995.
- [12] Markowitz, H. M., An Algorithm for Least-squares Estimation on Nonlinear
Parameters, SIAM J. Appl. Math., 11, pp. 431-441, 1957.
- [13] Nour-Omid, B., Parlett, B. N., Ericson, T., Jensen, P. S., How to Implement
the Spectral Transformation, Math. Comp., 48, pp. 663-673, 1987.
- [14] Paige, C.C., Saunders, M.A., Solution of Sparse Indefinite Systems of
Linear Equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 12, 4, pp. 617-629, September
1975.
- [15] Parlett, B. N., Saad, Y., Complex Shift and Invert Strategies for Real
Matrices, Linear Algebra and its Applications, vol 88/89, pp. 575-595,
1987.
- [16] Rheinboldt, W., Mesztenyi, C. K., Programs for the Solution of Large
Sparse Matrix Problems Based on the Arcgraph Structure, Univ. of Maryland,
Computer Sc. Center, TR-262, 1973.
- [17] Sorensen, D. C., Implicit Application of Polynomial Filters in a k-Step
Arnoldi Method, SIAM J. Matr. Anal. Apps., 13, pp. 357-385, 1992.
- [18] Sorensen, D. C., Lehoucq, R. B., Vu, Ph., ARPACK, Version-Number
2.2, 1995.
- [19] Weiland, T., Three Dimensional Resonator Mode Computation by Finite
Difference Method, IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, Vol. MAG-21, No.
6, pp. 2340-2343, November 1985.
- [20] Weiland, T., On the Unique Numerical Solution of Maxwell Eigenvalue
Problems in Three Dimensions, Particle Accelerators, Vol. 17, pp. 227-
242, 1985.
File: file252.html
Abstract:We prove that the problem to get an inclusion minimal elimination
ordering can be solved in linear time for planar graphs. The basic structure
of the linear time algorithm is as follows. We select a vertex r as
maximum and get a first approximation of a minimal elimination ordering
considering a vertex x as smaller than y if x has a larger distance than
y from r. Using planarity, one can determine the fill-in edges joining two
vertices of the same distance from r almost immediately. The algorithm
determines an O(n)-representation of these fill-in edges. To determine the
final fill-in ordering, we use similar techniques as in the general parallel
minimal elimination algorithm of [5].
References:
- [1] A. Agrawal, P. Klein, R. Ravi, Cutting Down on Fill-in Using Nested Dissection,
in Sparse Matrix Computations: Graph Theory Issues and Algorithms,
A. George, J. Gilbert, J.W.-H. Liu ed., IMA Volumes in Mathematics
and its Applications, Vol. 56, Springer Verlag, 1993, pp. 31-55.
- [2] J. Blair, P. Heggernes, J.A. Telle, Making an Arbitrary Filled Graph Minimal
by Removing Fill Edges, Algorithm Theory-SWAT '96, R. Karlsson,
A. Lingas ed., LLNCS 1097, pp. 173-184.
- [3] P. Bunemann, A Characterization of Rigid Circuit Graphs, Discrete Mathematics
9 (1974), pp. 205-212.
- [4] E. Dahlhaus, Minimal Elimination Ordering inside a Given Chordal Graph,
WG 97 (R. M?ohring ed.), LLNCS 1335, pp. 132-143.
- [5] Elias Dahlhaus, Marek Karpinski, An Efficient Parallel Algorithm for the
Minimal Elimination Ordering (MEO) of an Arbitrary Graph, Theoretical
Computer Science 134 (1994), pp. 493-528.
- [6] M. Eiermann, O. Ernst, W. Queck, Finite Element Tutorial, TU-
Bergakademie Freiberg.
- [7] M. Farber, Characterizations of Strongly Chordal Graphs, Discrete Mathematics
43 (1983), pp. 173-189.
- [8] F. Gavril, The Intersection Graphs of Subtrees in Trees Are Exactly the
Chordal Graphs, Journal of Combinatorial Theory Series B, vol. 16(1974),
pp. 47-56.
- [9] J. Gilbert, R. Tarjan, The Analysis of a Nested Dissection Algorithm, Numerische
Mathematik 50 (1987), pp. 427-449.
- [10] R. Lipton, R. Tarjan, A Separator Theorem for Planar Graphs, SIAM Journal
on Applied Mathematics 36 (1979)< pp. 177-189.
- [11] Parra, A., Scheffler, P., How to use minimal separators for its chordal trian-gulation, Proceedings of the 20th International Symposium on Automata,
Languages and Programming (ICALP'95), Springer-Verlag Lecture Notes
in Computer Science 944, (1995), pp. 123{134.
- [12] D. Rose, Triangulated Graphs and the Elimination Process, Journal of
Mathematical Analysis and Applications 32 (1970), pp. 597-609.
- [13] D. Rose, R. Tarjan, G. Lueker, Algorithmic Aspects on Vertex Elimination
on Graphs, SIAM Journal on Computing 5 (1976), pp. 266-283.
- [14] R. Tarjan, M. Yannakakis, Simple Linear Time Algorithms to Test Chordality
of Graphs, Test Acyclicity of Hypergraphs, and Selectively Reduce
Acyclic Hypergraphs, SIAM Journal on Computing 13 (1984), pp. 566-
579.Addendum: SIAM Journal on Computing 14 (1985), pp. 254-255.
- [15] M. Yannakakis, Computing the Minimum Fill-in is NP-complete, SIAM
Journal on Algebraic and Discrete Methods 2 (1981), pp. 77-79.
File: file253.html
Abstract:This paper is concerned with the one-dimensional stationary linear
Wigner equation, a kinetic formulation of quantum mechanics. Specifically,
we analyze the well-posedness of the boundary value problem on a
slab of the phase-space with given inflow data for a discrete-velocity model.
References:
- [1] L. Arkeryd, A. Nouri, L1 solutions to the stationary Boltzmann equation
in a slab, preprint 1999.
- [2] A. Arnold, On Absorbing Boundary Conditions for Quantum Transport
Equations, Math. Modell. Num. Anal. 28, 7, 853{872, 1994.
- [3] A. Arnold, F. Nier, Numerical Analysis of the Deterministic Particle
Method Applied to the Wigner Equation, Math. of Comp. 58, 645{
669, 1992.
- [4] A. Arnold, C. Ringhofer, Operator splitting methods applied to spectral
discretizations of quantum transport equations, SIAM J. Num.
Anal. 32, 6, 1876{1894, 1995.
- [5] C. Bardos, Boundary value problems for first order partial differential
equations with real coefficient; Approximation theorems; Application
to the transport equation, Ann. Scient. Ec. Norm. Sup. 4eme serie 3,
185{233, 1970.
- [6] N. Ben Abdallah, A Hybrid Kinetic-Quantum Model for Stationary
Electron Transport in a Resonant Tunneling Diode, J. Stat. Phys.
90, 3-4, 627{662, 1998.
- [7] N. Ben Abdallah, P. Degond, P.A. Markowich, On a OneDimensional
Schr?odinger-Poisson Scattering Model, ZAMP 48, 1,
135{155, 1997.
- [8] G.F. Bertsch, Heavy ion dynamics at intermediate energy, in Progress
in Particle and Nuclear Physics, 4, 483{499, Pergamon Press, London,
1980.
- [9] K.E. Brenan, S.L. Campbell, L.R. Petzold, Numerical Solution of
Initial-Value Problems in Differential-Algebraic Equations, Classics
in Applied Mathematics 14, SIAM, Philadelphia, 1989.
- [10] F. Brezzi, P.A. Markowich, The Three-Dimensional Wigner-Poisson
Problem: Existence, Uniqueness and Approximation, Math. Meth.
Appl. Sc. 14, 35{62, 1991.
- [11] P. Carruthers, F. Zachariasen, Quantum Collision Theory with Phase
Space Distributions, Revs. Modern Phys., 55, 1, 245{285, 1983.
- [12] K.M. Case, P.F. Zweifel, Linear Transport Theory, Addeson-Wesley,
Reading, MA, 1967.
- [13] M. Cessenat, Th?eor?emes de trace pour des espaces de fonctions de la
neutronique, C. R. Acad. Sc. Paris, 300, s?erie I, no 3, 89{92, 1985.
- [14] I. Daubechies, Representations of Quantum Mechanical Operators by
Kernels on Hilbert Spaces of Analytic Functions, Ph.D. Thesis, Free
University of Brussels, 1980.
- [15] M. di Toro, U. Lombardo, G. Russo, Small Oscillations in a Nuclear
Vlasov Fluid, Il Nuovo Cimento, 87A, 174{189, 1985.
- [16] W.R. Frensley, Boundary conditions for open quantum systems
driven far from equilibrium, Rev. Modern Phys. 62, 3, 745{791, 1990.
- [17] W. Greenberg, C. van der Mee, V. Protopopescu, Boundary Value
Problems in Abstract Kinetic Theory, Birkh?auser, Basel-BostonStuttgart,
1997.
- [18] C. Greengard, P.A. Raviart, A boundary-value problem for the stationary
Vlasov-Poisson equations: The plane diode, Comm. Pure
Appl. Math. 43, 4, 473{507, 1990.
- [19] E. Griepentrog, R. M?arz, Differential-Algebraic Equations and Their
Numerical Treatment, Teubner Verlag, Leipzig, 1986.
- [20] K. Imre, E. ?Ozizmir, M. Rosenbaum, P.F. Zweifel, Wigner Method in
Quantum Statistical Mechanics, J. Math. Phys. 8, 1097{1108, 1967.
- [21] Y. Katznelson, An introduction to harmonic analysis, Dover, New
York, 1976.
- [22] N. Kluksdahl, A.M. Kriman, D.K. Ferry, C. Ringhofer, SelfConsistent
Study of the Resonant Tunneling Diode, Phys. Rev. B.
39, 7720{7735, 1989.
- [23] I. Ku<=s<=cer, H.F.P. Knaap, J.M. Beenakker, Correspondence between
classical and quantummechanical Boltzmann equations, Physica
108A, 265{278, 1981.D.M. Kaplan, G.C. Summerfield, Quasiclassical methods in spin dynamics,
Phys. Rev. 187, 639{642, 1969.D.M. Kaplan, A mapping of spin matrices on polynomials, Trans.
Theo. Stat. Phys. 1, 81{100, 1971.
- [24] H. Lange, B. Toomire, P. Zweifel, Inflow conditions in quantum
transport theory, to appear in VLSI Design, Special Issue on Quantum
Kinetic Theory, edited by C. L. Gardner, 1999.
- [25] P.A. Markowich, On the Equivalence of the Schr?odinger Equation
and the Quantum Liouville Equation, Math. Meth. Appl. Sc. 11,
459{469, 1989.
- [26] P.A. Markowich, P. Degond, A Quantum Transport Model for Semiconductors:
the Wigner Poisson Problem on a Bounded Brillouin
Zone, Math. Modell. Numer. Anal. 24, 697{710, 1990.
- [27] P.A. Markowich, C.Ringhofer, An Analysis of the Quantum Liouville
Equation, ZAMM 69, 121{127, 1989.
- [28] P.A. Markowich, C. Ringhofer, C. Schmeiser, Semiconductor Equations,
Springer, New York, 1990.
- [29] A. Pazy, Semigroups of Linear Operators and Applications to Partial
Differential Equations, Springer, 2nd edition, 1992.
- [30] C. Ringhofer, A spectral method for the numerical simulation of
quantum tunneling phenomena, SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 27, 32{50,
1990.
- [31] C. Ringhofer, D. Ferry, N. Kluksdahl, Absorbing Boundary Conditions
for the Simulation of Quantum Transport Phenomena, Trans.
Theo. Stat. Phys., 18, 331-346,1989.
- [32] M.C. Teich, B.F.A. Saleh, Squeezed and antibunched light, Physics
Today 43, 6, 26{34, 1990.
- [33] E. Wigner, On the quantum correction for thermodynamic equilibrium,
Phys. Rev. 40, 749{759, 1932.
- [34] P.F. Zweifel, The Wigner Transform and the Wigner-Poisson System,
Trans. Theo. Stat. Phys. 22, 459{484, 1993.
- [35] P.F. Zweifel, B. Toomire, Boundary Conditions in Quantum Transport
Theory, Trans. Theo. Stat. Phys. 26, 629{636, 1997.
- [36] P.F. Zweifel, B. Toomire, Quantum Transport Theory, Trans. Theo.
Stat. Phys. 27, 347{359, 1998.
File: file255.html
Abstract:We show that Bourgain's estimate LK <= cn 14 log n for the isotropic con-
stant holds true for non-symmetric convex bodies as well.
References:
- [B] J. Bourgain, On the distribution of polynomials on high dimensional convex sets,
Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1469, Springer, Berlin (1991), 127-137.
- [D1] S. Dar, On the isotropic constant of non-symmetric convex bodies, Israel J. Math.
97 (1997), 151-156.
- [D2] S. Dar, Remarks on Bourgain's problem on slicing of convex bodies, in Geometric
Aspects of Functional Analysis, Operator Theory: Advances and Applications 77
(1995), 61-66.
- [F] M. Fradelizi, Hyperplane sections of convex bodies in isotropic position, Preprint.
- [FT] T. Figiel and N. Tomczak-Jaegermann, Projections onto Hilbertian subspaces of
Banach spaces, Israel J. Math. 33 (1979), 155-171.
- [L] D.R. Lewis, Ellipsoids defined by Banach ideal norms, Mathematika 26 (1979),
18-29.
- [MP] V.D. Milman and A. Pajor, Isotropic position and inertia ellipsoids and zonoids of
the unit ball of a normed n-dimensional space, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1376,
Springer, Berlin (1989), 64-104.
- [P] G. Pisier, Holomorphic semi-groups and the geometry of Banach spaces, Ann. of
Math. 115 (1982), 375-392.
- [RS] C.A. Rogers and G. Shephard, The difference body of a convex body, Arch. Math.
8 (1957), 220-233.
- [S] V.N. Sudakov, Gaussian random processes and measures of solid angles in Hilbert
spaces, Soviet Math. Dokl. 12 (1971), 412-415.
File: file257.html
Abstract:The axiomatic formulation of quantum field theory (QFT) of the
1950's in terms of fields defined as operator valued Schwartz distributions
is re-examined in the light of subsequent developments. These
include, on the physical side, the construction of a wealth of (2-
dimensional) soluble QFT models with quadratic exchange relations,
and, on the mathematical side, the introduction of the Colombeau
algebras of generalized functions. Exploiting the fact that energy positivity
gives rise to a natural regularization of Wightman distributions
as analytic functions in a tube domain, we argue that the flexible notions
of Colombeau theory which can exploit particular regularizations
is better suited (than Schwartz distributions) for a mathematical formulation
of QFT.
References:
- [1] N.N. Bogolubov, A.A. Logunov, A.I. Oksak, I.T. Todorov:
General Principles of Quantum Field Theory. Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht
1990.
- [2] N.N. Bogolubov, D.V. Shirkov: Introduction to the Theory of
Quantized Fields. Wiley-Interscience, New York 1959.
- [3] D. Buchholz, G. Mack, I.T. Todorov: The current algebra on
the circle as a germ of local field theories. Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl),
5B (1988), 20 - 56.
- [4] J. Collins: Renormalization. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge 1984.
- [5] J.F. Colombeau: New Generalized Functions and Multiplication of
Distributions. North-Holland, Amsterdam 1985.
- [6] P. Di Francesco, P. Mathieu, D. Senechal: Conformal Field
Theory. Springer, Berlin 1997.
- [7] R. Haag: Local Quantum Physics. Springer, Berlin 1992.
- [8] N. Ilieva, W. Thirring: The Thirring model 40 years later. Vienna
preprint UWThPh-1998-37.
- [9] M. Oberguggenberger: Multiplication of Distributions and Application
to Partial Differential Equations. Longman, Harlow 1992.
- [10] E.E. Rosinger: Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations: An Algebraic
View of Generalized Functions. North-Holland, Amsterdam 1990.
- [11] L. Schwartz: Sur l'impossibilit?e de la multiplication des distributions.
C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 239 (1954), 847 - 848.
- [12] L. Schwartz: Th?eorie des distributions: Nouvelle ed., Hermann, Paris
1966.
- [13] R.F. Streater, A.S. Wightman: PTC, Spin and Statistics, and All
That. 2nd ed., Benjamin/Cummings, Reading, MA 1978.
- [14] W. Thirring: A soluble relativistic field theory. Ann. Phys. 3 (1958),
91 - 112.
File: file26.html
Abstract:We study regularization methods for the integral equation of the orst kind with
analytical kernel of logarithmic type. The problem is severely ill-posed. In [1] a
logarithmic type convergence rate for the Tikhonov regularized solution was proved.
Here we are concerned with numerical aspects of the solution. First we consider the
selfregularization of the problem by using projection methods in the sense of [9].Then
we will see that the Tikhonov regularization of such methods is in accordance with
a discretized version of the Tikhonov regularized solution in [1]. Finally, we describe
numerical experiments being in a good agreement with the theoretical results.
Keywords: regularization by discretzation, selfregularization, projection methods, Tikhonov
regularization, severely ill-posed, integral equation of the orst kind, logarithmic convergence
rate.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Bruckner, G. and J. Cheng, Tikhonov regularization for an integral equation of the orst kind
with logarithmic kernel, WIAS Preprint 463(1998), submitted to J.Inv.Ill-Posed Problems.
- [2] J. Cheng, S. Prfifldorf and M. Yamamoto, Local estimation for an integral equation of orst
kind with analytic kernel, J. Inv. Ill-posed Problems 6 (1998), 115-126.
- [3] J. Cheng, D.H. Xu and M. Yamamoto, An inverse contact problem in the theory of elasticity.
To appear in Mathematical Methods in Applied Sciences.
- [4] J. Cheng and M. Yamamoto, Conditional stabilizing estimation for an integral equations of
orst kind with analytic kernel. Preprint.
- [5] P.G. Ciarlet, The onite element method for elliptic problems, North-Holland, Amsterdam
(1978).
- [6] H. Engl and V. Isakov, On the identioability of steel reinforcement bars in concrete from
magnetostatic measurements. European J. Appl. Math. 3 (1992), 255-262,
- [7] A.G. Ramm, Some inverse scattering problems of geophysics. Inverse Problems 1(1985),133-
172.
- [8] A.G. Ramm, New methods for onding discontinuities of functions from local tomographic
data. J. Inv. Ill-Posed Problems 5(1997),165>=174.
- [9] F. Natterer, Regularisierung schlecht gestellter Probleme durch Projektionsverfahren, Numer.
Math. 28(1977),329-341.
File: file260.html
Abstract:The electric properties of monolithic microwave integrated circuits
can be described in terms of their scattering matrix using Maxwellian
equations. The corresponding three-dimensional boundary value problem
of Maxwell's equations can be solved by means of a finite-volume
scheme in the frequency domain. This results in a two-step procedure:
a time and memory consuming eigenvalue problem for nonsymmetric
matrices and the solution of a large-scale system of linear equations
with indefinite symmetric matrices. Improved numerical solutions for
these two linear algebraic problems are treated.
MSC:
- 35Q60
- 35L20
- 65N22
- 65F10
- 65F15
References:
- [1] Beilenhoff, K., Heinrich, W., Hartnagel, H. L., Improved FiniteDifference
Formulation in Frequency Domain for Three-Dimensional
Scattering Problems, IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and
Techniques, Vol. 40, No. 3, 1992, pp. 540-546.
- [2] Christ, A., Hartnagel, H. L., Three-Dimensional Finite-Difference
Method for the Analysis of Microwave-Device Embedding, IEEE Transactions
on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Vol. MTT-35, No. 8, 1987,
pp. 688-696.
- [3] Christ, A., Streumatrixberechnung mit dreidimensionalen FiniteDifferenzen
f?ur Mikrowellen-Chip-Verbindungen und deren CAD-Modelle, Fortschrittberichte VDI, Reihe 21: Elektrotechnik, Nr. 31,
1988, pp. 1-154.
- [4] Hebermehl, G., Schlundt, R., Zscheile, H., Heinrich, W., Simulation
of Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits, Weierstrass-Institut f?ur
Angewandte Analysis und Stochastik im Forschungsverbund Berlin e.V.,
Preprint No. 235, 1996, pp. 1-37.
- [5] Hebermehl, G., Schlundt, R., Zscheile, H., Heinrich, W., Improved Numerical
Solutions for the Simulation of Monolithic Microwave Integrated
Circuits, Weierstrass-Institut f?ur Angewandte Analysis und Stochastik
im Forschungsverbund Berlin e.V., Preprint No. 236, 1996, pp. 1-43.
- [6] Lehoucq, R. B., Analysis and Implementation of an Implicitly Restarted
Arnoldi Iteration, Rice University, Houston, Texas, Technical Report
TR95-13, 1995, pp. 1-135.
- [7] Sorensen, D. C., Implicit Application of Polynomial Filters in a k-Step
Arnoldi Method, SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications.,
Vol. 13, No.1, 1992, pp. 357-385.
- [8] Weiland, T., Eine numerische Methode zur L?osung des Eigenwellenproblems
l?angshomogener Wellenleiter, Archiv f?ur Elektronik und ?Ubertragungstechnik,
Band 31, Heft 7/8, 1977, pp. 308-314.
- [9] Yee, K. S., Numerical Solution of Initial Boundary Value Problems Involving
Maxwell's Equations in Isotropic Media, IEEE Transactions on
Antennas and Propagation, Vol. AP-14, No. 3, 1966, pp. 302-307.
File: file266.html
Abstract:The scattering matrix describes monolithic microwave integrated circuits
that are connected to transmission lines in terms of their wave
modes. Using a onite-volume method the corresponding boundary
value problem of Maxwell's equations can be solved by means of a
two-step procedure. An eigenvalue problem for non-symmetric matrices
yields the wave modes. The eigenfunctions determine the boundary
values at the ports of the transmission lines for the calculation
of the oelds in the three dimensional structure. The electromagnetic
oelds and the scattering matrix elements are achieved by the solution
of large-scale systems of linear equations with indeonite symmetric
matrices. Improved numerical solutions for the time and memory consuming
problems are treated in this paper. The numerical eoeort could
be reduced considerably.
MSC:
- 35Q60
- 35L20
- 65N22
- 65F10
- 65F15
References:
- [1] Beilenhooe, K., Heinrich, W., Hartnagel, H. L.: Improved FiniteDioeerence
Formulation in Frequency Domain for Three-Dimensional
Scattering Problems, IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and
Techniques, Vol. 40, No. 3, 540-546 (1992)
- [2] Christ, A., Hartnagel, H. L.: Three-Dimensional Finite-Dioeerence
Method for the Analysis of Microwave-Device Embedding, IEEE Transactions
on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Vol. MTT-35, No. 8,
688-696 (1987)
- [3] Christ, A.: Streumatrixberechnung mit dreidimensionalen FiniteDioeerenzen
f?r Mikrowellen-Chip-Verbindungen und deren CAD-
Modelle, Fortschrittberichte VDI, Reihe 21: Elektrotechnik, Nr. 31, 1-
154 (1988)
- [4] Hebermehl, G., Schlundt, R., Zscheile, H., Heinrich, W.: Improved Numerical
Solutions for the Simulation of Monolithic Microwave Integrated
Circuits, Preprint No. 236, Weierstrafl-Institut f?r Angewandte Analysis
und Stochastik im Forschungsverbund Berlin e.V., 1-43 (1996)
- [5] Yee, K. S.: Numerical Solution of Initial Boundary Value Problems
Involving Maxwell's Equations in Isotropic Media, IEEE Transactions
on Antennas and Propagation, Vol. AP-14, No. 3, 302-307 (1966)
- [6] Weiland, T.: Eine numerische Methode zur Lfisung des Eigenwellenproblems
l?ngshomogener Wellenleiter, Archiv f?r Elektronik und ?bertragungstechnik,
Band 31, Heft 7/8, 308-314 (1977)
- [7] Hebermehl, G., Schlundt, R., Zscheile, H., Heinrich, W.: Simulation of
Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits, Preprint No. 235, WeierstraflInstitut
f?r Angewandte Analysis und Stochastik im Forschungsverbund
Berlin e.V., 1-37, (1996)
- [8] Sorensen, D. C.: Implicit Application of Polynomial Filters in a k-Step
Arnoldi Method, SIAM J. Matr. Anal. Apps., 13, 357-385 (1992)
- [9] Lehoucq, R. B.: Analysis and Implementation of an Implicitly Restarted
Arnoldi Iteration, Rice University, Technical Report TR95-13, Department
of Computational and Applied Mathematics, 1-135 (1995)
- [10] Hebermehl, G., Schlundt, R., Zscheile, H., Heinrich, W.: Eigen Mode
Solver for Microwave Transmission Lines, The International Journal for
Computation and Mathematics in Electrical and Electronic Engineering,
Vol. 16, No. 2, 108-122 (1997)
- [11] Klingbeil, H., Beilenhooe, K., Hartnagel, H. L.: FDFD Full-Wave Analysis
and Modeling of Dielectric and Metallic Losses of CPW Short Circuits,
IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Vol. 44,
No. 3, 485-487 (1996)
- [12] Barret, R., Berry, M., Chan, T., Demmel, J., Donato, J., Dongarra, J.,
Eijkhout, V., Pozo, R., Romine, C., van der Vorst, H.: Templates for
the Solution of Linear Systems: Building Blocks for Iterative Methods,
SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, (1994)
- [13] Eisenstat, S. C.: EOEcient Implementation of a Class of Preconditioned
Conjugate Gradient Methods, SIAM J. Sci. Statist. Comput. 2, 1-4,
(1981)
- [14] Hebermehl, G., Schlundt, R., Zscheile, H., Heinrich, W.: Improved Numerical
Solutions for the Simulation of Microwave circuits, Preprint No.
309, Weierstrafl-Institut f?r Angewandte Analysis und Stochastik im
Forschungsverbund Berlin e.V., 1-15, (1997)
- [15] Paige, C.C., Saunders, M.A.: Solution of Sparse Indeonite Systems of
Linear Equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 12, 4, 617-629 (1975)
- [16] Freund, R.W., Nachtigal, N.M.: A new Krylov-subspace method
for symmetric indeonite linear systems, AT&T Numerical Analysis
Manuscript, Bell Labs, Murry Hill, NJ, 1-8 (1994)
- [17] DeuAEhard, P.: A Study of Lanczos-Type Iterations for Symmetric Indeonite
Linear Systems, Preprint SC 93-6, Konrad-Zuse-Zentrum f?r
Informationstechnik Berlin, 1-19, (1993)
File: file267.html
Abstract:We consider the problem of adaptive spatial smoothing for a time series of images.
This type of data typically occurs in functional and dynamic Magnet Resonance
Imaging (MRI). We propose a new method based on spatial smoothing with adaptively
chosen weights. We show how this procedure can be used for eOEcient image estimation
and classiocation in functional and dynamic MRI experiments. The performance of
the procedure is illustrated by applications to simulated and real data.
Keywords: adaptive smoothing; spatial adaptation; functional MRI; signal detection;
dynamic MRI.
MSC:
References:
- [1] Banerjee, S. and Rosenfeld, A. (1993). MAP estimation of piecewise constant digital signals.
CVGIP: Image understanding, 57, 63>=80.
- [2] Descombes, X., Kruggel, F. and von Cramon, D. (1997). spatio-temporal fMRI Analysis
using Markov Random Fields. Technical Report 4/97, MPI of Cognitive Neuroscience Leipzig,
Germany.
- [3] Fan, J. (1996). Test of signiocance based on wavelet thresholding and Neyman's truncation.
J. Amer. Statist. Ass. 91 674>=688.
- 24 J. Polzehl and V. Spokoiny
- [4] Fan, J. and Gijbels, I. (1996). Local polynomial modelling and its applications. Chapman &
Hall, London.
- [5] Fan, J. and Lin, S.-K. (1998). Test of Signiocance When Data Are Curves. J. Amer. Statist.
Ass., 93, 1007>=1021.
- [6] Friston, K.J., Worsley, K.J., Frackowiak, R.S.J., Mazziotta, J.C. and Evans, A.C. (1994).
Assessing the Signiocance of Focal Activations Using Their Spatial Extent. Human Brain
Mapping 1:210-220.
- [7] Hart, J. (1997). Nonparametric Smoothing and Lack-of-Fit Tests New York, Berlin, Heidelberg:
Springer.
- [8] Holmes,A. and Friston, K.J. (1997). Statistical models and experimental design. In SMP-
course, Institute of Neurology, Wellcome Dept of Cognitive Neurology, University College
London, http://www.fil.ion.ucl.ac.uk/spm/course/notes.html
- [9] Kallenberg, W.C.M. and Ledwina, T. (1997). Data driven smooth tests when the hypotheses
is composite. Journal of the American Statistical Association 92, 1094-1104.
- [10] Kruggel, F., Descombes, X. and von Cramon, D. (1998). Preprocessing of fMR Datasets.
Technical Report, MPI of Cognitive Neuroscience Leipzig, Germany.
- [11] Lange, N. (1996). Tutorial in biostatistics: Statistical approaches to human brain mapping
by functional magnetic resonance imaging. Statistics in Medicine, 15, 389>=428.
- [12] Ledwina, T. (1994). Data-driven version of Neyman's smooth test of ot. J. Amer. Statist.
Ass. 89 1000>=1005.
- [13] Lepski, O. and Spokoiny, V. (1997). Optimal pointwise adaptive methods in nonparametric
estimation. Ann. Statist., 25, no. 6, 2512>=2546.
- [14] Liang, Z., MacFall, J. R. and Harrington, D. P. (1994). Parameter estimation and tissue
segmentation from multispectral MR Images. IEEE Transactions on Medical Imaging, 13,
441>=449.
- [15] Neyman, J. (1937). ?Smooth test? for goodness of ot. Scand. Aktuarietidskr. 20 149>=199.
- [16] Poline, J.-B., Holmes,A., Worsley,K.J. and Friston, K.J. (1997). Statistical inference
and the theory of Gaussian oelds. In SMPcourse, Institute of Neurology,
Wellcome Dept of Cognitive Neurology, University College London,
http://www.fil.ion.ucl.ac.uk/spm/course/notes.html
- [17] Poline, J.-B. and Mazoyer, B.M. (1993). Analysis of Individual Positron Emission Tomography
Activation Maps by Detection of High-Signal-to-Noise Ratio pixel Clusters. Journal of
Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism, 13, 425-437.
- [18] Polzehl, J. and Spokoiny, V. G. (1998). Adaptive weights smoothing with applications to
image restoration. Preprint 405, WIAS Berlin.
- [19] Rajapakse, J., Kruggel, F., Maisog, J. and von Cramon, D. (1998). Modeling Hemodynamic
Response for Analysis of Functional MRI Time-Series,Human Brain Mapping,6, 283>=300.
- [20] Rogowska, J. and Wolf, G.L. (1992). Temporal correlation images from sequential MR scans.
J. Comp. Assist. Tom. , 16, 784>=788.
- [21] Rosen, B.R., Belliveau, J.W., Vevea, J.M. and Brady, T.J. (1990). Perfusion imaging with
NMR contrast agents. Magn. Reson. Med., 6, 249>=265.
- [22] Sebastiani, G. (1997). Mathematical and statistical methods for medical magnetic resonance
imaging. PhD Thesis, The Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim, Norway.Vector AWS with applications to MRI 25
- [23] Sebastiani, G. and Barone, P. (1991). Mathematical principles of basic magnetic resonance
imaging in medicine. Signal Processing, 25 , 227>=250.
- [24] Sebastiani, G. and Barone, P. (1995). Truncation artifact reduction in magnetic resonance
imaging by Markov random oeld methods. IEEE Transactions on Medical Imaging, 24, 434>=
441.
- [25] Sebastiani, G., Godtliebsen, F., Jones, A. R., Haraldseth, O., M?ller, T. B. and Rinck, P.
A. (1996). Analysis of Dynamic Magnetic Resonance Images. IEEE Transactions on Medical
Imaging, 15, 268>=277.
- [26] Spokoiny, V. (1996). Adaptive Hypothesis Testing using Wavelets. Ann. Statist., 24, no. 6,
2477>=2498.
- [27] Spokoiny, V. (1999). Data-driven testing the ot of linear models. Preprint 472, WIAS Berlin.
[28] Turner, R. and Friston, K.J. (1997). Functional MRI. In SMPcourse, Institute of Neurology,
Wellcome Dept of Cognitive Neurology, University College London,http://www.fil.ion.ucl.ac.uk/spm/course/notes.html
- [29] Worsley, K.J., Evans, A.C., Marrett, S. and Neelin, P. (1992). A Three-Dimensional Statistical
Analysis for CBF Activation Studies in Human Brain. Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow and
Metabolism 12, 900-918.
File: file268.html
Abstract:In this paper we present an overview of recent work on lattice and measure-valued
models of catalytic reactions and in particular catalytic branching systems. The main
phenomena exhibited by nearly critical branching systems are dimension-dependent
clumping in small and large space and time scales. Special emphasis is given to the
eoeects which occur when the catalyst is highly clumped and in particular when in
the continuum models the catalyst is a time-dependent singular measure. Finally,
the interactive model of mutually catalytic branching is described and some recent
results are reviewed. >= The basic tools include log-Laplace functionals, measure-valued
martingale problems, collision local times, and duality.
Keywords: Catalytic super-Brownian motion, catalytic super-random walk, catalyst, reactant,
superprocess, measure-valued branching, absolute continuity, self-similarity, collision local time, glycolysis,
martingale problem, segregation of types, coexistence of types, self-duality.
References:
- [BCG93] M. Bramson, J.T. Cox, and A. Greven. Ergodicity of critical spatial branching
processes in low dimensions. Ann. Probab., 21(4):1946>=1957, 1993.
- [BCG97] M. Bramson, J.T. Cox, and A. Greven. Invariant measures of critical spatial
branching processes in high dimensions. Ann. Probab., 25(1):56>=70, 1997.
- [BCGdH93] J.-B. Baillon, Ph. Cl?ment, A. Greven, and F. den Hollander. A variational
approach to branching random walk in random environment. Ann. Probab.,
21(1):290>=317, 1993.
- [BEP91] M.T. Barlow, S.N. Evans, and E.A. Perkins. Collision local times and measurevalued
processes. Canad. J. Math., 43(5):897>=938, 1991.
- [CDKP99] J.T. Cox, D.A. Dawson, A. Klenke, and E.A. Perkins. On the growth of onetype
blocks in the mutually catalytic branching model on Zd. In progress,
1999.
- [CK99] J.T. Cox and A. Klenke. Recurrence and ergodicity of interacting particle
systems. Preprint, Syracuse Univ., 1999.
- [CMP98] F. Comets, M.V. Menshikov, and S.Yu. Popov. One-dimensional branching
random walk in a random environment: A classiocation. Markov Processes
Relat. Fields, 4:465>=477, 1998.
- [CY94] J.M. Chadam and H.M. Yin. A dioeusion equation with localized chemical
reactions. Proc.-Edinburgh-Math.-Soc. (2), 37(1):101>=118, 1994.
- [DEF+99] D.A. Dawson, A.M. Etheridge, K. Fleischmann, L. Mytnik, E. Perkins, and
J. Xiong. Mutually catalytic super-Brownian motion in R2. In preparation,
1999.
- [Del96] J.-F. Delmas. Super-mouvement brownien avec catalyse. Stochastics and
Stochastics Reports, 58:303>=347, 1996.
- [DF83] D.A. Dawson and K. Fleischmann. On spatially homogeneous branching processes
in a random environment. Math. Nachr., 113:249>=257, 1983.
- [DF85] D.A. Dawson and K. Fleischmann. Critical dimension for a model of branching
in a random medium. Z. Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie verw. Gebiete, 70:315>=334,
1985.
- [DF91] D.A. Dawson and K. Fleischmann. Critical branching in a highly AEuctuating
random medium. Probab. Theory Relat. Fields, 90:241>=274, 1991.
- [DF92] D.A. Dawson and K. Fleischmann. Dioeusion and reaction caused by point
catalysts. SIAM J. Appl. Math., 52:163>=180, 1992.
- [DF94] D.A. Dawson and K. Fleischmann. A super-Brownian motion with a single
point catalyst. Stoch. Proc. Appl., 49:3>=40, 1994.
- [DF95] D.A. Dawson and K. Fleischmann. Super-Brownian motions in higher dimensions
with absolutely continuous measure states. Journ. Theoret. Probab.,
8(1):179>=206, 1995.
- [DF97a] D.A. Dawson and K. Fleischmann. A continuous super-Brownian motion in a
super-Brownian medium. Journ. Theoret. Probab., 10(1):213>=276, 1997.
- [DF97b] D.A. Dawson and K. Fleischmann. Longtime behavior of a branching process
controlled by branching catalysts. Stoch. Process. Appl., 71(2):241>=257, 1997.
- [DF98] J.-F. Delmas and K. Fleischmann. On the hot spots of a catalytic superBrownian
motion. WIAS Berlin, Preprint No. 450, 1998.
- [DFG89] D.A. Dawson, K. Fleischmann, and L. Gorostiza. Stable hydrodynamic limit
AEuctuations of a critical branching particle system in a random medium. Ann.
Probab., 17:1083>=1117, 1989.
- [DFL95] D.A. Dawson, K. Fleischmann, and J.-F. Le Gall. Super-Brownian motions
in catalytic media. In C.C. Heyde, editor, Branching processes: Proceedings
of the First World Congress, volume 99 of Lecture Notes in Statistics, pages
122>=134. Springer-Verlag, 1995.
- [DFL98] D.A. Dawson, K. Fleischmann, and G. Leduc. Continuous dependence of a class
of superprocesses on branching parameters and applications. Ann. Probab.,
26(2):262>=601, 1998.
- [DFLM95] D.A. Dawson, K. Fleischmann, Y. Li, and C. Mueller. Singularity of superBrownian
local time at a point catalyst. Ann. Probab., 23(1):37>=55, 1995.
- [DFM98] D.A. Dawson, K. Fleischmann, and C. Mueller. Finite time extinction of superBrownian
motions with catalysts. WIAS Berlin, Preprint No. 431, 1998.
- [DFR91] D.A. Dawson, K. Fleischmann, and S. Roelly. Absolute continuity for the
measure states in a branching model with catalysts. In Stochastic Processes,
Proc. Semin. Vancouver/CA 1990, volume 24 of Prog. Probab., pages 117>=160,
1991.
- [DLM95] D. Dawson, Y. Li, and C. Mueller. The support of measure-valued branching
processes in a random environment. Ann. Probab., 23(4):1692>=1718, 1995.
- [DP98] D.A. Dawson and E.A. Perkins. Long-time behavior and coexistence in a
mutually catalytic branching model. Ann. Probab., 26(3):1088>=1138, 1998.
- [DP99] D.A. Dawson and E.A. Perkins. Measure-valued processes and renormalization
of branching particle systems. In R.A. Carmona and B. Rozovskii, editors,
Stochastic partial dioeerential equations: six perspectives, pages 45>=106. Amer.
Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1999.
- [Dyn91] E.B. Dynkin. Branching particle systems and superprocesses. Ann. Probab.,
19:1157>=1194, 1991.
- [Dyn94] E.B. Dynkin. An introduction to branching measure-valued processes. American
Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1994.
- [EF98] A.M. Etheridge and K. Fleischmann. Persistence of a two-dimensional superBrownian
motion in a catalytic medium. Probab. Theory Relat. Fields,
110(1):1>=12, 1998.
- [EF99] J. Engl?nder and K. Fleischmann. Extinction properties of super-Brownian
motions with additional spatially dependent mass production. WIAS Berlin,
Preprint No. 486, 1999.
- [EK86] S.N. Ethier and T.G. Kurtz. Markov Processes: Characterization and Convergence.
Wiley, New York, 1986.
- [FK99a] K. Fleischmann and A. Klenke. Smooth density oeld of catalytic superBrownian
motion. Ann. Appl. Probab., 9(2):??, 1999.
- [FK99b] K. Fleischmann and A. Klenke. Biodiversity of catalytic super-Brownian motion.
WIAS Berlin, Preprint No. 501, 1999.
- [FL95] K. Fleischmann and J.-F. Le Gall. A new approach to the single point catalytic
super-Brownian motion. Probab. Theory Related Fields, 102(1):63>=82, 1995.
- [Fle90] K. Fleischmann. Critical branching caused by interaction with point catalysts.
In B. Grigelionis and et al., editors, Probability Theory and Mathematical
Statistics, volume 1, pages 350>=359. VSP Utrecht, 1990.
- [Fle94] K. Fleischmann. Superprocesses in catalytic media. In D.A. Dawson, editor,
Measure-Valued Processes, Stochastic Partial Dioeerential Equations, and
Interacting Systems, volume 5 of CRM Proceedings & Lecture Notes, pages
99>=110. Centre de Recherches Math?matiques, Universit? de Montr?al, Amer.
Math. Soc., Providence, 1994.
- [FM97] K. Fleischmann and C. Mueller. A super-Brownian motion with a locally
inonite catalytic mass. Probab. Theory Relat. Fields, 107:325>=357, 1997.
- [FM99] K. Fleischmann and C. Mueller. Finite time extinction of catalytic branching
processes. In L. Gorostiza, editor, Festschrift in honor of Don Dawson, CMS
Proceedings. Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, to appear 1999.
- [GdH91] A. Greven and F. den Hollander. Population growth in random media. I.
Variational formula and phase diagram. In Proceedings of the Conference on
Models of Nonclassical Reaction Rates (Bethesda, MD, 1991), volume 65, pages
1123>=1146, 1991.
- [GdH92] A. Greven and F. den Hollander. Branching random walk in random environment:
phase transitions for local and global growth rates. Probab. Theory
Related Fields, 91(2):195>=249, 1992.
- [GKW99] A. Greven, A. Klenke, and A. Wakolbinger. The longtime behaviour of branching
random walk in a catalytic medium. Electronic J. Probab., 4(12):1>=80,
1999.
- [Isc88] I. Iscoe. On the supports of measure-valued critical branching Brownian motion.
Ann. Probab., 16:200>=221, 1988.
- [Kle99] A. Klenke. A review on spatial catalytic branching. In L. Gorostiza, editor,
Festschrift in honor of Don Dawson, CMS Proceedings. Amer. Math. Soc.,
Providence, to appear 1999.
- [MP99] C. Mueller and E. Perkins. Extinction for two parabolic stochastic PDE's on
the lattice. Preprint, Univ. Rochester, 1999.
- [Myt96] L. Mytnik. Superprocesses in random environments. Ann. Probab., 24(4):1953>=
1978, 1996.
- [PT88] L. Pagliaro and D.L. Taylor. Aldolase exists in both the AEuid and solid phases
of cytoplasm. J. Cell Biology, 107:981>=999, 1988.
- [Sap96] B. Sapoval. Fractal electrodes, fractal membranes, and fractal catalysts. In
A. Bunde and S. Havlin, editors, Fractals and Disordered Systems, pages 207>=
226, Berlin, 1996. Springer-Verlag.
- [Sch99] A. Schied. Existence and regularity for a class of (?; ; K)-superprocesses. J.
Theoretical Probab., to appear 1999.
File: file269.html
Abstract:The paper contains a macroscopic continuum model of adsorption in porous
materials consisting of three components. We consider the AEow of a AEuid/adsorbate
mixture through channels of a solid component. The AEuid serves as carrier
for an adsorbate whose mass balance equation contains a source term. This
term consists of two parts: orst a Langmuir contribution which is connected
with bare sites on internal surfaces and describes the Langmuir isotherm in
equilibrium. The second one is due to changes of the internal surface driven
by the source of porosity which is a part of the balance equation for porosity.
We clearly state the range of applicability of the model. A simple numerical
example which describes the transport of pollutants in soils illustrates the coupling
of adsorption and dioeusion. The results show that after a certain time
arises a maximum in the rate of adsorption as a function of AEuid/adsorbate
velocity.
Keywords: Adsorption, dioeusion, AEows in porous and granular materials.
MSC:
References:
- [1] B. Albers: Coupling of Adsorption and Dioeusion in Porous and Granular Materials.
A 1-D Example of the Boundary Value Problem, accepted for publication,
Arch.Appl.Mech. (1999).
- [2] J. Bear: Dynamics of Fluids in Porous Media, American Elsevier Publishing
Company (1972), also: Dover Publications (1988).
- [3] S. Brunauer, P.H. Emmett, E. Teller: Adsorption of Gases in Multimolecular
Layers, J.Amer.Chem.Soc., 60, 309-319 (1938).
- [4] S. J. Gregg, K. S. W. Sing: Adsorption, Surface Area and Porosity, Academic
Press, London (1982).
- [5] I. Langmuir: The Constitution and Fundamental Properties of Solids and
Liquids. Part 1, J.Am.Chem.Soc.,38, 2221-2295 (1916).I. Langmuir: The Constitution and Fundamental Properties of Solids and Liquids.
Part 2, J.Am.Chem.Soc., 39, 1848 (1917).I. Langmuir: The Adsorption of Gases on Plane Surfaces of Glass, Mica and
Platinum, J.Am.Chem.Soc., 40, 1361-1403 (1918).
- [6] K. Wilmanski: Porous Media at Finite Strains. The New Model With the
Balance Equation For Porosity, Arch. Mech., 48, 4, 591-628 (1996).
File: file272.html
Abstract:Recently, Barvinok, Johnson, Woeginger, and Woodroofe have shown that the Maximum TSP, i. e.,
the problem of finding a traveling salesman tour of maximum length, can be solved in polynomial time,
provided that distances are computed according to a polyhedral norm in IRd, for some fixed d. They
stated as an open problem to resolve the complexity of finding a maximum length tour under Euclidean
distances in a space of fixed dimension. In this paper it is shown that the Maximum TSP under Euclidean
distances in IRd for any fixed d >= 3 is NP-hard, shedding new light on the well-studied difficulties of
Euclidean distances. In addition, our result implies NP-hardness of the Maximum TSP under polyhedral
norms if the number k of facets of the unit ball is not fixed, and NP-hardness of the Maximum Scatter
TSP for geometric instances, where the objective is to find a tour that maximizes the shortest edge.
Keywords: Traveling Salesman Problem, combinatorial optimization, geometric optimization, Euclidean
norm, polyhedral norm, computational complexity.
MSC:
References:
- [1] E. M. Arkin, Y.-J. Chiang, J. S. B. Mitchell, S. S. Skiena, and T.-C. Yang. On the Maximum Scatter
TSP. Proceedings of the 8th ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms, 1997, 211{220.
- [2] S. Arora. Polynomial time approximation schemes for Euclidean TSP and other geometric problems.
Proceedings of the 37th Annual IEEE Symposium on the Foundations of Computer Science, 1996, 2{12.
- [3] S. Arora. Nearly linear time approximation schemes for Euclidean TSP and other geometric problems.
Proceedings of the 38th Annual IEEE Symposium on the Foundations of Computer Science, 1997, 554{
563.
- [4] A. I.Barvinok. Two algorithmic results for the traveling salesman problem. Mathematics of Operations
Research, 21 (1996), 65{84.
- [5] A. I.Barvinok, D. S. Johnson, G. J. Woeginger, and R. Woodroofe. Finding maximum length tours
under polyhedral norms. To appear in: Proceedings of the 6th International Integer Programming and
Combinatorial Optimization Conference (IPCO), 1998.
- [6] A. Itai, C. Papadimitriou, and J. L. Swarcfiter. Hamilton paths in grid graphs. SIAM J. Computing,
11 (1982), 676{686.
- [7] E. L. Lawler, J. K.Lenstra, A. H. G.Rinnoy Kan, and D. B. Shmoys. The Traveling Salesman Problem,
Wiley, Chchester, 1985.
- [8] J. S. B. Mitchell. Guillotine subdivisions approximate polygonal subdivisions: Part II { A simple
polynomial-time approximation scheme for geometric k-MST, TSP, and related problems. To appear,
SIAM Journal of Computing. Available at http://ams.sunysb.edu/~jsbm/jsbm.html.
- [9] C. .H. Papadimitriou and M. Yannakakis. The traveling salesman problem with distances one and two.
Mathematics of Operations Research, 18 (1993), 1{11.
- [10] L. Trevisan. When Hamming meets Euclid: The approximability of geometric TSP and MST. Proceedings
of the 29th Annual ACM Symposium on the Theory of Computing, 1997, 21{29.
File: file274.html
Abstract:Since it is unlikely that any NP-complete problem will ever be
efficiently solvable, one is interested in identifying those special cases
that can be solved in polynomial time. We deal with the special
case of Boolean formulas where the logical implication ! is the only
operator and any variable (except one) occurs at most twice. For these
formulas we show that an infinite hierarchy S1 ? S2 ? ? ? exists such
that we can test any formula from Si for falsifiability in time O(ni),
where n is the number of variables in the formula. We describe an
algorithm that finds a falsifying assignment, if one exists. Furthermore
we show that the falsifiability problem for S1i=1 Si is NP-complete by
reducing the SAT-Problem. In contrast to the hierarchy described by
Gallo and Scutella for Boolean formulas in CNF, where the test for
membership in the k-th level of the hierarchy needs time O(nk), our
hierarchy permits a linear time membership test. Finally we show
that S1 is neither a sub- nor a superset of some commonly known
classes of Boolean formulas, for which the SAT-Problem has linear
time complexity (Horn formulas, 2-SAT, nested satisfiability).
References:
- [1] S. Cook. The Complexity of Theorem Proving Procedures. Proc. 3rd
Ann. ACM Symp. on Theory of Computing, pages 151{158, 1971.
- [2] G. Gallo and M.G. Scutella. Polynomially Solvable Satisfiability Problems.
Information Processing Letters, 29(5):221{227, 1988.
- [3] H. Kleine B?uning and T. Lettman. Aussagenlogik: Deduktion und Algorithmen.
B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1994.
- [4] D. E. Knuth. Nested satisfiability. Acta Informatica, 28:1{6, 1990.